Image not available
Illustrative purposes only
HMCP100R3C
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 POLE, 100A
⚠️ Reference pricing provided. In case of supply shortages, we will connect you with our trusted procurement partners to ensure your project's continuity.
- Manufacturer: EATON CUTLER HAMMER
- Product type: Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers
- Product R; CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 POLE, 100A; Product Range:HMCP Series; Current Rating:100A; No. of Poles:3 Pole; Voltage Rating VDC:250VDC; Voltage Rating VAC:600VAC; Circuit Breaker Mounting
- No. of Poles: 3 Pole
- Product Range: C Series
- Current Rating: 100A
- Voltage Rating VAC: 600V
- Voltage Rating VDC: 250V
- Circuit Breaker Mounting: DIN Rail, Panel
| Delivery and price | |
|---|---|
| Units per pack | 5 |
| Price | 1563.39 € |
| Current stock | 10+ |
| Lead time | 30 days |
Datasheet
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## **Series G Circuit Breakers**
|**2.1**|**Introduction**<br>Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**Introduction**<br>Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-2**|**2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|||Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers in Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-2**<br>**V4-T2-3**|**2**|
|**2.2**|**Series G®**<br>_Globally Accepted Breakers_|||**2**|
|||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-4**<br>**V4-T2-6**|**2**|
|||Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-7**||
|||Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-9**|**2**|
|||Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-14**||
|||EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**<br>**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|||LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**|**2**|
|||RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**<br>**V4-T2-85**|**2**|
|||Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**||
|||30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**<br>**V4-T2-96**|**2**|
|||High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**<br>**V4-T2-104**|**2**|
|||Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**||
|||Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**<br>**V4-T2-115**|**2**|
|**2.3**|**Series C®**|||**2**|
||_North American Standards and Special Application Breakers_||||
|||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|||Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|||Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**<br>**V4-T2-121**|**2**|
|||F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|**2**|
|||K-Frame (70–400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|||M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**||
|||N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|||Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|||Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|||Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|||External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
|**2.4**|**Definite Purpose**||||
||_Optimized Solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications_|||**2**|
|||Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-333**||
|**2.5**|**Metering and Communications**|||**2**|
||_Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU_<br>PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-340**|**2**|
|**2.6**|**Specialty**<br>_Specialty Breakers_|||**2**|
|||Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**<br>**V4-T2-349**|**2**|
|||PVGard™ Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**||
|||E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**|**2**|
|||Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-402**||
|||Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-416**|**2**|
|**2.7**|**Handle Mechanisms**||||
|||Handle Mechanisms—Series G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|**2**|
|||Handle Mechanisms—Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-431**||
||Learn|Drawings||**2**|
||Online|Online|||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-1**
## Revision notes
## Volume 4—Circuit Protectors, CA08100005E
## Tab 2—Molded Case Circuit Breakers
|**Revision date**|**Section**|**Change page(s)**|**Description**|
|---|---|---|---|
|04/11/2017|2.3|V4-T2-122|Content edit|
|04/11/2017|2.3|V4-T2-313|Content edit|
|04/11/2017|2.6|V4-T2-402– V4-T2-405|Page deletion|
**==> picture [140 x 45] intentionally omitted <==**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.1
Introduction
**2**
## **Contents**
**Series G E-Frame and Series C F-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Introduction<br>Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-4**|
|Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-333**<br>**V4-T2-340**|
|Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**|
|Learn<br>Drawings||
|Online<br>Online||
## **Product Overview**
## **Application Description**
Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry:
## _**Feeder Pillars**_
## _**Individual Enclosures**_
## **Series G vs. Series C**
Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements.
In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection.
Eaton’s Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s.
- Electrical OEMs
## _**Switchgear**_
## _**Additional Applications**_
- Machinery OEMs
Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information.
In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame).
- Navy breakers:
- UL 489 Supplement SB
- MIL-C-17588
- MIL-C-17361
## _**Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs**_
- ABS/NVR
In busbar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection.
- Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac
- Earth leakage
**Typical Eaton Applications**
The Series C family ranges from 15–2500 amperes, and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors, and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications.
- DC breakers 125–750 Vdc
- Engine generator breakers 15–1200 amperes
- Current limiting breakers
## **Typical Applications**
## _**Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers**_
The new Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories, and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL[®] , CSA[®] , IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base.
Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories.
**==> picture [340 x 134] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
including new world-class Panelboard<br>accessories.<br>Panelboards Individual Circuit<br>As both main and branch Breaker Enclosure<br>circuit protection devices. Busbar Trunking<br>Tap-Off<br>iGSU AA<br>Machine Tool<br>Control Panel<br>Switchboard<br>S e,4<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-2**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.1
Introduction
## **Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers in Assemblies**
## **Applications**
|||**Panelboards**|**Panelboards**|||||||||**Switchboards**|**Switchboards**||**Motor Control**|**Motor Control**|**Centers**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Ampere**<br>**Range**|**1A**|**2A**|**1A-LX**|**2A-LX**|**3A**|**3E**|**4**|**4B**|**4D**|**5P**|**PRL-C**|**PRL-i**|**PRL-C/i**|**Freedom**|**_IT._**|**Enclosed**<br>**Control**|**Bus**<br>**Plugs**|**Enclosed**<br>**Breaker**|
|**Series**<br>EG|**G**<br>15–1601|—|—|—|—|—|■|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|—|—|
|JG|20–250|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|LG|100–6302|■|■|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|—|■|—|■|—|—|—|—|■|
|NG|400–1600|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|—|■|■|■|■|■|—|—|■|
|RG|800–25003|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|—|■|■|■|—|—|—|
|**Series**|**C**|||||||||||||||||||
|FD/ED<br>JD|15–225<br>70–250|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>—|■<br>—|■<br>■|■<br>—|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|
|KD|70–400|■|■|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|
|LD|400–600|—|—|—|—|■|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|
|MDL|300–800|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|
|ND<br>RD|400–1200<br>800–2500|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|■<br>—|■<br>—|■<br>—|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>-|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>—|■<br>—|■<br>—|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for EG.
- 2 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for LG.
- 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-3**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Series G||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-5**|
|Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-6**|
|Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-7**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-9**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-14**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
|Learn<br>Drawings||
|Online<br>Online||
## **Product Overview**
_**Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications**_
Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices.
The “G” signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include:
- Field-fit accessories
- Common accessories through 630 amperes
- Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes
- UL-listed and IEC-rated, 30 mA ground fault/earth leakage modules
- Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes
The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around space-saving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton Series C ND and RD designs.
The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC).
Series G molded case circuit breakers are also available in direct current options. Please see Specialty Breakers **Section 2.6** for more details.
Standard calibration is 40 °C. For applications in high ambient temperature conditions, 50 °C factory calibration is available on thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL).
## **The Most Logically Designed Contact Assembly**
The flexibility and outstanding performance characteristics of Eaton circuit breakers are made possible by the best contact designs in circuit breaker history. Our technology creates a highspeed “blow-open” action using the electromechanical forces produced by high-level fault currents.
Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety.
## **Thorough In-Plant Testing**
The quality, dependability and reliability of every Eaton Circuit Breaker is ensured by a thorough program of inplant testing. Two calibration tests are conducted on every pole of every circuit breaker to verify the trip mechanism, operating mechanism, continuity and accuracy.
## **Current Limiting Characteristics**
Circuit breakers are current limiting because of their high repulsion contact arrangement and use of state-of-the-art arc extinguishing technology.
Eaton offers one of the most complete lines of current limiting breakers in the industry. The industrial breakers are available in current limiting versions with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 V without fuses in the same physical size as standard and high interrupting capacity breakers.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-4**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Operating Mechanisms**
Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED.
The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed.
As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively.
## **Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive**
**==> picture [95 x 40] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
OFF ON Tripped<br>Reset<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **Standards and Certifications**
Eaton Series G circuit breakers meet applicable UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 standards.
Molded case circuit breakers from Eaton are designed to conform with the following international standards:
- National Electrical ● Union Technique de Manufacturers Association l’Electricite Standard NF C Standards Publication No. 63-120, low voltage AB1-1993 molded case switchgear and control circuit breakers gear circuit breaker
- ● South African Bureau of requirements
- Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers
- British Standards Institution Standard EN60947.2
- South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers
- EN60947.2 Standards, Standard SANS ● Verband Deutscher
- ● International 156, Standard Specification Elektrotechnike Electromechanical for molded case circuit (Association of German Commission breakers Electrical Engineers) Recommendations IEC ● Swiss Electro-Technical Standard VDE 0660, low 60947.2 circuit breakers Association Standard SEV voltage switchgear and 947.2, Safety Regulations control gear, circuit for circuit breakers breakers
- Japanese T-Mark standard molded case circuit breakers
## **Global Third-Party Certification**
Certification marks ensure product compliance with the total standard via the third party witnessing of tests by globally recognized independent certification organizations.
KEMA is a highly recognized, independent international organization that offers certification and inspection facilities for equipment in many industries. The KEMAKEUR mark is the highest certification an electrical product can receive from KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2 molded case circuit breakers are KEMA tested and certified. These breakers are also listed in accordance with UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2 No. 5-02.
KEMA, UL and CSA provide ongoing follow-up testing and inspections to ensure that Eaton molded case circuit breakers continue to meet their exacting standards.
## **ISO Certification**
Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO[®] certified facilities.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-5**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection Overview**
**2**
## **Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)—Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications**
## _**True rms Sensing**_
Digitrip RMS trip units use Eaton’s microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing, permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present.
## _**Digitrip RMS 310+**_
Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic trip units are available with Eaton Series G circuit breakers JG, LG, NG and RG, as well as Series C FD, KD, LD and MDL circuit breakers.
Digitrip 310+ trip units are equipped with an integrated Ir switch that allows users to modify the continuous current rating of the breaker without having to replace a rating plug. This provides further flexibility for coordination in systems. The trip units may be used in 50 Hz or 60 Hz applications. The Digitrip 310+ offers true rms sensing, is front adjustable and has an optional local display of current and cause of trip.
## **Curve Shaping**
When selectively coordinated systems are called for, Digitrip RMS 310+ will provide a cost-effective solution for a variety of applications.
The standard Digitrip RMS 310+ includes an adjustable short time[pickup setting ] encompassing an I[2] t ramp function that provides the basic LS curve shaping function.
Digitrip 310+ trip units also include selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required.
The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ LSI and LSIG provide additional flat response short time delay adjustments and an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability.
Digitrip RMS 310+ LSG and LSIG units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay. Ground fault alarm options are available with trip and no trip functionality as a means to notify users of a ground fault condition with the option to maintain the breaker online.
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermalmagnetic breakers, making Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems.
## **Thermal Memory**
All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession.
## **Field Testing**
A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units.
## **Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS)**
ARMS is an available feature on KD, LG, LD, MDL, NG and RG frames with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash. Additionally, LG, NG and RG frames with the ARMS feature include a fully adjustable instantaneous setting.
## _**Digitrip RMS 610 and 910**_
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers 800 through 2500 amperes. Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units provide unparalleled system protection with the added convenience of a local display.
## **Curve Shaping**
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with up to nine curve shaping choices achieved by adjusting up to seven switches on the front of the unit for optimum system coordination. Maximum curve shaping flexibility is provided by dependent long and short delay adjustments that are long delay pickup (Ir) based, depicted on the front of the unit by the blue portion of the time-current curve.
Additional coordination
capability can be provided by utilizing the short delay and ground fault zone selective interlocking features available on these trip units.
## **System Diagnostics**
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 models of trip units provide long delay, short delay, instantaneous, and ground fault cause of trip LEDs on the front of the unit. Their display shows a magnitude of trip information, as well as remote signal contacts, for improved system alarming.
## **System Monitoring**
Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units have the capability to monitor phase currents, as well as neutral or ground currents. This information is displayed on a large digital display mounted on the unit.
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit.
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed.
## **Harmonics Monitoring**
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed.
## **Communications**
Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet™ system.
## **Field Testing**
Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-6**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection Guide**
## **Electronic Trip Units**
**2**
**Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910**
|||**RMS 310+**||||||**RMS 610**|**RMS 910**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**_JG_**|||||
|||**_RG_**<br>e|i||||**_LG/NG_**<br>ey|Seal|a ae|a a|
|**Breaker Type**||||||||||
|Series G frame(s)||JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames||||||RG-Frame|RG-Frame|
|Ampere rating||20–2500 A||||||800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 415 V||35, 70, 100 kA||||||70, 100 kA|70, 100 kA|
|**Trip Unit Sensing**<br>rms sensing||Yes||||||Yes|Yes|
|**Protection and Coordination**|**Protection and Coordination**|||||||||
|Protection|Ordering options|LS, LSG||||LSI, LSIG||LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|
||Fixed rating plug (In)1|Yes||||Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Long delay|Overtemperature trip<br>Adjustable lrswitch|Yes<br>Yes||||Yes<br>Yes||Yes<br>No|Yes<br>No|
||Long delay setting<br>Long delay time I2t at 6x|VAR/frame<br>10 seconds2||||VAR/frame<br>10 seconds2||0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|
||Long delay thermal memory|Yes||||Yes||Yes|Yes|
||High load alarm|1.05 lr||||1.05 lr||0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|
|Short delay|Short delay setting|VAR/frame4||||VAR/frame4||200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|
||Short delay time I2t<br>Short delay time flat|100 ms<br>No||||No<br>I–300 ms||100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|
||Short delay time ZSI|No||||Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous|Independent adjustable Inst. setting|No||||Yes5||Yes|Yes|
||Instantaneous setting|No||||VAR/frame||200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|
||Discriminator|No||||No||Yes6|Yes6|
||Instantaneous override|Yes||||Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault|Ground fault setting<br>Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x|VAR/Frame7<br>No||||VAR/Frame7<br>No||25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|
||Ground fault delay flat|I–300 ms||||I–300 ms||100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Ground fault ZSI|No||||Yes||Yes|Yes|
||Ground fault thermal memory|No||||No||Yes|Yes|
## _**Notes**_
- In = Rating plug rating.
- Ir = Long delay setting.
- 1 310+ trip units have selectable settings instead of a rating plug.
- 2 310+ trip units have adjustable long delay times of 2–24 seconds, except NG 310+ for 800 A frame, for which it is 2–14 seconds.
- 3 310+ details are included by frame in **Pages V4-T2-44** (JG), **V4-T2-62** (LG), **V4-T2-72** (NG), and **V4-T2-83** (RG).
- 4 JG/LG: 2X–14X (In); NG: 2X–8X (In); RG: 2X–9X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 2X–6X% x (In).
- 5 LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG 310+ trip units include an independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting.
- 6 LS, LSG only.
- 7 Not to exceed 1200 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-7**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
## **Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued**
**2**
||**RMS 310+**|**RMS 310+**|**RMS 310+**|||**RMS 610**|**RMS 910**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**_JG_**|||||
|||**_RG_**<br>i iE |||**_LG/NG_**<br> asSe|an|KEa|=|
|**System Diagnostics**|**LS, LSG**|**LS, LSG**||**LSI, LSIG**||**LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A)**<br>**LSI (A), LSIG**||
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes1 2|1 2|Yes1 2||Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|No|||No||Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts|No|||No||Yes|Yes|
|**System Monitoring**<br>Digital display|Yes|Yes3||Yes3||Yes|Yes|
|Current|Yes|Yes3||Yes3||Yes|Yes|
|Voltage|No|||No||No|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|||No||No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|||No||No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|||No||No|Yes|
|**System Communications**<br>PowerNet|No|||No||No|Yes|
|**Field Testing**||||||||
|Testing method|Test set4|||Test set4||Integral|Integral|
**LSI (A), LSIG**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number **TRIP-LED** ).
- 2 RG 310+ trip units include integrated cause of trip LEDs.
> 3 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number **DIGIVIEW** and **DIGIVIEWR06** ).
> 4 Test kit available for field testing 310+ trip units (catalog number **MTST230V** ).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-8**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Ratings**
## **Frames EG, JG and LG**
||||**EG**<br>al<br>esvoee<br>b-eme<br>tf<br>{=|**EG**<br>al<br>esvoee<br>b-eme<br>tf<br>{=|**EG**<br>al<br>esvoee<br>b-eme<br>tf<br>{=||||||**JG**<br>atinyr r<br>@:2e:e<br>—<br>ee<br>=|**JG**<br>atinyr r<br>@:2e:e<br>—<br>ee<br>=|**JG**<br>atinyr r<br>@:2e:e<br>—<br>ee<br>=||||**LG**<br>=<br>seen,<br>a<br>tr|**LG**<br>=<br>seen,<br>a<br>tr||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||‘|||||||.<br>8||.||||~~|“||||
||||La]<br>oe.<br>izeegetai<br>oerve||||||||re<br>L}<br>=<br>e°o:e@||||||.<br>(i eee:<br>Totes|||||
|Maximum rated current (amperes)<br>~~=~~|||125, 1601<br>~~=~~||~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|250<br>~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|400, 6302<br>~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|~~=~~|
|Breaker type3<br>Number of poles|||B<br>1|B<br>2, 3, 4|E<br> 2, 3, 4|S<br> 1|S<br>2, 3, 4|H<br> 1|H<br>2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|E<br>2, 3, 4|S<br> 2, 3, 4|H<br> 2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|E<br>S<br>3, 4<br>3, 4|H<br>3, 4|C<br>3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 50–60 Hz**<br>NEMA®,<br>240 Vac<br>25<br>25|||||35|85|85|100|100|200|65|85|100|200|200|200|65<br>85|100|200|200|200|
|UL, CSA|480 Vac||—|18|25|—|35|—|65|100|25|35|65|100|150|200|35<br>50|65|100|150|200|
||600 Vac4||—|—|18|—|22|—|25|35|18|18|25|35|50|50|18<br>25|35|50|65|65|
||125/250 Vdc5||106|10|10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22|22|42|50|50|22<br>22|42|42|50|50|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|25<br>25|25<br>25|35<br>35|85<br>43|85<br>43|100<br>50|100<br>50|200<br>200|65<br>65|85<br>85|100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|65<br>85<br>65<br>85|100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|—|18|25|—|40|—|70|100|25|40|70|100|150|200|35<br>50|70|100|150|200|
|||Ics|—|18|25|—|30|—|35|100|25|40|70|100|150|200|35<br>50|53|100|150|200|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|12|12|14|16|18|18|12<br>20|25|30|35|35|
|||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|6|6|7|12|14|14|6<br>10|13|15|18|18|
||125/250 Vdc5|Icu|106|10|10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22|22|42|50|50|22<br>22|42|42|50|50|
|Ampere range||Ics|106<br>10<br>15–160 A1||10|356|35|426|42|42|10<br>20–250 A|22<br>20–250 A|22|42|50|50|22<br>22<br>100–630 A2|42|42|50|50|
|Trip Units<br>F = Fixed|||FT-FM<br>AT-FM||||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM|||||
|A = Adjustable<br>T = Thermal|||||||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)|||
|M = Magnetic||||||||||||||||||||||
||Interchangeable||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
||Built-in||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
|Thermal|Fixed thermal||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
|magnetic|Adjustable<br>thermal||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
|Electronic|Magnetic<br>LS||Fixed<br>—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|Adjustable<br>■<br>■||■|■|■|■|Adjustable<br>■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
|RMS7|LSI||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
||LSG||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
||LSIG||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
||ALSI||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
||ALSIG||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|■<br>■|■|■|■|■|
|Utilization category|||A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A<br>A|A|A|A|A|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG.
- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
- 3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489.
- 4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac.
- 5 Two poles in series.
- 6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers.
- 7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-9**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Frames NG and RG**
|**2**|**Frames NG and RG**|**Frames NG and RG**||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||||**NG**|**NG**||||||**RG**|||||
|**2**||||—_——<br>_<br>.*<br>@<br>*||||||||:|'|||
||||||*||||||.|i"|'|;||
|**2**|||||||||||||a=|||
|**2**|||||oa||2<br>F|||||ir.<br>ea.||||
|**2**<br>**2**|Maximum rated current (amperes)<br>800, 1200<br>800, 1200<br>800, 1200<br>16001<br>800<br>1600, 2000, 2500<br>1600, 2000, 2500<br>Breaker type<br>S<br>H<br>C2<br>S<br>U<br>H<br>C2<br>*<br>«<br>a<br>=<br>.<br>©<br>es<br>= <=<br>~~——SSS~~|||||||||||||||
|**2**|Number of poles|||2, 3, 4|||2, 3, 4|2, 3, 4|3|3|3, 4|||3, 4|3, 4|
||**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**|||||||||||||
|**2**|NEMA,<br>UL, CSA|240 Vac<br>480 Vac||85<br>50|||100<br>65|200<br>100|—<br>—|200<br>150|125<br>65|||200<br>100||
|**2**||600 Vac||25|||35|65|—|65|50|||65||
|**2**|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|85<br>85|||100<br>100|200<br>100|85<br>85|—<br>—|135<br>100|||200<br>100||
|**2**||380–415 Vac|Icu|50|||70|100|50|—|70|||100||
||||Ics|50|||50|50|50|—|50|||50||
|**2**||660–690 Vac|Icu|203|||253|35|203|—|253|||353||
||||Ics|10|||13|18|10|—|13|||18||
|**2**||250 Vdc|Icu|—|||—|—|—|—|—|||—||
|**2**|Ampere range||Ics|—<br>400–1200 A||400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>1600 A|—<br>800 A|—<br>800–2500 A|800–2500 A||—<br>800–2500 A||
|**2**|Trip units|||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+)|||||||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)|||(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)||
|**2**||Interchangeable||—|||—|—|—|—|■5|||■5||
|||Built-in||■|||■|■|■|■|■|||■||
|**2**|Electronic4|LI||—|||—|—|—|—|■ 6|||■ 6||
|||LS||■|||■|■|■|■|■|||■||
|**2**||LSI||■|||■|■|■|■|■|||■||
|**2**||LIG<br>LSG||—<br>■|||—<br>■|—<br>■|—<br>■|—<br>■|■ 6<br>■|||■ 6<br>■||
|**2**||LSIG||■|||■|■|■|■|■|||■||
|||ALSI||■|||■|■|■|—|■|||■||
|**2**||ALSIG||■|||■|■|■|—|■|||■||
|**2**|Utilization category|||A|||A|A|A|A|A|||A||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed.
- 2 Not KEMA-KEUR listed.
- 3 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested.
- 4 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.
- 5 RG 310+ are interchangeable with the exception of: FROM not ground fault equipped TO ground fault equipped
- 6 Available only on Digitrip 910 trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-10**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **General Specifications**
## **All Series G Frames**
|**All Series G Frames**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**|**RG**|
|Maximum rated current Independing on the version|160 A1||250 A||400, 630 A2||800, 1200, 1600 A3|1600, 2000, 2500 A|
|Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2|||||||||
|Main conducting paths|500 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac|750 Vac|
|Auxiliary circuits|500 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|||||||||
|Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|6 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV|8 kV<br>4 kV|
|Rated operational voltage Ue|||||||||
|IEC|415 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|NEMA|600Y/347 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac|600 Vac|
|UL and CSA listed|Yes1||Yes||Yes2||Yes3|Yes|
|Permissible ambient temperature|–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C|–20 ° to 70 °C|
|Permissible load for various ambient temperatures<br>close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current|4|5|4|5|4|5|—|—|
|of the circuit breaker|||||||||
|Circuit breakers for plant protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C<br>At 50 °C|100%<br>96%|100%<br>92%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>94%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|
|At 55 °C|93%|87%|94%|90%|93%|86%|85%|85%|
|At 60 °C|91%|83%|92%|87%|90%|82%|81%|81%|
|At 70 °C|86%|73%|88%|80%|84%|70%|70%|70%|
|Circuit breakers for motor protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 50 °C<br>At 55 °C|—<br>—||100%<br>100%||100%<br>100%||—<br>—|—<br>—|
|At 60 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 70 °C|—||90%||90%||—|—|
|Circuit breakers for starter combinations and|||||||||
|isolating circuit breakers|||||||||
|At 40 °C|100%||100%||100%||100%|100%|
|At 50 °C|100%||100%||100%||91%|91%|
|At 55 °C|96%||96%||95%||85%|85%|
|At 60 °C<br>At 70 °C|91%<br>86%||82%<br>88%||90%<br>84%||81%<br>—|81%<br>—|
|Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit<br>breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms)|||||||||
|Two conducting paths in series<br>For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|
|NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms)<br>Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG.
- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
- 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG.
- 4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value.
- 5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value.
- 6 Not suitable for DC switching.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-11**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
**2**
## Series G
## **All Series G Frames, continued**
|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**EG**<br>**JG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|||||||
|Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2<br>in combination with lockable rotary drives<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes|||||||
|Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to<br>IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz)<br>For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see**Page V4-T2-9**.|||||||
|Endurance (operating cycles)<br>10,000|10,000<br>8,000<br>3,000<br>3,000||||||
|Maximum switching frequency<br>300 1/h|240 1/h<br>240 1/h<br>60 1/h<br>60 1/h||||||
|Conductor cross sections and terminal types for<br>main conductors<br>Box terminals<br>Solid or stranded<br>2.5 to 95 mm2|Box terminals<br>Box terminals<br>Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals<br>Flat bar terminals<br>50 to 150 mm2<br>95 to 240 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>2.5 to 50/70 mm2|35 to 120 mm2<br>70 to 150 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Busbar<br>—|—<br>—<br>600 A<br>Optional<br>Optional||||||
|Tightening torque for box terminals<br>5.6 Nm|20 Nm<br>42 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>—||||||
|Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces<br>5.6 Nm|15 Nm<br>30 Nm<br>6 Nm<br>50 Nm<br>20 Nm||||||
|Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with<br>terminal connection or terminal strip<br>Solid<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2||||||
|With brought-out cable ends<br>—|0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2||||||
|Tightening torque for fitting screws<br>—|0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm||||||
|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated<br>current ln(the power losses of the undervoltage<br>releases (“r” releases) must be observed if necessary)<br>at three-phase symmetrical load)<br>For plant protection<br>40 W|400 A:<br>600 A:<br>45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|As isolating circuit breaker<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|For starter combinations<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|For motor protection<br>—|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|Permissible mounting position||||||90|
||90||90|90||90|
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
|Arc spacing— suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes (except HMCPE)|Yes<br>Yes|||Yes||Yes|
|**Auxiliary Switches**|||||||
|Rated thermal current lth<br>6A|6A<br>6A|||6A||6A|
|Rated making capacity<br>20 A|20 A<br>20 A|||20 A||20 A|
|**AC-14**|**AC-14**<br>**AC-14**|||**AC-15**||**AC-15**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>230/400/600 V|230/400/600 V<br>230/400/600 V|||600 V||600 V|
|Rated operational current<br>6/3/0.25 A|6/3/0.25 A<br>6/3/0.25 A|||6A||6A|
|||||**DC-13**||**DC-13**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>125/250V|125/250V<br>125/250V|||125/250V||125/250V|
|Rated operational current<br>0.5/0.15 A|0.5/0.15 A<br>0.5/0.15 A|||0.5/0.25 A||0.5/0.25 A|
|Backup fuse<br>6/4/4 A|(4) 6/4/4 A<br>(4) 6/4/4 A|||(4) 6/4/4 A||(4) 6/4/4 A|
|Miniature circuit breaker<br>6/4 A|6/4 A<br>6/4 A|||6/4 A||6/4 A|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-12**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **All Series G Frames, continued**
|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|
|---|---|
|**EG**<br>**JG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**||
|**Releases**||
|Undervoltage releases (“r” releases)<br>Response voltage:<br>Drop (breaker tripped) Us<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%||
|Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%||
|Power consumption in continuous operation at:<br>50/60 Hz 12 Vac<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>1.9 VA<br>2.9 VA||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac<br>0.72 VA<br>3.9 VA<br>3.9 VA<br>2.4 VA<br>3.1 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac<br>1.15–1.78 VA<br>2.5–3.8 VA<br>2.5–3.8 VA<br>2.3–4.1 VA<br>3.4–6.0 VA||
|50/60 Hz 110–127 Vac<br>0.96–1.25 VA<br>1.8–2.4 VA<br>1.8–2.4 VA<br>3.4–4.2 VA<br>3.3–3.8 VA||
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac<br>1.28–1.68 VA<br>2.7–3.8 VA<br>2.7–3.8 VA<br>4.8–6.5 VA<br>4.2–7.2 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–500 Vac<br>2.2–3.9 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA<br>6.8–12.0 VA<br>3.8–10.0 VA||
|50/60 Hz 525–600 Vac<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>—<br>—||
|12 Vdc<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>2.6W<br>3.4W||
|24 Vdc<br>0.70 W<br>3.1W<br>3.1W<br>3.6W<br>4.3W||
|48–60 Vdc<br>1.12–1.76W<br>2.0–3.1W<br>2.0–3.1W<br>3.5–5.5W<br>4.8–7.2W||
|110–125 Vdc<br>0.94–1.21W<br>1.6–2.2W<br>1.6–2.2W<br>2.9–3.6W<br>3.3–3.8W||
|220–250 Vdc<br>1.45–1.86W<br>3.1–4W<br>3.1–4W<br>4.8–6.3W<br>6.6–7.5W||
|Maximum opening time<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>62 ms<br>62 ms||
|**Shunt Trips**||
|Shunt trips (“f” releases)<br>Response voltage:||
|Pickup (breaker tripped) Us<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%||
|Power consumption in (short time) at:||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac<br>10–41 VA<br>87–405 VA<br>87–405 VA<br>98–475 VA<br>612 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac<br>139–210 VA<br>710–1105 VA<br>710–1105 VA<br>24–50 VA<br>403–666 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–127 Vac<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—||
|50/60 Hz 110–240 Vac<br>83–360 VA<br>66–432 VA<br>66–432 VA<br>67–432 VA<br>396–1896 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac<br>—<br>127–188 VA<br>127–188 VA<br>76–110 VA<br>1596–2156 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–600 Vac<br>418–1080 VA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—||
|50/60 Hz 480–600 Vac<br>—<br>34–60 VA<br>34–60 VA<br>19–42 VA<br>230–384 VA||
|12–24 Vdc<br>29–120 W<br>164–631 W<br>164–631 W<br>145–610 W<br>396 W||
|48–60 Vdc<br>475–720 W<br>830–1580 W<br>830–1580 W<br>67–102 W<br>341–528 W||
|110–125 Vdc<br>99–121 W<br>112–150 W<br>112–150 W<br>121–150 W<br>264–350 W||
|220–250 Vdc<br>—<br>40–58W<br>40–58 W<br>46–55 W<br>374–475 W||
|Maximum load duration<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically||
|Maximum opening time<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>62 ms<br>62 ms||
|**Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip)**||
|Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)||
|Self-protected, will trip above<br>1250 for EG125;<br>1600 for EG160<br>2500<br>4000/6300<br>12,500<br>20,000||
|||
|||
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-13**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG**
||**EG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**JG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**LG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|1.00|(25.4)|2.99|(76.0)|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|2.00|(50.8)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|3.00|(76.2)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|5.48|(140.0)|4.09|(104.0)|
|**Four-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|4.00|(101.6)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|5.34|(135.6)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|7.22|(183.0)|4.09|(104.0)|
## **Series G—Frame NG and RG**
||**NG**||||**RG**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**H**||**W**|**D**|**H**|**W**|**D**|
|**Single-pole**<br>**Two-pole**|—<br>—||—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Three-pole**<br>**Four-pole**|16.00<br>16.00|(406.0)<br>(406.0)|8.25 (210.0)<br>11.13 (280.0)|5.50 (140.0)<br>5.50 (140.0)|16.00 (406.0)<br>16.00 (406.0)|15.50 (394.0)<br>20.00 (508.0)|9.75 (229.0)<br>9.75 (229.0)|
## Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG**
||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**||**RG**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|0.85|(0.39)|—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|1.57|(0.71)|11.3|(5.13)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|2.28|(1.04)|5.06|(2.30) T/M|12.36|(5.61) T/M|46.8|(21.3)|103.0|(47.0)|
||||5.31|(2.41) ETU|13.04|(5.92) ETU|||||
|**Four-pole**|2.85|(1.29)|6.76<br>7.12|(3.07) T/M<br>(3.23) ETU|16.27<br>16.92|(7.39) T/M<br>(7.68) ETU|62.0|(28.3)|118.4|(54.0)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-14**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)**
## **Contents**
**==> picture [243 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-16|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-17|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-26|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-27|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-27|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-29|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-47|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-65|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-74|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-85|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|V4-T2-89|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|V4-T2-92|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-96|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-101|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-104|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-112|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-114|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-115|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
EG breaker is HACR rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-15**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Series G—EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)**
|**Frame**<br>**E**<br>**Standard/Application**<br>**G**= IEC/CE/UL/CSA|||||||**Number of Poles**<br>**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected<br>**E**<br> **G**<br> **H**<br> **3**<br> **015**<br>|**Number of Poles**<br>**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected<br>**E**<br> **G**<br> **H**<br> **3**<br> **015**<br>|**Amperes**<br>**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1<br>**FF**<br> **G**|**Amperes**<br>**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1<br>**FF**<br> **G**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||**E**<br>**G**<br>**B**||
||**Frame**||||||||||||
||**E**||||||||||||
||||||||||**Amperes**||||
||**Standard/Application**||||||**Number of Poles**||**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1||||
||||||||**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected||||||
|**Performance**|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||**Trip Unit**|
||**600Y/347**|**480**|**415**||**240**||||||||
||||||||||||**FF**= Fi<br>**AF**= A<br>**KS**= M|xed fixed<br>djustable thermal fixed magnetic<br>olded case switch|
|**B**|—|18|18||25||||||||
|**E**|18|25|25||35||||||||
|**S**|22|35|40||85||||||||
|**H**|25|65|70||100||||||||
|**C**|35|100|100||200||||||||
|**K**|Molded case switch2||||||||||||
||||||||||||||
**==> picture [205 x 194] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Terminations/Hardware<br>Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>Amperes M = Metric end caps Metric<br>016 [1] E = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>015 G = Line/load standard Metric<br>020 B = Bolt-on —<br>025<br>030 Trip Unit<br>032 [1]<br>FF = Fixed fixed<br>035<br>040 AF = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic<br>KS = Molded case switch<br>045<br>050<br>060<br>063 [1]<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>160 [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Cannot be UL rated.
> 2 Available only as 125 and 160 A sizes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-16**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_
**2**
|**EG-Frame**<br>‘a|**EG-Frame**<br>‘a|**EG-Frame**<br>‘a|**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||eseae|||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|
||||**Maximum**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|
||@|&|**Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||15|**EGB1015FFG**|**EGB2015FFG**|**EGB3015FFG**|**—**|**EGB4015FFG**|**—**|
||||16|**EGB1016FFG**|**EGB2016FFG**|**EGB3016FFG**|**—**|**EGB4016FFG**|**—**|
|5|@|bal|20|**EGB1020FFG**|**EGB2020FFG**|**EGB3020FFG**|**—**|**EGB4020FFG**|**EGB4020AFG**|
||||25|**EGB1025FFG**|**EGB2025FFG**|**EGB3025FFG**|**EGB3025AFG**|**EGB4025FFG**|**EGB4025AFG**|
||||30|**EGB1030FFG**|**EGB2030FFG**|**EGB3030FFG**|**—**|**EGB4030FFG**|**—**|
||||32<br>35|**EGB1032FFG**<br>**EGB1035FFG**|**EGB2032FFG**<br>**EGB2035FFG**|**EGB3032FFG**<br>**EGB3035FFG**|**EGB3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4032FFG**<br>**EGB4035FFG**|**EGB4032AFG**<br>**—**|
||||40<br>45|**EGB1040FFG**<br>**EGB1045FFG**|**EGB2040FFG**<br>**EGB2045FFG**|**EGB3040FFG**<br>**EGB3045FFG**|**EGB3040AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4040FFG**<br>**EGB4045FFG**|**EGB4040AFG**<br>**—**|
||||50|**EGB1050FFG**|**EGB2050FFG**|**EGB3050FFG**|**EGB3050AFG**|**EGB4050FFG**|**EGB4050AFG**|
||||60|**EGB1060FFG**|**EGB2060FFG**|**EGB3060FFG**|**—**|**EGB4060FFG**|**—**|
||||63|**EGB1063FFG**|**EGB2063FFG**|**EGB3063FFG**|**EGB3063AFG**|**EGB4063FFG**|**EGB4063AFG**|
||||70|**EGB1070FFG**|**EGB2070FFG**|**EGB3070FFG**|**—**|**EGB4070FFG**|**—**|
||||80|**EGB1080FFG**|**EGB2080FFG**|**EGB3080FFG**|**EGB3080AFG**|**EGB4080FFG**|**EGB4080AFG**|
||||90<br>100|**EGB1090FFG**<br>**EGB1100FFG**|**EGB2090FFG**<br>**EGB2100FFG**|**EGB3090FFG**<br>**EGB3100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3100AFG**|**EGB4090FFG**<br>**EGB4100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4100AFG**|
||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFG**<br>**EGB1125FFG**|**EGB2110FFG**<br>**EGB2125FFG**|**EGB3110FFG**<br>**EGB3125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3125AFG**|**EGB4110FFG**<br>**EGB4125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4125AFG**|
||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGB3160FFG**|**EGB3160AFG**|**EGB4160FFG**|**EGB4160AFG**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings.
- 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.
- 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-17**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
**2**
## Series G
EG-Frame—25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable
## **EG-Frame**
## **EG-Frame—25/25**
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|
||**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Magnetic**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1<br>15|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EGE2015FFG**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EGE3015FFG**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EGE4015FFG**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**|
|16<br>~~ee~~|**EGE2016FFG**<br>~~ee~~|**EGE3016FFG**<br>~~ee~~|**—**<br>~~ee~~|**EGE4016FFG**<br>~~ee~~|**—**<br>~~ee~~|
|20|**EGE2020FFG**|**EGE3020FFG**|**—**|**EGE4020FFG**|**EGE4020AFG**|
|25<br>30|**EGE2025FFG**<br>**EGE2030FFG**|**EGE3025FFG**<br>**EGE3030FFG**|**EGE3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4025FFG**<br>**EGE4030FFG**|**EGE4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|32|**EGE2032FFG**|**EGE3032FFG**|**EGE3032AFG**|**EGE4032FFG**|**EGE4032AFG**|
|35|**EGE2035FFG**|**EGE3035FFG**|**—**|**EGE4035FFG**|**—**|
|40|**EGE2040FFG**|**EGE3040FFG**|**EGE3040AFG**|**EGE4040FFG**|**EGE4040AFG**|
|45<br>50|**EGE2045FFG**<br>**EGE2050FFG**|**EGE3045FFG**<br>**EGE3050FFG**|**EGE3050AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4045FFG**<br>**EGE4050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGE4050AFG**|
|60|**EGE2060FFG**|**EGE3060FFG**|**—**|**EGE4060FFG**|**—**|
|63|**EGE2063FFG**|**EGE3063FFG**|**EGE3063AFG**|**EGE4063FFG**|**EGE4063AFG**|
|70|**EGE2070FFG**|**EGE3070FFG**|**—**|**EGE4070FFG**|**—**|
|80|**EGE2080FFG**|**EGE3080FFG**|**EGE3080AFG**|**EGE4080FFG**|**EGE4080AFG**|
|90|**EGE2090FFG**|**EGE3090FFG**|**—**|**EGE4090FFG**|**—**|
|100<br>125|**EGE2100FFG**<br>**EGE2125FFG**|**EGE3100FFG**<br>**EGE3125FFG**|**EGE3100AFG**<br>**EGE3125AFG**|**EGE4100FFG**<br>**EGE4125FFG**|**EGE4100AFG**<br>**EGE4125AFG**|
|160|**—**|**EGE3160FFG**|**EGE3160AFG**|**EGE4160FFG**|**EGE4160AFG**|
## _**Notes**_
1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings.
- 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.
- 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-18**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||**2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||e#o8o<br>»<br>eLje<br>fF||||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**2**|
||*|Bp|e|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**2**|
|||||**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**||
||mee<br>-<br>ei<br>‘4<br>d <br>le"ete!|||15<br>**EGS1015FFG**<br>**EGS2015FFG**<br>**EGS3015FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGS4015FFG**<br>**—**<br>16<br>**EGS1016FFG**<br>**EGS2016FFG**<br>**EGS3016FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGS4016FFG**<br>**—**<br> ~~ee~~|||||||**2**|
|||||20|**EGS1020FFG**|**EGS2020FFG**|**EGS3020FFG**|**—**|**EGS4020FFG**|**EGS4020AFG**|**2**|
|||||25<br>30|**EGS1025FFG**<br>**EGS1030FFG**|**EGS2025FFG**<br>**EGS2030FFG**|**EGS3025FFG**<br>**EGS3030FFG**|**EGS3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGS4025FFG**<br>**EGS4030FFG**|**EGS4025AFG**<br>**—**|**2**|
|||||32|**EGS1032FFG**|**EGS2032FFG**|**EGS3032FFG**|**EGS3032AFG**|**EGS4032FFG**|**EGS4032AFG**|**2**|
|||||35|**EGS1035FFG**|**EGS2035FFG**|**EGS3035FFG**|**—**|**EGS4035FFG**|**—**||
|||||40|**EGS1040FFG**|**EGS2040FFG**|**EGS3040FFG**|**EGS3040AFG**|**EGS4040FFG**|**EGS4040AFG**|**2**|
|||||45|**EGS1045FFG**|**EGS2045FFG**|**EGS3045FFG**|**—**|**EGS4045FFG**|**—**||
|||||50|**EGS1050FFG**|**EGS2050FFG**|**EGS3050FFG**|**EGS3050AFG**|**EGS4050FFG**|**EGS4050AFG**|**2**|
|||||60|**EGS1060FFG**|**EGS2060FFG**|**EGS3060FFG**|**—**|**EGS4060FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||63|**EGS1063FFG**|**EGS2063FFG**|**EGS3063FFG**|**EGS3063AFG**|**EGS4063FFG**|**EGS4063AFG**||
|||||70|**EGS1070FFG**|**EGS2070FFG**|**EGS3070FFG**|**—**|**EGS4070FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||80|**EGS1080FFG**|**EGS2080FFG**|**EGS3080FFG**|**EGS3080AFG**|**EGS4080FFG**|**EGS4080AFG**||
|||||90|**EGS1090FFG**|**EGS2090FFG**|**EGS3090FFG**|**—**|**EGS4090FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||100<br>125|**EGS1100FFG**<br>**EGS1125FFG**|**EGS2100FFG**<br>**EGS2125FFG**|**EGS3100FFG**<br>**EGS3125FFG**|**EGS3100AFG**<br>**EGS3125AFG**|**EGS4100FFG**<br>**EGS4125FFG**|**EGS4100AFG**<br>**EGS4125AFG**|**2**|
|||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGS3160FFG**|**EGS3160AFG**|**EGS4160FFG**|**EGS4160AFG**|**2**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings.
- 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.
- 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-19**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **EG-Frame—70/65**
|**2**||||**EG-Frame—70/65**|**EG-Frame—70/65**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**|**EG-Frame**<br>a<br>ee2e80<br>|<br>*.\®<br>f|||**EG-Frame—70/65**|**EG-Frame—70/65**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**Four-Pole**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|
|**2**|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>*«||||**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|||||**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**2**|_<br>=|||15|**EGH1015FFG**|**EGH2015FFG**|**EGH3015FFG**|**—**|**EGH4015FFG**|**—**|
||1s*e*%e!|*e*%e!||16|**EGH1016FFG**|**EGH2016FFG**|**EGH3016FFG**|**—**|**EGH4016FFG**|**—**|
|**2**||||20|**EGH1020FFG**|**EGH2020FFG**|**EGH3020FFG**|**EGH3020AFG**|**EGH4020FFG**|**EGH4020AFG**|
|**2**||||25<br>30|**EGH1025FFG**<br>**EGH1030FFG**|**EGH2025FFG**<br>**EGH2030FFG**|**EGH3025FFG**<br>**EGH3030FFG**|**EGH3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGH4025FFG**<br>**EGH4030FFG**|**EGH4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|**2**||||32|**EGH1032FFG**|**EGH2032FFG**|**EGH3032FFG**|**EGH3032AFG**|**EGH4032FFG**|**EGH4032AFG**|
|||||35|**EGH1035FFG**|**EGH2035FFG**|**EGH3035FFG**|**—**|**EGH4035FFG**|**—**|
|**2**||||40|**EGH1040FFG**|**EGH2040FFG**|**EGH3040FFG**|**EGH3040AFG**|**EGH4040FFG**|**EGH4040AFG**|
|**2**||||45<br>50|**EGH1045FFG**<br>**EGH1050FFG**|**EGH2045FFG**<br>**EGH2050FFG**|**EGH3045FFG**<br>**EGH3050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGH3050AFG**|**EGH4045FFG**<br>**EGH4050FFG**|**EGH4050AFG**<br>**—**|
|**2**||||60|**EGH1060FFG**|**EGH2060FFG**|**EGH3060FFG**|**—**|**EGH4060FFG**|**—**|
|||||63|**EGH1063FFG**|**EGH2063FFG**|**EGH3063FFG**|**EGH3063AFG**|**EGH4063FFG**|**EGH4063AFG**|
|**2**||||70|**EGH1070FFG**|**EGH2070FFG**|**EGH3070FFG**|**—**|**EGH4070FFG**|**—**|
|||||80|**EGH1080FFG**|**EGH2080FFG**|**EGH3080FFG**|**EGH3080AFG**|**EGH4080FFG**|**EGH4080AFG**|
|**2**||||90|**EGH1090FFG**|**EGH2090FFG**|**EGH3090FFG**|**—**|**EGH4090FFG**|**—**|
|**2**||||100<br>125|**EGH1100FFG**<br>**EGH1125FFG**|**EGH2100FFG**<br>**EGH2125FFG**|**EGH3100FFG**<br>**EGH3125FFG**|**EGH3100AFG**<br>**EGH3125AFG**|**EGH4100FFG**<br>**EGH4125FFG**|**EGH4100AFG**<br>**EGH4125AFG**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings.
- 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.
- 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-20**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
EG-Frame—100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable)
## **EG-Frame—100/100**
||||**EG-Frame—100/100**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**EG-Frame**|||**EG-Frame—100/100**|||||
|ee<br>ee2e80<br>»<br>eLje<br>fF||||**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**3<br>**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|
|e|wh|©|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15<br>**EGC3015FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGC7015FFG**<br>**—**<br>16<br>**EGC3016FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGC7016FFG**<br>**—**<br>20<br>**EGC3020FFG**<br>**EGC3020AFG**<br>**EGC7020FFG**<br>**EGC7020AFG**<br>~~=~~<br>~~a~~<br>~~.~~<br>°<br>le" ete! ~~OO~~||||||||
||||25|**EGC3025FFG**|**EGC3025AFG**|**EGC7025FFG**|**EGC7025AFG**|
||||30|**EGC3030FFG**|**—**|**EGC7030FFG**|**—**|
||||32<br>35|**EGC3032FFG**<br>**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGC7032FFG**<br>**EGC7035FFG**|**EGC7032AFG**<br>**—**|
||||40|**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040AFG**|**EGC7040FFG**|**EGC7040AFG**|
||||45|**EGC3045FFG**|**—**|**EGC7045FFG**|**—**|
||||50|**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3050AFG**|**EGC7050FFG**|**EGC7050AFG**|
||||60|**EGC3060FFG**|**—**|**EGC7060FFG**|**—**|
||||63|**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063AFG**|**EGC7063FFG**|**EGC7063AFG**|
||||70|**EGC3070FFG**|**—**|**EGC7070FFG**|**—**|
||||80|**EGC3080FFG**|**EGC3080AFG**|**EGC7080FFG**|**EGC7080AFG**|
||||90|**EGC3090FFG**|**—**|**EGC7090FFG**|**—**|
||||100|**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100AFG**|**EGC7100FFG**|**EGC7100AFG**|
||||125|**EGC3125FFG**|**EGC3125AFG**|**EGC7125FFG**|**EGC7125AFG**|
**2**
## **Molded Case Switches**[4]
**Catalog Number**
**EGK3125KSG EGK7125KSG EGK3160KSG EGK7160KSG**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings.
- 2 Adjustable thermal is not UL listed.
- 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
- 4 Molded case switches may open above 1250 A.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-21**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)**_
**2**
## **EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**
|**EG-Frame**<br>ee|**EG-Frame**<br>ee|**EG-Frame**<br>ee|**EG-Frame**<br>ee|**EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|e+o0e80<br>i<br>@.je<br>f||||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|*<br>Bey<br>*<br>oe<br>SS<br>eee<br>te<br>ihca<br>“y.||||**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15<br>20<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**1<br>**EGB1015FFB**<br>**EGB1020FFB**<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**2<br>**EGB2015FFB**<br>**EGB2020FFB**<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**3<br>**EGB3015FFB**<br>**EGB3020FFB**<br>~~SSS~~|
|1s|*%e"%e!|||25|**EGB1025FFB**|**EGB2025FFB**|**EGB3025FFB**|
|||||30|**EGB1030FFB**|**EGB2030FFB**|**EGB3030FFB**|
|||||35|**EGB1035FFB**|**EGB2035FFB**|**EGB3035FFB**|
|||||40|**EGB1040FFB**|**EGB2040FFB**|**EGB3040FFB**|
|||||45<br>50|**EGB1045FFB**<br>**EGB1050FFB**|**EGB2045FFB**<br>**EGB2050FFB**|**EGB3045FFB**<br>**EGB3050FFB**|
|||||60|**EGB1060FFB**|**EGB2060FFB**|**EGB3060FFB**|
|||||70|**EGB1070FFB**|**EGB2070FFB**|**EGB3070FFB**|
|||||80|**EGB1080FFB**|**EGB2080FFB**|**EGB3080FFB**|
|||||90|**EGB1090FFB**|**EGB2090FFB**|**EGB3090FFB**|
|||||100|**EGB1100FFB**|**EGB2100FFB**|**EGB3100FFB**|
|||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFB**<br>**EGB1125FFB**|**EGB2110FFB**<br>**EGB2125FFB**|**EGB3110FFB**<br>**EGB3125FFB**|
## **EG-Frame—35 kAIC at 480 Vac**
## **EG-Frame**
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15<br>20<br>~~<<~~|**Number**1<br>**EGS1015FFB**<br>**EGS1020FFB**<br>~~<<~~|**Number**2<br>**EGS2015FFB**<br>**EGS2020FFB**<br>~~<<~~|**Number**3<br>**EGS3015FFB**<br>**EGS3020FFB**<br>~~<<~~|
|25<br>30|**EGS1025FFB**<br>**EGS1030FFB**|**EGS2025FFB**<br>**EGS2030FFB**|**EGS3025FFB**<br>**EGS3030FFB**|
|35<br>40|**EGS1035FFB**<br>**EGS1040FFB**|**EGS2035FFB**<br>**EGS2040FFB**|**EGS3035FFB**<br>**EGS3040FFB**|
|45|**EGS1045FFB**|**EGS2045FFB**|**EGS3045FFB**|
|50|**EGS1050FFB**|**EGS2050FFB**|**EGS3050FFB**|
|60|**EGS1060FFB**|**EGS2060FFB**|**EGS3060FFB**|
|70|**EGS1070FFB**|**EGS2070FFB**|**EGS3070FFB**|
|80|**EGS1080FFB**|**EGS2080FFB**|**EGS3080FFB**|
|90<br>100|**EGS1090FFB**<br>**EGS1100FFB**|**EGS2090FFB**<br>**EGS2100FFB**|**EGS3090FFB**<br>**EGS3100FFB**|
|110|**EGS1110FFB**|**EGS2110FFB**|**EGS3110FFB**|
|125|**EGS1125FFB**|**EGS2125FFB**|**EGS3125FFB**|
## _**Notes**_
1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24.
2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12.
- 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-22**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **EG-Frame**
## **EG-Frame—65 kAIC at 480 Vac**
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15<br>20|**Number**1<br>**EGH1015FFB**<br>**EGH1020FFB**|**Number**2<br>**EGH2015FFB**<br>**EGH2020FFB**|**Number**3<br>**EGH3015FFB**<br>**EGH3020FFB**|
|25|**EGH1025FFB**|**EGH2025FFB**|**EGH3025FFB**|
|30|**EGH1030FFB**|**EGH2030FFB**|**EGH3030FFB**|
|35|**EGH1035FFB**|**EGH2035FFB**|**EGH3035FFB**|
|40|**EGH1040FFB**|**EGH2040FFB**|**EGH3040FFB**|
|45<br>50|**EGH1045FFB**<br>**EGH1050FFB**|**EGH2045FFB**<br>**EGH2050FFB**|**EGH3045FFB**<br>**EGH3050FFB**|
|60|**EGH1060FFB**|**EGH2060FFB**|**EGH3060FFB**|
|70|**EGH1070FFB**|**EGH2070FFB**|**EGH3070FFB**|
|80|**EGH1080FFB**|**EGH2080FFB**|**EGH3080FFB**|
|90|**EGH1090FFB**|**EGH2090FFB**|**EGH3090FFB**|
|100|**EGH1100FFB**|**EGH2100FFB**|**EGH3100FFB**|
|110|**EGH1110FFB**|**EGH2110FFB**|**EGH3110FFB**|
|125|**EGH1125FFB**|**EGH2125FFB**|**EGH3125FFB**|
## **Load Terminals**
||**Terminal,**||||**(Package of Three Terminals)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Amps**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|15–50|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14–1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|60–125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6–3/0|**3TA150EF**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24.
- 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12.
- 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-23**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
**2**
## **EG-Frame**
**3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF**
**3TA160EFK**
**EF2RTWK, Two-Pole–Metric Control Wire Multiwire EF3RTWK, Three-Pole–Metric Terminal Kit Connectors EF4RTWK, Four-Pole–Metric GCWTK EF2RTDK, Two-Pole–Imperial EF3RTDK, Three-Pole–Imperial EF4RTDK, Four-Pole–Imperial**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
||||||**(Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**|**Three Terminals)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Range mm2**|**Range**|**Number**|
|125|Steel|Al|4–6|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Steel|Cu|2.5–95|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14-1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6-3/0|**3TA150EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**3TA160EFK**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**4TA160EFK**2|
EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment.
Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer.
**Caution** : Collar must surround conductor.
Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Standard line and load terminals.
> 2 Four-pole kit with four terminals.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-24**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Control Wire Terminal Kit**
|**Control Wire Terminal Kit**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Control wire terminal kit|**5652B38G01**|
|Package of 12—priced individually||
For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only.
## **Interphase Barriers**
|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Interphase barriers|**EIPBK**|
|Package of 12—priced individually||
The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering.
## **Base Mounting Hardware—DIN Rail Mounting**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
||**Number**|
|DIN rail adapter—single-pole|**EF1DIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—two-pole|**EGDIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—three- or four-pole|**EF34DIN**|
|Metal DIN rail adapter—three-pole|**EGGDDIN**|
Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08.
## _**Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier)**_
The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering.
## **Terminal End Covers**
|**Terminal End Covers**||
|---|---|
|**Conductor Opening Diameter**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|6.35 (0.25)<br>10.41 (0.41)|**EEC3K**<br>**EEC4K**|
## _**Multiwire Connectors**_
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks.
Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
**EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**[1]
|**(Package o**|**f 3)**1|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|125|3|14–2|**3TA125E3K**|
|125|6|14–6|**3TA125E6K**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 For four-pole kit, change “3” at beginning of catalog number to “4.”
**Note:** English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is **BMHE** #6–32 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order **8703C80G11** . English hardware **8703C80G12** . Both sold in quantities of 100.
## _**Terminal Shields**_
The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually.
## **Terminal Shields—IP30 Protection**
|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**EFTS3K**|
|4|**EFTS4K**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-25**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **EG-Frame Accessories**
|**EG-Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Single-**<br>**Pole**|**Two-Pole**||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Center**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**||||||||||||
|**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-109**<br>**V4-T2-109**|—<br>—|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-110**|—|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**||||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-25**|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-25**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-25**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware<br>Terminal shields|**V4-T2-25**<br>**V4-T2-25**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-25**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-25**|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-107**|■|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-107**|■|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-107**|—|—|■|❏|—|❏|❏|—|❏|—|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-107**<br>**V4-T2-107**|—<br>—|—<br>●|—<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-107**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-419**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-105**<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement<br>SA and SB|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-26**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**120**<br>**220–240**<br>**277**<br>**347**<br>**380–415**<br>**480**<br>**600Y/ 347**<br>**690**2<br>**125**<br>**250**34<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
|EGB125|1<br>35<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE125|2, 3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS125|1<br>100<br>85<br>43<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|EGH125|1<br>200<br>100<br>50<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>100<br>50<br>—<br>—<br>70<br>35<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGC1255|3, 4<br>—<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGB1602|3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE1602|3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS1602|3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|**UL 489**<br>**Frame**|**Current Limiting Data**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Ip (kA)**<br>**I2T (106A2S)**<br>240 V/200 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>480 V/100 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>600 Y/35 kA<br>20.0<br>1.392|
|EGC||
|EGC||
|EGC||
**2**
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **EG-Frame**
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|1<br>2|1.00 (25.4)<br>2.00 (50.8)|5.50 (139.7)<br>5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|3|3.00 (76.2)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|
|4|4.00 (101.6)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|
## **EG-Frame**
**==> picture [312 x 146] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C L<br>Breaker<br>0.14 (3.6) R 1.85<br>(47.0)<br>0.90 3.03 5.50<br>(22.9) CL (77.0) (139.7)<br>Handle<br>1.30 Dia.(33.0) 0.47 (11.9)0.94 (23.9) (76.2)3.00 (70.4)2.77<br>Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)<br>EG-Frame<br>Number of Poles<br>EG Breaker Type 1 2 3 4<br>EGB125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
- 2 IEC only.
- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
- 4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA.
- 5 Current limiting per UL 489.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-27**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module**
**2**
**==> picture [437 x 625] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
10.26<br>(260.6)<br>4.75<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>(120.6)<br>1.49<br>0.50 1.00 (37.8) 3.98<br>(12.7) (25.4) (101.1)<br>3-Pole<br>1.00 2.98<br>(25.4) (75.7)<br>2.00<br>1.50 0.50 (50.8)<br>(38.1) (12.7)<br>4.78<br>8.59 (121.4) 0.70 (17.8)<br>(218.2)<br>0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.01<br>0.09 (76.5)<br>(2.29) 3.17<br>2.75 (80.5)<br>(69.9)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module<br>9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-28**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)|||
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-30**<br>**V4-T2-31**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**<br>**V4-T2-43**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-45**<br>**V4-T2-47**|**2**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**<br>**V4-T2-74**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**||
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-89**<br>**V4-T2-92**|**2**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-96**|**2**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**<br>**V4-T2-104**|**2**|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**<br>**V4-T2-114**|**2**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**||
## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
JG breaker is HACR rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-29**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Series G—JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)**
**==> picture [452 x 223] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
J G S 3 250 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>J Blank = 80% rated<br>C = 100% rated<br>Standard/Application Amperes F01 = Freeze tested for –70ºF (–57ºC)<br>G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 050 F02 = Freeze tested for –22ºF (–30ºC)<br>2 = Two 070<br>3 = Three 080 Terminations/Hardware<br>Performance 4 = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 090 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>600 480 415 240 9 = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 100<br>E 18 25 25 65 125 M = Metric end caps Metric<br>150 E = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>S 18 35 40 85 160 G = Line/load standard Metric<br>H 25 65 70 100 175 W = Without terminals<br>C 35 100 100 200 200<br>U 50 150 150 200 225 Trip Unit<br>X 50 200 200 200 250 AA = Adj. adj.<br>K Molded case switch FA = Fixed adj.<br>KS = Molded case switch<br>33 = 310+ electronic LS<br>32 = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35 = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36 = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>NN = Frame only (250 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Trip Unit**
**==> picture [490 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 4 100 FA B20<br>Trip Features (ETU Only) [12]<br>JT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>2 = Two Amperes AA = Adj. adj. B20 = High load alarm<br>3 = Three T/M ETU FA = Fixed adj. B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>4 = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 080 050 KS = Molded case switch B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>9 = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 090 100 33 = 310+ electronic LS ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>100 160 32 = 310+ electronic LSI<br>110 250 35 = 310+ electronic LSG<br>125 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>150<br>160<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features.
> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-30**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_
**==> picture [425 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25|
|Two-Pole|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|
|Maximum|Magnetic|Magnetic|Magnetic|[1]|Magnetic|Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|SSS|
|70|350–700|JGE2070FAG|JGE3070FAG|—|JGE4070FAG|—|
|as|
|90|450–900|JGE2090FAG|JGE3090FAG|—|JGE4090FAG|—|
|100|500–1000|JGE2100FAG|JGE3100FAG|JGE3100AAG|JGE4100FAG|JGE4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGE2125FAG|JGE3125FAG|JGE3125AAG|JGE4125FAG|JGE4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGE2150FAG|JGE3150FAG|—|JGE4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|—|JGE3160AAG|—|JGE4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGE2175FAG|JGE3175FAG|—|JGE4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGE2200FAG|JGE3200FAG|JGE3200AAG|JGE4200FAG|JGE4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGE2225FAG|JGE3225FAG|—|JGE4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGE2250FAG|JGE3250FAG|JGE3250AAG|JGE4250FAG|JGE4250AAG|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **JG-Frame**
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35, Two-Pole**
## **JG-Frame**
**2**
**==> picture [434 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Two-Pole|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|Adjustable|
|Maximum|Magnetic|Magnetic|Magnetic|[1]|Magnetic|Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|SSS|
|70|350–700|JGS2070FAG|JGS3070FAG|—|JGS4070FAG|—|
|90|450–900|JGS2090FAG|JGS3090FAG|—|JGS4090FAG|—|
|I|100|500–1000|JGS2100FAG|JGS3100FAG|JGS3100AAG|JGS4100FAG|JGS4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGS2125FAG|JGS3125FAG|JGS3125AAG|JGS4125FAG|JGS4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGS2150FAG|JGS3150FAG|—|JGS4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|—|JGS3160AAG|—|JGS4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGS2175FAG|JGS3175FAG|—|JGS4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGS2200FAG|JGS3200FAG|JGS3200AAG|JGS4200FAG|JGS4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGS2225FAG|JGS3225FAG|—|JGS4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGS2250FAG|JGS3250FAG|JGS3250AAG|JGS4250FAG|JGS4250AAG|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0.
- 2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-31**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
**2**
## **JG-Frame**
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**
|||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole 0%**2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>70<br>_|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>350–700|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH2070FAG**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH3070FAG**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH4070FAG**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**|
|90|450–900|**JGH2090FAG**|**JGH3090FAG**|**—**|**JGH4090FAG**|**—**|
|100|500–1000|**JGH2100FAG**|**JGH3100FAG**|**JGH3100AAG**|**JGH4100FAG**|**JGH4100AAG**|
|125<br>150|625–1250<br>750–1550|**JGH2125FAG**<br>**JGH2150FAG**|**JGH3125FAG**<br>**JGH3150FAG**|**JGH3125AAG**<br>**—**|**JGH4125FAG**<br>**JGH4150FAG**|**JGH4125AAG**<br>**—**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGH3160AAG**|**—**|**JGH4160AAG**|
|175|875–1750|**JGH2175FAG**|**JGH3175FAG**|**—**|**JGH4175FAG**|**—**|
|200|1000–2000|**JGH2200FAG**|**JGH3200FAG**|**JGH3200AAG**|**JGH4200FAG**|**JGH4200AAG**|
|225<br>250|1125–2250<br>1250–2500|**JGH2225FAG**<br>**JGH2250FAG**|**JGH3225FAG**<br>**JGH3250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH3250AAG**|**JGH4225FAG**<br>**JGH4250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH4250AAG**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0.
- 2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-32**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150
## **JG-Frame**
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting**
|||**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole 0%** 2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|70<br>80<br>90<br>100|350–700<br>400–800<br>450–900<br>500–1000|**JGC3070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGC3090FAG**<br>**JGC3100FAG**|**—**<br>**JGC3080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGC3100AAG**<br>~~ee~~|**JGC4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGC4090FAG**<br>**JGC4100FAG**<br>~~ee~~|**—**<br>**JGC4080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGC4100AAG**<br>~~ee~~|
|125|625–1250|**JGC3125FAG**|**JGC3125AAG**|**JGC4125FAG**|**JGC4125AAG**|
|150|750–1550|**JGC3150FAG**|**—**|**JGC4150FAG**|**—**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|**JGC3160AAG**|**—**|**JGC4160AAG**|
|175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGC3175FAG**<br>**JGC3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGC3200AAG**|**JGC4175FAG**<br>**JGC4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGC4200AAG**|
|225|1125–2250|**JGC3225FAG**|**—**|**JGC4225FAG**|**—**|
|250|1250–2500|**JGC3250FAG**|**JGC3250AAG**|**JGC4250FAG**|**JGC4250AAG**|
## **JG-Frame**
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting**
|||**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole 0%** 2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|70|350–700|**JGU3070FAG**<br>~~NT~~|**—**<br>~~NT~~|**JGU4070FAG**<br>~~NT~~|**—**<br>~~NT~~|
|80<br>90<br>100|400–800<br>450–900<br>500–1000|**—**<br>**JGU3090FAG**<br>**JGU3100FAG**|**JGU3080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGU3100AAG**|**—**<br>**JGU4090FAG**<br>**JGU4100FAG**|**JGU4080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGU4100AAG**|
|125|625–1250|**JGU3125FAG**|**JGU3125AAG**|**JGU4125FAG**|**JGU4125AAG**|
|150<br>160|750–1550<br>800–1600|**JGU3150FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**JGU3160AAG**|**JGU4150FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**JGU4160AAG**|
|175|875–1750|**JGU3175FAG**|**—**|**JGU4175FAG**|**—**|
|200|1000–2000|**JGU3200FAG**|**JGU3200AAG**|**JGU4200FAG**|**JGU4200AAG**|
|225|1125–2250|**JGU3225FAG**|**—**|**JGU4225FAG**|**—**|
|250|1250–2500|**JGU3250FAG**|**JGU3250AAG**|**JGU4250FAG**|**JGU4250AAG**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0.
- 2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-33**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
**2**
## Series G
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200
## **JG-Frame**
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting**
|||**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|70<br>80<br>90<br>100|350–700<br>400–800<br>450–900<br>500–1000|**JGX3070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX3090FAG**<br>**JGX3100FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX3080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX3100AAG**<br>~~nn~~|**JGX4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX4090FAG**<br>**JGX4100FAG**<br>~~nn~~|**—**<br>**JGX4080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX4100AAG**<br>~~nn~~|
|125|625–1250|**JGX3125FAG**|**JGX3125AAG**|**JGX4125FAG**|**JGX4125AAG**|
|150|750–1550|**JGX3150FAG**|**—**|**JGX4150FAG**|**—**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|**JGX3160AAG**|**—**|**JGX4160AAG**|
|175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGX3175FAG**<br>**JGX3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX3200AAG**|**JGX4175FAG**<br>**JGX4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX4200AAG**|
|225|1125–2250|**JGX3225FAG**|**—**|**JGX4225FAG**|**—**|
|250|1250–2500|**JGX3250FAG**|**JGX3250AAG**|**JGX4250FAG**|**JGX4250AAG**|
## **Molded Case Switches**[3]
**Catalog Number JGK3250KSG JGK7250KSG**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0.
- 2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
- 3 Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-34**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole 0%**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|<br>**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**25/25**||||
|250|**JGE2250NN**|**JGE3250NN**|**JGE4250NN**|
|**40/35**||||
|250|**JGS2250NN**|**JGS3250NN**|**JGS4250NN**|
|**70/65**||||
|250|**JGH2250NN**|**JGH3250NN**|**JGH4250NN**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGC3250NN**|**JGC4250NN**|
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGU3250NN**|**JGU4250NN**|
|**200/200**|**Current Limiting Per UL**|**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGX3250NN**|**JGX4250NN**|
|**25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489**2||||
|250|**—**|**JGE3250NNC**|**—**|
|**40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489**2||||
|250|**—**|**JGS3250NNC**|**—**|
|**70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489**2||||
|250|**—**|**JGH3250NNC**|**—**|
**2**
## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**
|**Ampere**||**Catalog**|||||**Catalog**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**|**Range**|**Number**||||**Range**|**Number**|||
|70|350–700|**JT2070FA**|**JT3070FA**|**—**||**—**|**JT4070FA**|**—**||
|80|400–800|**—**|**JT3080FA**|**JT3080AA**|3|64–100|**—**|**JT4080AA**|3|
|90|450–900|**JT2090FA**|**JT3090FA**|**—**||—|**JT4090FA**|**—**||
|100|500–1000|**JT2100FA**|**JT3100FA**|**JT3100AA**|3|80–100|**JT4100FA**|**JT4100AA**|3|
|125|625–1250|**JT2125FA**|**JT3125FA**|**JT3125AA**|3|100–125|**JT4125FA**|**JT4125AA**|3|
|150|750–1550|**JT2150FA**|**JT3150FA**|**—**||—|**JT4150FA**|**—**||
|160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JT3160AA**|3|128–160|**—**|**JT4160AA**|3|
|175|875–1750|**JT2175FA**|**JT3175FA**|**—**||—|**JT4175FA**|**—**||
|200|1000–2000|**JT2200FA**|**JT3200FA**|**JT3200AA**|3|160–200|**JT4200FA**|**JT4200AA**|3|
|225|1125–2250|**JT2225FA**|**JT3225FA**|**—**||—|**JT4225FA**|**—**||
|250|1250–2500|**JT2250FA**|**JT3250FA**|**JT3250AA**|3|200–250|**JT4250FA**|**JT4250AA**|3|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Standard line and load terminals.
- 2 Components—100% rated frame.
- 3 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-35**
2.2
**2 JG 310+ Electronic Trip Units**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series G
## _**310+ Electronic Trip Units**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-44** .
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JT305033**|**JT305032**|**JT305035**|**JT305036**|**JGFCT050**|
|100<br>160|**JT310033**<br>**JT316033**|**JT310032**<br>**JT316032**|**JT310035**<br>**JT316035**|**JT310036**<br>**JT316036**|**JGFCT100**<br>**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JT325033**|**JT325032**|**JT325035**|**JT325036**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JT405033**|**JT405032**|**JT405035**|**JT405036**|**—**|
|100|**JT410033**|**JT410032**|**JT410035**|**JT410036**|**—**|
|160|**JT416033**|**JT416032**|**JT416035**|**JT416036**|**—**|
|250|**JT425033**|**JT425032**|**JT425035**|**JT425036**|**—**|
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**JGFCT250**|
|External neutral sensor (160 A)|**JGFCT160**|
|External neutral sensor (100 A)|**JGFCT100**|
|External neutral sensor (80 A)<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**JGFCT050**<br>**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required.
- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-36**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**Complete Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-44** .
## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25**
**2**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGE305033G**|**JGE305032G**|**JGE305035G**|**JGE305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033G**|**JGE310032G**|**JGE310035G**|**JGE310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGE316033G**|**JGE316032G**|**JGE316035G**|**JGE316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGE325033G**|**JGE325032G**|**JGE325035G**|**JGE325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGE405033G**|**JGE405032G**|**JGE405035G**|**JGE405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGE410033G**|**JGE410032G**|**JGE410035G**|**JGE410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGE416033G**|**JGE416032G**|**JGE416035G**|**JGE416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGE425033G**|**JGE425032G**|**JGE425035G**|**JGE425036G**|**—**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGS305033G**|**JGS305032G**|**JGS305035G**|**JGS305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033G**|**JGS310032G**|**JGS310035G**|**JGS310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033G**|**JGS316032G**|**JGS316035G**|**JGS316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033G**|**JGS325032G**|**JGS325035G**|**JGS325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGS405033G**|**JGS405032G**|**JGS405035G**|**JGS405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGS410033G**|**JGS410032G**|**JGS410035G**|**JGS410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGS416033G**|**JGS416032G**|**JGS416035G**|**JGS416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGS425033G**|**JGS425032G**|**JGS425035G**|**JGS425036G**|**—**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGH305033G**|**JGH305032G**|**JGH305035G**|**JGH305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033G**|**JGH310032G**|**JGH310035G**|**JGH310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033G**|**JGH316032G**|**JGH316035G**|**JGH316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033G**|**JGH325032G**|**JGH325035G**|**JGH325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGH405033G**|**JGH405032G**|**JGH405035G**|**JGH405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGH410033G**|**JGH410032G**|**JGH410035G**|**JGH410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGH416033G**|**JGH416032G**|**JGH416035G**|**JGH416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGH425033G**|**JGH425032G**|**JGH425035G**|**JGH425036G**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-37**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **IEC/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
**2**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC305033G**<br>**JGC310033G**|**JGC305032G**<br>**JGC310032G**|**JGC305035G**<br>**JGC310035G**|**JGC305036G**<br>**JGC310036G**|**JGFCT050**<br>**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGC316033G**|**JGC316032G**|**JGC316035G**|**JGC316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGC335033G**|**JGC325032G**|**JGC325035G**|**JGC325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC405033G**<br>**JGC410033G**|**JGC405032G**<br>**JGC410032G**|**JGC405035G**<br>**JGC410035G**|**JGC405036G**<br>**JGC410036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|160|**JGC416033G**|**JGC416032G**|**JGC416035G**|**JGC416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGC435033G**|**JGC425032G**|**JGC425035G**|**JGC425036G**|**—**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGU305033G**|**JGU305032G**|**JGU305035G**|**JGU305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGU310033G**|**JGU310032G**|**JGU310035G**|**JGU310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGU316033G**|**JGU316032G**|**JGU316035G**|**JGU316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGU335033G**|**JGU325032G**|**JGU325035G**|**JGU325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGU405033G**|**JGU405032G**|**JGU405035G**|**JGU405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGU410033G**|**JGU410032G**|**JGU410035G**|**JGU410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGU416033G**|**JGU416032G**|**JGU416035G**|**JGU416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGU435033G**|**JGU425032G**|**JGU425035G**|**JGU425036G**|**—**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGX305033G**|**JGX305032G**|**JGX305035G**|**JGX305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGX310033G**|**JGX310032G**|**JGX310035G**|**JGX310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGX316033G**|**JGX316032G**|**JGX316035G**|**JGX316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250<br>**Four-Pole**2|**JGX325033G**|**JGX325032G**|**JGX325035G**|**JGX325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|50|**JGX405033G**|**JGX405032G**|**JGX405035G**|**JGX405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGX410033G**|**JGX410032G**|**JGX410035G**|**JGX410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGX416033G**|**JGX416032G**|**JGX416035G**|**JGX416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGX425033G**|**JGX425032G**|**JGX425035G**|**JGX425036G**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
> 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-38**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**JG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_
## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_
**2**
**JG-Frame**
**==> picture [435 x 183] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25|JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65|
|Three-Pole|Three-Pole|
|Fixed Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|
|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Amperes|Range|Number|
|SS|De|
|70|350–700|JGE3070FAGC|70|350–700|JGH3070FAGC|
|ES|
|90|450–900|JGE3090FAGC|90|450–900|JGH3090FAGC|
|100|500–1000|JGE3100FAGC|100|500–1000|JGH3100FAGC|
|——|125|625–1250|JGE3125FAGC|125|SEE|625–1250|JGH3125FAGC|
|150|750–1550|JGE3150FAGC|150|750–1550|JGH3150FAGC|
|160|800–1600|—|160|800–1600|—|
|175|875–1750|JGE3175FAGC|175|875–1750|JGH3175FAGC|
|200|1000–2000|JGE3200FAGC|200|1000–2000|JGH3200FAGC|
|225|1125–2250|JGE3225FAGC|225|1125–2250|JGH3225FAGC|
|250|1250–2500|JGE3250FAGC|250|1250–2500|JGH3250FAGC|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35**
**==> picture [156 x 169] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|
|Fixed Thermal,|
|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|
|Dem!|
|70|350–700|JGS3070FAGC|
|90|450–900|JGS3090FAGC|
|100|500–1000|JGS3100FAGC|
|125|625–1250|JGS3125FAGC|
|150|750–1550|JGS3150FAGC|
|160|800–1600|—|
|175|875–1750|JGS3175FAGC|
|200|1000–2000|JGS3200FAGC|
|225|1125–2250|JGS3225FAGC|
|250|1250–2500|JGS3250FAGC|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-39**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## _**JG 100% Rated 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-44** .
## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25**
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGE305033GC**|**JGE305032GC**|**JGE305035GC**|**JGE305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033GC**|**JGE310032GC**|**JGE310035GC**|**JGE310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160<br>250|**JGE316033GC**<br>**JGE325033GC**|**JGE316032GC**<br>**JGE325032GC**|**JGE316035GC**<br>**JGE325035GC**|**JGE316036GC**<br>**JGE325036GC**|**JGFCT160**<br>**JGFCT250**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>50|**Number**<br>**JGS305033GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305032GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305035GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305036GC**|**Number**<br>**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033GC**|**JGS310032GC**|**JGS310035GC**|**JGS310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033GC**|**JGS316032GC**|**JGS316035GC**|**JGS316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033GC**|**JGS325032GC**|**JGS325035GC**|**JGS325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65**
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGH305033GC**|**JGH305032GC**|**JGH305035GC**|**JGH305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033GC**|**JGH310032GC**|**JGH310035GC**|**JGH310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033GC**|**JGH316032GC**|**JGH316035GC**|**JGH316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033GC**|**JGH325032GC**|**JGH325035GC**|**JGH325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-40**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
**JG-Frame**
**2**
|**T250FJ**|**TA250FJ**||**Endcap Kit**|**Control Wire**<br>**Terminal Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Load and Line Terminals**|||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>250<br>250|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>Stainless steel Cu<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>25–185<br>10–185|**Metric Wire**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**<br>**of Conductors**<br>#4–350 (1)<br>#8–350 (1)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**T250FJ**1<br>**TA250FJ**12|
**Multiwire Connectors**
**Rear Fed Terminals**
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02.
## **Terminal Shields IP30**
|**Location**|**Number of Poles**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|Line or Load|2, 3|**FJTS3K**|
||4|**FJTS4K**|
JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number.
## **Interphase Barriers**
## **Endcap Kits**
|**Endcap Kits**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Catalog Number**||
|**Number of Poles**|**Metric**|**Imperial**|
|3<br>4|**FJ3RTWK**<br>**FJ4RTWK**|**FJ3RTDK**<br>**FJ4RTDK**|
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
## **Control Wire Terminal Kit**
|**Description**<br>Package of 14 (priced individually)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FJCWTK**|
|---|---|
|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**FJIPBK**3|
|4|**FJIPBK4**3|
## _**Multiwire Connectors**_
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks.
Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
For use with aluminum or copper terminals only.
## **Rear Fed Terminals**
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|250|#4–350 kcmil|**TA250JGRF**<br>**3TA250JGRF**|
**JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**
|**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
|250|3|14–2|**3TA250FJ3**|
|250|6|14–6|**3TA250FJ6**|
## _**Notes**_
Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal.
- 1 Individually packed.
- 2 Standard line and load.
- 3 Individually priced.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-41**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **JG-Frame Accessories**
|**JG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two- and Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**<br>**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-109**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-109**<br>**V4-T2-109**|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-110**|■|—|—|■|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-41**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-41**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-41**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-41**<br>**V4-T2-41**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-41**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-107**|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-107**|❏|—|❏|❏|—|❏|—|
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-107**<br>**V4-T2-107**|❏<br>●|—<br>●|❏<br>●|❏<br>—|—<br>—|❏<br>—|—<br>—|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-92**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-115**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-36**<br>**V4-T2-106**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-105**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Note**_
> 1 Contact Eaton.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-42**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**220–240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**380–415**||||**690**2||**Volts DC**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**250**23|
|JGE250|2, 3, 4|65|65|25|25|25|18|12|6|10|
|JGS250|2, 3, 4|85|85|40|40|35|18|12|6|22|
|JGH250|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|25|14|7|22|
|JGC2504|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|35|16|12|42|
|JGU2504|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|50|18|14|50|
|JGX2504|3, 4|200|200|200|200|200|50|18|14|50|
**2**
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGC|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|480 V/100 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|600 V/35 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGU|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|480 V/150 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGX|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|480 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|
## **JG 310+ Specifications**
|**JG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|JG|
|Frames available|50 A, 100 A, 160 A 250 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|20–250A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|10–250A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|No|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)5|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.
- 4 Current limiting per UL 489.
- 5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-43**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **JG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**
||**JG 310+ Adjtabilit Sifiatin**||
|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**JG Frame**<br>**50 A**<br>**100 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**250 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>20<br>40<br>63<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>45<br>80<br>125|
|||C<br>25<br>50<br>90<br>150|
|||D<br>30<br>63<br>100<br>160|
|||E<br>32<br>70<br>110<br>175|
|||F<br>40<br>80<br>125<br>200|
|||G<br>45<br>90<br>150<br>225|
|||H (= In)<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= gound fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>10<br>20<br>32<br>50|
|||Position 2<br>15<br>30<br>48<br>75|
|||Position 3<br>20<br>40<br>64<br>100|
|||Position 4<br>30<br>60<br>96<br>150|
|||Position 5<br>40<br>80<br>128<br>200|
|||Position 6<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting1|N/A|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)2|N/A|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Not available for JG. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
> 2 Maintenance Mode not available for JG frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG, and RG.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-44**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **JG-Frame**
**2**
|**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|4.13 (104.9)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|
|4|5.34 (135.6)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|
## **JG-Frame**
**==> picture [343 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C L<br>Breaker 1.25 (31.8)<br>0.63 (16.0)<br>0.28 (7.1) 0.19 (4.8) R 3.95<br>(100.3)<br>3.06 2.05 (52.1) 7.00<br>(77.7) CL (177.8)<br>Handle<br>0.50<br>1.06 (27.0)<br>(12.7) 4.00<br>(101.6)<br>4.13 3.44<br>(104.9) (87.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **JG-Frame**
|**JG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Number of Poles**||
|**Breaker Type**|**2, 3**|**4**|
|JGC|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGE|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGH|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGS|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGU|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGX|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-45**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module**
**==> picture [511 x 313] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2 3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>2 0.69 (139.7) (52.1)2.05<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>2 (35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) (16.0)0.63<br>1.88<br>2 R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>2 (99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>2 (177.8) (285.8)<br>2 11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>2<br>2 3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>2 TEST (108.0)<br>2<br>2.05<br>2 3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>2 (93.7)4.78 (96.8)3.81 (103.9)<br>(121.4)<br>2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-46**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-48**|**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-49**<br>**V4-T2-60**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-61**<br>**V4-T2-63**|**2**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**<br>**V4-T2-74**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**||
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-89**<br>**V4-T2-92**|**2**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-96**|**2**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**<br>**V4-T2-104**|**2**|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**<br>**V4-T2-114**|**2**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**||
## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
LG breaker is HACR rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-47**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Series G—LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)**
**==> picture [452 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L G S 3 600 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>L Blank = 80% rated<br>C = 100% rated (for LGE, LGS and LGH only)<br>Standard/Application Amperes<br>G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 250 Terminations/Hardware<br>3 = Three 300 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>E 18 600 Performance 35 480 35 415 65 240 4678 = Four—Neutral 0% protected = Four—Neutral 60% protected = Four—Neutral 100% protected = Four—Neutral 0–60% protected 350400500600 MEGW = Imperial end caps = Line/load standard = Metric end caps = Without terminals MetricImperialMetric<br>S 25 50 50 85 9 = Four—Neutral 0–100 protected 630<br>H 35 65 70 100 Trip Unit<br>C 50 100 100 200 AA = Adj. adj.<br>U 65 150 150 200 FA = Fixed adj.<br>X 65 200 200 200 KS = Molded case switch<br>33 = 310+ electronic LS<br>K Molded case switch<br>32 = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35 = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36 = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>38 = 310+ electronic ALSI<br>39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG<br>NN = Frame only (630 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Trip Unit**
## **LT 3 600 FA B20**
**Trip Features (ETU Only)**[12] **LT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank** = No feature **3** = Three **Amperes AA** = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic **B20** = High load alarm **4** = Four—neutral 0% protected **250 FA** = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic **B21** = Ground fault alarm, with trip **8** = Four—neutral 0/60% protected **300 KS** = Molded case switch **B22** = Ground fault alarm, no trip **9** = Four—neutral 0/100% protected **350 33** = 310+ electronic LS **ZG** = Zone selective interlocking **400 32** = 310+ electronic LSI **500 35** = 310+ electronic LSG **600 36** = 310+ electronic LSIG **630 38** = 310+ electronic ALSI **39** = 310+ electronic ALSIG
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features.
> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-48**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_
**2**
|**LG-Frame**|**LG-Frame**||||**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Meee<br>.<br>*_6<br>oe||||«||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|=|**Ampere**<br>—<br>#<br>=<br>=<br>one<br>mone<br>=i|||||**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
||||||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|s<br>~@|||”||250|**LGE3250FAG**|**LGE3250AAG**|**LGE4250FAG**|**LGE4250AAG**|
||||||300|**LGE3300FAG**|**—**|**LGE4300FAG**|**—**|
|tee?w!||w!|||320|**—**|**LGE3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGE4320AAG**<br>~~2~~|||
||||||350<br>400|**LGE3350FAG**<br>**LGE3400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGE3400AAG**|**LGE4350FAG**<br>**LGE4400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGE4400AAG**|
||||||500|**LGE3500FAG**|**LGE3500AAG**|**LGE4500FAG**|**LGE4500AAG**|
||||||600|**LGE3600FAG**|**—**|**LGE4600FAG**|**—**|
||||||6304|**—**|**LGE3630AAG**|**—**|**LGE4630AAG**|
|**LG-Frame**|||**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Meee<br>.<br>*_6<br>oe||«||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>—<br>=<br>#<br>=<br>=<br>one<br>mone<br>=i||||**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|s<br>~@|”||250|**LGS3250FAG**|**LGS3250AAG**|**LGS4250FAG**|**LGS4250AAG**|
||||300|**LGS3300FAG**|**—**|**LGS4300FAG**|**—**|
|Se<br>eeOe|||320<br>**—**<br>**LGS3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGS4320AAG**<br>350<br>**LGS3350FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGS4350FAG**<br>**—**<br>400<br>**LGS3400FAG**<br>**LGS3400AAG**<br>**LGS4400FAG**<br>**LGS4400AAG**<br> ~~eee~~|||||
||||500|**LGS3500FAG**|**LGS3500AAG**|**LGS4500FAG**|**LGS4500AAG**|
||||600|**LGS3600FAG**|**—**|**LGS4600FAG**|**—**|
||||6304|**—**|**LGS3630AAG**|**—**|**LGS4630AAG**|
**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**[1]
||||**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Meee||||**Three-Pole**2||**Four-Pole (0%)**3||
|||«||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|mone<br>=i|mone<br>=i|=<br>=i|**Ampere**<br>i|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
||||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|s|”||250|**LGH3250FAG**|**LGH3250AAG**|**LGH4250FAG**|**LGH4250AAG**|
||||300|**LGH3300FAG**|**—**|**LGH4300FAG**|**—**|
|w!|w!|w!|320<br>350|**—**<br>**LGH3350FAG**|**LGH3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGH4320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGH4350FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~ee~~|||
||||400<br>500|**LGH3400FAG**<br>**LGH3500FAG**|**LGH3400AAG**<br>**LGH3500AAG**|**LGH4400FAG**<br>**LGH4500FAG**|**LGH4400AAG**<br>**LGH4500AAG**|
||||600|**LGH3600FAG**|**—**|**LGH4600FAG**|**—**|
||||6304|**—**|**LGH3630AAG**|**—**|**LGH4630AAG**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
- 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
- 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side.
- 4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
- 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-49**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_
**2**
**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1]
|**IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>250<br>300<br>320|**Number**<br>**LGC3250FAG**<br>**LGC3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~—_~~|**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**LGC3250AAG**<br>**LGC4250FAG**<br>**LGC4250AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGC4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGC3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGC4320AAG**<br>~~a~~|||
|350|**LGC3350FAG**|**—**|**LGC4350FAG**|**—**|
|400|**LGC3400FAG**|**LGC3400AAG**|**LGC4400FAG**|**LGC4400AAG**|
|500|**LGC3500FAG**|**LGC3500AAG**|**LGC4500FAG**|**LGC4500AAG**|
|600|**LGC3600FAG**|**—**|**LGC4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGC3630AAG**|**—**|**LGC4630AAG**|
## **LG-Frame**
**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1]
|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>250<br>300|**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**LGU3250FAG**<br>**LGU3250AAG**<br>**LGU4250FAG**<br>**LGU4250AAG**<br>**LGU3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~—_,_,_,_—_.—,.—~~<br>~~a~~||||
|320<br>350|**—**<br>**LGU3350FAG**|**LGU3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4350FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~cc~~|||
|400|**LGU3400FAG**|**LGU3400AAG**|**LGU4400FAG**|**LGU4400AAG**|
|500|**LGU3500FAG**|**LGU3500AAG**|**LGU4500FAG**|**LGU4500AAG**|
|600|**LGU3600FAG**|**—**|**LGU4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGU3630AAG**|**—**|**LGU4630AAG**|
## **LG-Frame**
**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1]
|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250<br>300|**LGX3250FAG**<br>**LGX3300FAG**<br>~~dt~~|**LGX3250AAG**<br>**—**|**LGX4250FAG**<br>**LGX4300FAG**|**LGX4250AAG**<br>**—**|
|320<br>350<br>400|**—**<br>**LGX3350FAG**<br>**LGX3400FAG**|**LGX3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGX4320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGX4350FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGX3400AAG**<br>**LGX4400FAG**<br>**LGX4400AAG**<br>~~rr~~|||
|500|**LGX3500FAG**|**LGX3500AAG**|**LGX4500FAG**|**LGX4500AAG**|
|600|**LGX3600FAG**|**—**|**LGX4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGX3630AAG**|**—**|**LGX4630AAG**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
- 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side.
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-50**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Molded Case Switches**[1]
|**Molded Case Switches**1||
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|32<br>**LGK3400KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4400KSG**|
|6303|32<br>**LGK3630KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4630KSG**|
**2**
## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**3|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Four-Pole 0%**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**35/35**||
|6303|**LGE3630NN**<br>**LGE4630NN**|
||**LGE3630NNWC**<br>**—**|
|**50/50**||
|6303|**LGS3630NN**<br>**LGS4630NN**|
||**LGS3630NNWC**<br>**—**|
|**70/53**||
|6303|**LGH3630NN**<br>**LGH4630NN**|
||**LGH3630NNWC**<br>**—**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGC3630NN**<br>**LGC4630NN**||
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGU3630NN**<br>**LGU4630NN**||
|**200/200 Current Limiting**||
|630<br>**LGX3630NN**<br>**LGX4630NN**||
## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**5<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**4<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**4<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LT3250FA**|**LT3250AA**|**LT4250FA**|**LT4250AA**|
|300|**LT3300FA**|**—**|**LT4300FA**|**—**|
|320|**—**|**LT3320AA**|**—**|**LT4320AA**|
|350|**LT3350FA**|**—**|**LT4350FA**|**—**|
|400|**LT3400FA**|**LT3400AA**|**LT4400FA**|**LT4400AA**|
|500|**LT3500FA**|**LT3500AA**|**LT4500FA**|**LT4500AA**|
|600<br>630|**LT3600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT3630AA**|**LT4600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT4630AA**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes.
- 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
- 3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
> 4 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
- 5 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%.
- 6 100% rated frame.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-51**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## _**Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-62** .
||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|250|**LT325033**|**LT325032**|**LT325035**|**LT325036**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340033**|**LT340032**|**LT340035**|**LT340036**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LT360033**<br>**LT363033**|**LT360032**<br>**LT363032**|**LT360035**<br>**LT363035**|**LT360036**<br>**LT363036**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|250|**LT425033**|**LT425032**|**LT425035**|**LT425036**|**—**|
|400|**LT440033**|**LT440032**|**LT440035**|**LT440036**|**—**|
|600|**LT460033**|**LT460032**|**LT460035**|**LT460036**|**—**|
|6302|**LT463033**|**LT463032**|**LT463035**|**LT463036**|**—**|
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Electronic portable test kit|**Number**<br>**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (630 A)|**LGFCT630**|
|External neutral sensor (600 A)|**LGFCT600**|
|External neutral sensor (400 A)|**LGFCT400**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**LGFCT250**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
> 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
> 4 Four-pole LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-52**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1]
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-62** .
**2**
## **IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**
||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGE325033G**|**LGE325032G**|**LGE325035G**|**LGE325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGE340033G**|**LGE340032G**|**LGE340035G**|**LGE340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033G**|**LGE360032G**|**LGE360035G**|**LGE360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGE363033G**|**LGE363032G**|**LGE363035G**|**LGE363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGE425033G**|**LGE425032G**|**LGE425035G**|**LGE425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGE440033G**|**LGE440032G**|**LGE440035G**|**LGE440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGE460033G**|**LGE460032G**|**LGE460035G**|**LGE460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGE463033G**|**LGE463032G**|**LGE463035G**|**LGE463036G**|**—**|
**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**
||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGS325033G**|**LGS325032G**|**LGS325035G**|**LGS325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGS340033G**|**LGS340032G**|**LGS340035G**|**LGS340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGS360033G**|**LGS360032G**|**LGS360035G**|**LGS360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGS363033G**|**LGS363032G**|**LGS363035G**|**LGS363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGS425033G**|**LGS425032G**|**LGS425035G**|**LGS425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGS440033G**|**LGS440032G**|**LGS440035G**|**LGS440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGS460033G**|**LGS460032G**|**LGS460035G**|**LGS460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGS463033G**|**LGS463032G**|**LGS463035G**|**LGS463036G**|**—**|
**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**
||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGH325033G**|**LGH325032G**|**LGH325035G**|**LGH325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033G**|**LGH340032G**|**LGH340035G**|**LGH340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGH360033G**|**LGH360032G**|**LGH360035G**|**LGH360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGH363033G**|**LGH363032G**|**LGH363035G**|**LGH363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGH425033G**|**LGH425032G**|**LGH425035G**|**LGH425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGH440033G**|**LGH440032G**|**LGH440035G**|**LGH440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGH460033G**|**LGH460032G**|**LGH460035G**|**LGH460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGH463033G**|**LGH463032G**|**LGH463035G**|**LGH463036G**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-53**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
_**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1]
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-62** .
## **IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGC325033G**|**LGC325032G**|**LGC325035G**|**LGC325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGC340033G**|**LGC340032G**|**LGC340035G**|**LGC340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGC360033G**|**LGC360032G**|**LGC360035G**|**LGC360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGC363033G**|**LGC363032G**|**LGC363035G**|**LGC363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250<br>400|**LGC425033G**<br>**LGC440033G**|**LGC425032G**<br>**LGC440032G**|**LGC425035G**<br>**LGC440035G**|**LGC425036G**<br>**LGC440036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|600<br>6304|**LGC460033G**<br>**LGC463033G**|**LGC460032G**<br>**LGC463032G**|**LGC460035G**<br>**LGC463035G**|**LGC460036G**<br>**LGC463036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
## **IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3<br>250|**LGU325033G**|**LGU325032G**|**LGU325035G**|**LGU325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGU340033G**<br>**LGU360033G**|**LGU340032G**<br>**LGU360032G**|**LGU340035G**<br>**LGU360035G**|**LGU340036G**<br>**LGU360036G**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGU363033G**|**LGU363032G**|**LGU363035G**|**LGU363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGU425033G**|**LGU425032G**|**LGU425035G**|**LGU425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGU440033G**|**LGU440032G**|**LGU440035G**|**LGU440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGU460033G**|**LGU460032G**|**LGU460035G**|**LGU460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGU463033G**|**LGU463032G**|**LGU463035G**|**LGU463036G**|**—**|
## **IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**
||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGX325033G**|**LGX325032G**|**LGX325035G**|**LGX325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGX340033G**|**LGX340032G**|**LGX340035G**|**LGX340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6304|**LGX360033G**<br>**LGX363033G**|**LGX360032G**<br>**LGX363032G**|**LGX360035G**<br>**LGX363035G**|**LGX360036G**<br>**LGX363036G**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5<br>250|**LGX425033G**|**LGX425032G**|**LGX425035G**|**LGX425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGX440033G**|**LGX440032G**|**LGX440035G**|**LGX440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGX460033G**|**LGX460032G**|**LGX460035G**|**LGX460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGX463033G**|**LGX463032G**|**LGX463035G**|**LGX463036G**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-54**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**LG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_
## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_
**2**
|**LG-Frame**||**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes**<br>**UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and**|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes**<br>**UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and**|
|---|---|---|---|
|——<br>ee<br>es<br>#<br>6<br>6||**480 Vac** 1|**Three-Pole**2|
|=e<br>=|||**Fixed Thermal,**|
|=<br>*<br>-<br>ES<br>=|a<br>ex<br>Set|**Ampere Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|.—=|«|250|**LGE3250FAGC**|
||<br>ee<br>3<br>lcinueshtee<br>ea||300<br>**LGE3300FAGC**<br>320<br>**—**<br>350<br>**LGE3350FAGC**<br>~~Se~~<br> ~~ee~~||
|||400|**LGE3400FAGC**|
|||500|**LGE3500FAGC**|
|||600|**LGE3600FAGC**|
|||6304|**—**|
**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**[1]
|**kAIC at 480 Vac**|**kAIC at 480 Vac** [1]|
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|250<br>**LGH3250FAGC**<br>~~esses~~||
|300<br>**LGH3300FAGC**<br>320<br>**—**<br>350<br>**LGH3350FAGC**<br>~~SS~~<br>~~—_~~||
|400|**LGH3400FAGC**|
|500<br>600|**LGH3500FAGC**<br>**LGH3600FAGC**|
|6304|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1]
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
|**480 Vac** [1]||
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|
||**Adjustable Magnetic**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>250<br>~~—~~<br>~~SSS~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGS3250FAGC**<br>~~SSS~~|
|300|**LGS3300FAGC**|
|320|**—**|
|350|**LGS3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGS3400FAGC**|
|500|**LGS3500FAGC**|
|600|**LGS3600FAGC**|
|6304|**—**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-55**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## _**LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-62** .
## **IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250<br>400|**LGE325033GC**<br>**LGE340033GC**|**LGE325032GC**<br>**LGE340032GC**|**LGE325035GC**<br>**LGE340035GC**|**LGE325036GC**<br>**LGE340036GC**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033GC**|**LGE360032GC**|**LGE360035GC**|**LGE360036GC**|**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGE363033GC**|**LGE363032GC**|**LGE363035GC**|**LGE363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|
|**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|||||**Neutral CT for**|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGS325033GC**|**LGS325032GC**|**LGS325035GC**|**LGS325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGS340033GC**<br>**LGS360033GC**|**LGS340032GC**<br>**LGS360032GC**|**LGS340035GC**<br>**LGS360035GC**|**LGS340036GC**<br>**LGS360036GC**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGS363033GC**|**LGS363032GC**|**LGS363035GC**|**LGS363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|
## **IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGH325033GC**|**LGH325032GC**|**LGH325035GC**|**LGH325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033GC**|**LGH340032GC**|**LGH340035GC**|**LGH340036GC**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LGH360033GC**<br>**LGH363033GC**|**LGH360032GC**<br>**LGH363032GC**|**LGH360035GC**<br>**LGH363035GC**|**LGH360036GC**<br>**LGH363036GC**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-56**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-62** .
Series G LG circuit breakers are available with the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ integrated into the electronic trip units helping to improve safety by providing a
simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time. The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System unit utilizes a separate analog trip circuit that provides faster
interruption times than the standard (digital)
“instantaneous” protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction
## **LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**
## **LG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**
|||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|||
||250|**LGE325038G**|**LGE365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGE340038G**|**LGE340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGE360038G**|**LGE360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGE363038G**|**LGE363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|||
||250|**LGS325038G**|**LGS365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGS340038G**|**LGS340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGS360038G**|**LGS360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGS363038G**|**LGS363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|||
||250|**LGH325038G**|**LGH365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGH340038G**|**LGH340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGH360038G**|**LGH360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGH363038G**|**LGH363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGC325038G**|**LGC365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGC340038G**|**LGC340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGC360038G**|**LGC360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGC363038G**|**LGC363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGU325038G**|**LGU365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGU340038G**|**LGU340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGU360038G**|**LGU360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGU363038G**|**LGU363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGX325038G**|**LGX365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGX340038G**|**LGX340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGX360038G**|**LGX360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
|630||**LGX363038G**|**LGX363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
> Maintenance System unit can **2** have a significantly lower
> incident energy level, **2** reducing arc flash potential to the system.
**LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**
||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LT325038**|**LT325039**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340038**|**LT340039**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LT360038**|**LT360039**|**LGFCT600**|
|630|**LT363038**|**LT363039**|**LGFCT600**|
_**Note**_
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-57**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
||||**AWG**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire Range/**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric**<br>**Wire Range**<br>**(mm2)**|**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3TA631LK**1|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4TA631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3T631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4T631LK**1|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|1|**TA632L**|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|3|**3TA632LK**12|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|4|**4TA632LK**12|
|630<br>630|Copper<br>Copper|Cu<br>Cu|2–500 (2)<br>2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)<br>35–240 (2)|3<br>4|**3T632LK**1<br>**4T632LK**1|
|400<br>400|Aluminum<br>Copper|Cu/Al<br>Cu|3–500 (1)<br>3–500 (1)|35–240 (1)<br>35–240 (1)|1<br>1|**TA350LK**2<br>**T350LK**|
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03.
## **Terminal Covers**
|**Terminal Covers**||
|---|---|
|**End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts)**<br>**Description**<br>Three-pole terminal cover3<br>Four-pole terminal cover3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LTS3K**<br>**LTS4K**|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3|**L3RTWK**|
|4|**L4RTWK**|
## **Control Wire Terminal Kit**
|**Description**<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>Aluminum<br>Aluminum<br>Copper<br>Copper|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**3TA632LKW**<br>**4TA632LKW**<br>**3T632LKW**<br>**4T632LKW**|
|---|---|---|
|**Terminal Spreaders**|||
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3||**LGTEW3**|
|4||**LGTEW4**|
|**Terminal Extensions**|||
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Handle Extension**<br>3<br>4||**LGTES3**<br>**LGTES4**|
|**Description**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Handle extension||**HEXLG**|
## **Interphase Barrier**
||**Interphase Barrier**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Package of 2**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Interphase barrier||**IPB3**|
||**Rear Fed Terminals**|||
||**Maximum**|**Wire Size**|**Catalog**|
||**Amperes**<br>400|**Range AWG Cu**<br>2–500 kcmil|**Number**<br>**TA350LKRF**|
||400<br>630|2–500 kcmil<br>2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA350LKRF**<br>**TA632LKRF**|
||630|2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA632LKRF**|
Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal.
## _**Multiwire Connectors**_
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks.
Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
**LG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**
|**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
|600|6|14–1/0|**3TA600L6K**|
|**_Notes_**||||
> 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers.
> 2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker.
- 3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-58**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
**Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG Breaker—Includes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers Note:** Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-59**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories**
## **2**
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03.
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **LG-Frame Accessories**
|**LG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-109**<br>**V4-T2-110**|■<br>■|||■<br>■||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-58**|●|||●||||
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-58**|●|||●||||
|Terminal cover<br>Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-58**<br>**V4-T2-58**|●<br>●|●|●|●<br>●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-58**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-107**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-107**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-107**<br>**V4-T2-107**|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|●|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-92**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-115**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit|**V4-T2-52**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-105**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Note**_
> 1 Contact Eaton.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-60**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_
## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
**2**
|||**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**240–240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**380–415**||**480**|**600**|**690**||**Volts DC **<br>**250**23|1|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|||**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LGE630|3, 4|65|65|35|35|35|18|12|6|22|22|
|LGS630|3, 4|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|22|22|
|LGH630|3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|35|25|13|42|42|
|LGC6304|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|50|30|15|42|42|
|LGU6304|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|65|35|18|50|50|
|LGX6304|3, 4|2005|200|200|200|200|65|35|18|50|50|
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LGC|240 V/200 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|480 V/100 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|600 V/50 kA|56.4|6.690|
|LGU|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|480 V/150 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|
|LGX|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|480 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|
## **LG 310+ Specifications**
|**LG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LG|
|Frames available|250 A, 400 A, 600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|100–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|50–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)5|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits.
- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA.
- 4 Current limiting per UL 489.
- 5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-61**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **LG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**LG Frame**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>100<br>160<br>250|
|||B<br>125<br>200<br>300|
|||C<br>150<br>225<br>315|
|||D<br>160<br>250<br>350|
|||E<br>175<br>300<br>400|
|||F<br>200<br>315<br>450|
|||G<br>225<br>350<br>500|
|||H (= In)<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)1<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= gound fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>50<br>80<br>120|
|||Position 2<br>75<br>120<br>180|
|||Position 3<br>100<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 4<br>150<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 5<br>200<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 6<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)2<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2.5x|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-62**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **LG-Frame**
**2**
**==> picture [375 x 33] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Number of Poles|Width|Height|Depth|
|2, 3|5.48 (139.2)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **LG-Frame**
**Note:** TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG.
**==> picture [206 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|2.43 (61.7)|
|4.06|
|R 0.25|CL|Breaker|(103.1)|
|(6.4)|3.16|
|(80.3)|5.58|
|2.00|(|141.7)|10.13|
|(50.8)|(257.3)|
|1.92|
|(48.8)|
|2.69|5.48|
|(68.3)|5.38|(139.2)|
|(136.7)|Three-Pole|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **LG-Frame**
**==> picture [375 x 21] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Breaker Type|Two- and Three-Pole|Four-Pole|
|LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX|16 (7.3)|20 (9.1)|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits.
- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA.
- 4 Three-poles in series. 750 Vdc ratings available (four-pole in series, not UL listed). Contact Eaton.
- 5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac.
- 6 Current limiting per UL 489.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-63**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module**
**==> picture [509 x 312] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.16 4.31 3.44<br>2 (131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>2 (87.4)1.72 (103.1)3.98 (43.7) 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>2<br>2 5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>2 (120.1)<br>2<br>8.44<br>2 8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>2 15.38<br>(390.7)<br>2 13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>2 (347.7) (390.7)<br>2<br>2 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole (100.8)3.97 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>2 5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>2 5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-64**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)|**V4-T2-47**|**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection Guide and Ordering|**V4-T2-66**|**2**|
|Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-67**<br>**V4-T2-70**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-71**<br>**V4-T2-73**|**2**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**<br>**V4-T2-89**|**2**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**<br>**V4-T2-96**|**2**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|**2**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**|**2**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**||
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|**2**|
## **NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
- All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-65**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **NG Circuit Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit**
**==> picture [408 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>NG Blank = 80% rated<br>C = 100% rated<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 080 = 800 Trip Unit Terminations [3]<br>S = 50 kAIC 120 = 1200 33 = 310+ Electronic LS M = Metric tapped line/load<br>H = 65 kAIC 32 = 310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>C = 100 kAIC Poles 35 = 310+ Electronic LSG E = Imperial tapped line/load<br>UK = 150 kAIC = Moldedcase switch [1] 34 = Three = Four; neutral [2] 363839 === 310+ Electronic ALSI with maintenance mode310+ Electronic LSIG310+ Electronic ALSIG with maintenance mode conductors<br>0% protected KS = Molded case switch Feature<br>7 = Four; neutral [2] Blank = No feature<br>100% protected B20 = High load alarm<br>9 = Four; neutral [2] B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>0/60/100% adjustable B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>protection ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 800 A only.
> 2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG.
> 3 Breakers do not ship with lugs.
Trip units are factory installable only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-66**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
**Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-72** .
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|3<br>**NGS308033E**<br>**NGS308032E**<br>**NGS308035E**<br>**NGS308036E**<br>**NGS308038E**<br>**NGS308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS408033E**<br>**NGS408032E**<br>**NGS408035E**4<br>**NGS408036E**4<br>**NGS408038E**<br>**NGS408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS708033E**<br>**NGS708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS908033E**<br>**NGS908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12006|3<br>**NGS312033E**<br>**NGS312032E**<br>**NGS312035E**<br>**NGS312036E**<br>**NGS312038E**<br>**NGS312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS412033E**<br>**NGS412032E**<br>**NGS412035E**4<br>**NGS412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGS412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS712033E**<br>**NGS712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS912033E**<br>**NGS912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
**Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-72** .
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit with Metric Tapped Conductors**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|3<br>**NGS308033M**<br>**NGS308032M**<br>**NGS308035M**<br>**NGS308036M**<br>**NGS308038M**<br>**NGS308039M**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS408033M**<br>**NGS408032M**<br>**NGS408035M**4<br>**NGS408036M**4<br>**NGS408038M**<br>**NGS408039M**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS708033M**<br>**NGS708032M**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS708038M**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS908033M**<br>**NGS908032M**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS908038M**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|3<br>**NGS312033M**<br>**NGS312032M**<br>**NGS312035M**<br>**NGS312036M**<br>**NGS312038M**<br>**NGS312039M**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS412033M**<br>**NGS412032M**<br>**NGS412035M**4<br>**NGS412036M**4<br>**—**<br>**NGS412039M**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS712033M**<br>**NGS712032M**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS712038M**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS912033M**<br>**NGS912032M**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS912038M**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
## **Molded Case Switches**[89]
||**Ue Maximum 690 Vac**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Three-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Four-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|800<br>1200|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals<br>MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK3080KSE**<br>**NGK3120KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals<br>MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK4080KSE**<br>**NGK4120KSE**|
|1250|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK3125KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK43125KSE**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For AC use only.
- 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling.
- 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole.
- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units.
- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).
- 7 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available.
- 8 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes.
- 9 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-67**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**Type NGH High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-72** .
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|3<br>**NGH308033E**<br>**NGH308032E**<br>**NGH308035E**<br>**NGH308036E**<br>**NGH308038E**<br>**NGH308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH408033E**<br>**NGH408032E**<br>**NGH408035E**4<br>**NGH408036E**4<br>**NGH408038E**<br>**NGH408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH708033E**<br>**NGH708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH908033E**<br>**NGH908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|3<br>**NGH312033E**<br>**NGH312032E**<br>**NGH312035E**<br>**NGH312036E**<br>**NGH312038E**<br>**NGH312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH412033E**<br>**NGH412032E**<br>**NGH412035E**4<br>**NGH412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGH412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH712033E**<br>**NGH712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH912033E**<br>**NGH912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
**Type NGC Very High Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-72** .
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|3<br>**NGC308033E**<br>**NGC308032E**<br>**NGC308035E**<br>**NGC308036E**<br>**NGC308038E**<br>**NGC308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC408033E**<br>**NGC408032E**<br>**NGC408035E**4<br>**NGC408036E**4<br>**NGC408038E**<br>**NGC408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC708033E**<br>**NGC708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC908033E**<br>**NGC908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|3<br>**NGC312033E**<br>**NGC312032E**<br>**NGC312035E**<br>**NGC312036E**<br>**NGC312038E**<br>**NGC312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC412033E**<br>**NGC412032E**<br>**NGC412035E**4<br>**NGC412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGC412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC712033E**<br>**NGC712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC912033E**<br>**NGC912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
**Type NGU Ultra High Capacity—Ue Max. 600 Vac, 150 kA at 480 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-72** .
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|3<br>**NGU308033E**<br>**NGU308032E**<br>**NGU308035E**<br>**NGU308036E**<br>**NGU308038E**<br>**NGU308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGU408033E**<br>**NGU408032E**<br>**NGU408035E**4<br>**NGU408036E**4<br>**NGU408038E**<br>**NGU408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGU708033E**<br>**NGU708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGU708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGU908033E**<br>**NGU908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGU908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For AC use only.
> 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling.
> 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole.
- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units.
- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-68**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number.
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire**<br>**(Number of**<br>**Conductors)**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Metric**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals**|||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|1–500 (2)|**TA700NB1**|50–240|**TA700NB1M**|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|3/0–400 (3)|**TA1000NB1**|95–185|**TA1000NB1M**|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|4/0–500 (4)<br>500–750 (3)|**TA1200NB1**<br>**TA1201NB1**|120–240<br>300–400|**TA1200NB1M**<br>**TA1201NB1M**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 (2)|**T700NB1**|70–240|**T700NB1M**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 (3)|**T1000NB1**|95–240|**T1000NB1M**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 (4)|**T1200NB3**|95–185|**T1200NB3M**|
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**MTST230V**<br>**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (1200 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|External neutral sensor (800 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|
## _**Conductor Extension Kit**_
**Conductor Extension Kit**[4]
|**Conductor Extension Kit**4||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Three-pole both ends Metric|**5104A24G04**|
|Three-pole both ends English|**5104A24G02**|
## _**Keeper Nut**_
Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded.
## _**Handle Extension**_
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch.
**Base Mounting Hardware**[3]
|**Base Mounting**|**Hardware**3||
|---|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three- and four-pole|Imperial hardware:<br>0.3125–18 x 1.25<br>pan-head steel screws and lock washers|**BMH5**|
|Three- and four-pole|Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws<br>and lock washers|**BMH5M**|
## _**Terminal Shield**_
## **Terminal Shield**
|**Terminal Shield**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three-pole terminal shield|**NTS3K**|
Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available.
## **Handle Extension**
|**Handle Extension**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single handle extension|**HEX5**|
## _**Interphase Barriers**_
The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.)
## **Interphase Barriers**
|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Interphase barriers4|**IPB5**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Single terminals individually packed.
- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
- 3 Metric hardware included with breaker.
- 4 Included as standard on 100% rated 1200 A breakers only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-69**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
## Series G
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **NG-Frame Accessories**
|**NG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
||**Reference**||||||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-109**|●||■|●||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-109**<br>**V4-T2-109**|●<br>●||■<br>■|●<br>●||■<br>■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-109**|●||■|●||■||
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-109**|■|||■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-110**|■|||■||||
|**External Accessories**<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-69**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-69**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-107**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-107**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-107**<br>**V4-T2-107**|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|❏||❏||
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-114**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms<br>Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-419**<br>**V4-T2-115**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-69**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-105**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Note**_
> 1 Contact Eaton.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-70**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_
**2**
**UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
||||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**|||||||
|**Circuit**|||**220–240**||**380–415**||||**690**||
|**Breaker**|**Number**||||||||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240 (UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|NGS1|2, 3, 4|65|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|
|NGH|2, 3, 4|100|100|100|70|50|65|35|25|13|
|NGC|2, 3, 4|200|200|100|100|50|100|65|35|18|
|NGU|3, 4|200|—|—|—|—|150|65|—|—|
## _**NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications**_
## **NG 310+ Specifications**
|**NG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|NG|
|Frames available|800 A, 1200 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|320–1200A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|160–1200A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|No|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-71**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **NG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**NG Frame**<br>**800 A**<br>**1200 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320<br>500|
|||B<br>400<br>600|
|||C<br>450<br>630|
|||D<br>500<br>700|
|||E<br>600<br>800|
|||F<br>630<br>900|
|||G<br>700<br>1000|
|||H (= In)<br>800<br>1200|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>6<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>8<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>10<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>12<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>14<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>14<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>9x<br>9x|
|||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= gound fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 2<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 3<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 4<br>480<br>720|
|||Position 5<br>640<br>960|
|||Position 6<br>800<br>1200|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 18x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|
||||
_**Notes**_
> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-72**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **NG-Frame**
|**NG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
## **NG-Frame**
**==> picture [384 x 169] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>BREAKER<br>9.25<br>R .25<br>(235.0)<br>(6.4)<br>1.91<br>(48.5) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>1.50 (93.5)<br>(38.1)<br> 3.19<br>(81.0)<br>6.38 8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **NG-Frame**
||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|NGS, NGH, NGC|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-73**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-75**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-76**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-81**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-82**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-84**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- Eaton’s RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals
- All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-74**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_
## **RG Circuit Breaker With 310+ Electronic Trip Unit**
**==> picture [418 x 186] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>RG Blank = 80% rated<br>C = 100% rated (except 2500 A)<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 160 = 1600 Trip Unit Terminations<br>H = 65 kAIC 200 = 2000 33 = 310+ Electronic LS M = Metric tapped line/load<br>C = 100 kAIC 250 = 2500 32 = 310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>K = Molded 35 = 310+ Electronic LSG E = Imperial tapped line/load<br>case switch Poles 36 = 310+ Electronic LSIG conductors<br>3 = Three 38 = 310+ Electronic LSI w/ Maintenance Mode W = No terminals<br>4 = Four 39 = 310+ Electronic LSIG w/ Maintenance Mode<br>KS = Molded case switch<br>Feature<br>Blank = No feature<br>B20 = High load alarm<br>B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **RG 310+ Electronic Trip Unit**
||||**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|**Type**|||||||**Feature**|
|**RT**||||||**Trip Unit**|**Blank** = No feature<br>**B20**<br>= High load alarm<br>**B21**<br>= Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>**B22**<br>= Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>**ZG**<br>= Zone selective interlocking|
|||||**33** <br>**32** <br>**35** <br>**36** <br>**38** <br>**39**|= 310+ Electronic LS<br> = 310+ Electronic LSI<br> = 310+ Electronic LSG<br> = 310+ Electronic LSIG<br> = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>w/ Maintenance Mode<br> = 310+ Electronic LSIG<br>w/ Maintenance Mode|||
||**Poles**|||||||
||**3**= Three|||||||
|||||||||
## **RG Circuit Breaker with OPTIM 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit**
**==> picture [101 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RGH 3 16 T92 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|**Type**|||||||**Modification Suffix**|
|**RGH**65K<br>**RGC**100K|||||**Trip Function**||**R** = Ground fault remote<br>RES trip<br>**E**<br>= 100% protection<br>(new design 310)<br>RES trip unit<br>**P** = 100% prot. neut.<br>4P RES trip unit<br>**V3** = Electronic trip without<br>ambient temperature<br>marked on trip unit<br>**W** = w/o terms<br>**K** = Molded case switch|
||||||**Digitrip 610**|||
|||||<br>**T61**= LI<br>**T62**= LSI<br>**T63**= LS<br>**T64**= LIG<br>**T65**= LSG<br>**T66**= LSIG||||
||**Poles**|||||||
||**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four|||||||
|||||||||
|||||**Digitrip 910**||||
|||||**T91**= LI<br>**T92**= LSI<br>**T93**= LS<br>**T94**= LIG<br>**T95**= LSG<br>**T96**= LSIG||||
|||||||||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-75**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Product Selection**
## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_
**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-83** .
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**1|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGH316033E**<br>**RGH316032E**<br>**RGH316035E**|**RGH316036E**|**RGH316038E**|**RGH316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGH320033E**<br>**RGH320032E**<br>**RGH320035E**|**RGH320036E**|**RGH320038E**|**RGH320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGH325033E**<br>**RGH325032E**<br>**RGH325035E**|**RGH325036E**|**RGH325038E**|**RGH325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|
## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_
**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-83** .
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGH416033E**<br>**RGH416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGH416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|4 6<br>4 6|**RGH420033E**<br>**RGH420032E**<br>**RGH425033E**<br>**RGH425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGH420038E**<br>**RGH425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame.
> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .”
> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units.
> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .”
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-76**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_
**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-83** .
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Trip Unit with**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||**Neutral CT**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGC316033E**|**RGC316032E**|**RGC316035E**|**RGC316036E**|**RGC316038E**|**RGC316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGC320033E**|**RGC320032E**|**RGC320035E**|**RGC320036E**|**RGC320038E**|**RGC320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGC325033E**|**RGC325032E**|**RGC325035E**|**RGC325036E**|**RGC325038E**|**RGC325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|
**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-83** .
|**Maximum**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**||**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGC416033E**|**RGC416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGC416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|46<br>46|**RGC420033E**<br>**RGC425033E**|**RGC420032E**<br>**RGC425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGC420038E**<br>**RGC425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|
## **Molded Case Switches**[7]
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>1600|**of Poles**<br>3|**Number**<br>**RGK3160KSE**|
|2000|3|**RGK3200KSE**|
|1600|4|**RGK4160KSE**|
|2000|4|**RGK4200KSE**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame.
> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .”
> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units.
> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .”
> 7 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes.
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-77**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910**
**2**
**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**[1]
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T61WP44**<br>**RGH316T63WP44**<br>**RGH316T62WP44**<br>**RGH316T64WP44**<br>**RGH316T65WP44**<br>**RGH316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T61WP49**<br>**RGH320T63WP49**<br>**RGH320T62WP49**<br>**RGH320T64WP49**<br>**RGH320T65WP49**<br>**RGH320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T61WP53**<br>**RGH325T63WP53**<br>**RGH325T62WP53**<br>**RGH325T64WP53**<br>**RGH325T65WP53**<br>**RGH325T66WP53**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T61WP44**<br>**RGC316T63WP44**<br>**RGC316T62WP44**<br>**RGC316T64WP44**<br>**RGC316T65WP44**<br>**RGC316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T61WP49**<br>**RGC320T63WP49**<br>**RGC320T62WP49**<br>**RGC320T64WP49**<br>**RGC320T65WP49**<br>**RGC320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T61WP53**<br>**RGC325T63WP53**<br>**RGC325T62WP53**<br>**RGC325T64WP53**<br>**RGC325T65WP53**<br>**RGC325T66WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
> 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup.
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-78**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued**
**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**[1]
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T91WP44**<br>**RGH316T93WP44**<br>**RGH316T92WP44**<br>**RGH316T94WP44**<br>**RGH316T95WP44**<br>**RGH316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T91WP49**<br>**RGH320T93WP49**<br>**RGH320T92WP49**<br>**RGH320T94WP49**<br>**RGH320T95WP49**<br>**RGH320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T91WP53**<br>**RGH325T93WP53**<br>**RGH325T92WP53**<br>**RGH325T94WP53**<br>**RGH325T95WP53**<br>**RGH325T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T91WP44**<br>**RGC316T93WP44**<br>**RGC316T92WP44**<br>**RGC316T94WP44**<br>**RGC316T95WP44**<br>**RGC316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T91WP49**<br>**RGC320T93WP49**<br>**RGC320T92WP49**<br>**RGC320T94WP49**<br>**RGC320T95WP49**<br>**RGC320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T91WP53**<br>**RGC325T93WP53**<br>**RGC325T92WP53**<br>**RGC325T94WP53**<br>**RGC325T95WP53**<br>**RGC25T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
> 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup.
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-79**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
**2**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. Must have terminals for 100% rated and or freeze testing requirements.
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**Number of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|Metric|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RDM**1|
|1600|Copper|Cu|Metric|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RDM**1|
|2000<br>Aluminum<br>**Rear Connectors**||Cu/Al|Metric|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RDM**2|
|2000<br>2000<br>2500|Copper<br>Copper<br>Copper|—<br>—<br>—|Metric<br>Metric<br>Metric|—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—|**B2016RDM**1<br>**B2016RDLM**1<br>**B2500RDM**1|
## **RG Rear Connector Exploded View**
**==> picture [297 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Conductor Conductor Securing<br>(Viewed from Rear (Viewed from Front Hardware<br>of Circuit Breaker and Cut of Circuit Breaker)<br>Away for Clarity) Cu Only<br>Terminal<br>Catalog Number<br>PB T1600RDM [3]<br>aan @ (For 1600 AFrame Only)<br>a NEES<br>6 vy AR.we | | RHD OR<br>0 ih in SS Al/Cu<br>Terminal<br>mall | PENIS<br>Catalog<br>Number<br>NTRS DIN e<br>TA1600RDM [3]<br>(For 1600 A<br>Frame Only)<br>Rear Connector (Cu)<br>B2016RDM<br>B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) Securing Hardware<br>(For 1600 A and 2000 A Frames) HO<br>B2500RDM for 2500 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
Supplied by customer.
## _**Handle Extension**_
Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available.
## **Handle Extension**
**Catalog Description Number** Single handle **HEX6** extension
## _**Wire Seal**_
The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed.
## **Wire Seal**
**Catalog Description Number** Wire seal **5108A03H01**
_**Notes**_ 1 Order one per pole—single terminals ~~ae~~ individually packed.
- 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
- 3 For use with 2500 A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A frame is ordered.
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
## **TA2000RD Wire Terminal**
**Note:** Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
Breaker Line/Load Conductors
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-80**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
**2**
## **RG-Frame Accessories**
|**RG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-109**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-109**<br>**V4-T2-109**|||■<br>●|||■<br>●||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-110**|||●|||●||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-80**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-107**<br>**V4-T2-107**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-107**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-80**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-106**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-105**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
- ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
- Accessory available/modification available
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (2500 A)2|**RGFCT250A**|
|External neutral sensor (2000 A)2<br>External neutral sensor (1600 A)2|**RGFCT200A**<br>**RGFCT160A**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication3|**—**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Contact Eaton.
- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately.
- 3 Cause-of-trip indication LEDs integrated in RG 310+ trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-81**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RGH|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|RGC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**415**<br>**690**|
|---|---|
|RGH<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||135<br>70<br>25|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>13|
|RGC<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||200<br>100<br>35|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>18|
## **RG 310+ Specifications**
|**RG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|RG|
|Frames available<br>Continuous current range (A)|1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A<br>800–2500 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|200–1200 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)<br>Interchangeable trip unit|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>Cause of trip indication|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
See **Page V4-T2-74** for trip unit specifications.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-82**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**310+ Settings**|**RG Frame**<br>**1600 A**<br>**2000 A**<br>**2500 A**|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
||A<br>800<br>1000<br>1600|
||B<br>900<br>1200<br>1700|
||C<br>1000<br>1400<br>1800|
||D<br>1100<br>1600<br>2000|
||E<br>1200<br>1700<br>2100|
||F<br>1400<br>1800<br>2200|
||G<br>1500<br>1900<br>2400|
||H (= In)<br>1600<br>2000<br>2500|
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>2x|
||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>2x|
||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>3x|
||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>4x|
||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>5x|
||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 8<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x<br>6x|
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>200<br>200<br>200|
||Position 2<br>400<br>400<br>400|
||Position 3<br>600<br>600<br>600|
||Position 4<br>800<br>800<br>800|
||Position 5<br>1000<br>1000<br>1000|
||Position 6<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 11x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 9x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x|
|Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-83**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **RG-Frame**
|**RG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3<br>4|15.50 (393.7)<br>20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)<br>16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)<br>9.75 (247.7)|
**==> picture [483 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View 3-Pole Side View<br>CL 2.25 (57.2)<br>14.50 Breaker<br>(368.3)<br>7.25<br>0.16 R (184.2)<br>(4.1)<br>8.25<br>7.75 (209.6) (11.2).44 R<br>5.10 (196.9)<br>(129.5)<br>(246.4)9.70 HandleCL (406.4)16.00 Tee (330.2)13.00<br>15.00 Connectors<br>(381.0) May Be<br>Rotated 90<br>6.57<br>4 Holes (166.9)<br>0.44 Dia.<br>(11.2) 13.13<br>(333.5) 15.50 9.00 6.75<br>(393.7) (228.6) (171.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **RG-Frame**
|**RG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Complete Breaker**||
|**Breaker**|**Number of Poles**||
|**Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC<br>**2000 Amperes**|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|RGH, RGC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-84**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)|**V4-T2-74**|
|Product Selection Guide and Ordering<br>Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-86**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**<br>**V4-T2-115**|
**2**
## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-85**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
**2**
**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum**[1]
|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3|A<br>0.69 –0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPE003A0C**<br>B<br>1.1–1.3<br>15<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>E<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>F<br>2.6– 2.8<br>33|
|7|A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPE007C0C**<br>B<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>E<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>F<br>5.8–6.1<br>77|
|15|A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPE015E0C**<br>B<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>E<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>F<br>12.7–13.0<br>165|
|30|A<br>3.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPE030H1C**<br>B<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>E<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>F<br>25.3–26.1<br>330|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters.
- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-86**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued**[1]
|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|50|A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPE050K2C**<br>B<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>E<br>38.4–42.1<br>500<br>F<br>42.2–43.5<br>550|
|70|A<br>16.1–30.6<br>210<br>**HMCPE070M2C**<br>B<br>26.9–32.2<br>350<br>C<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>D<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>E<br>53.8–59.1<br>700<br>F<br>59.2–60.9<br>770|
|100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPE100R3C**<br>B<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>C<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>D<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>E<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>F<br>84.6–87.0<br>1100|
|100|A<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>**HMCPE100T3C**<br>B<br>57.6–65.2<br>750<br>C<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>D<br>4<br>1250<br>E<br>4<br>1375<br>F<br>4<br>1500|
|**JG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**1<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|250|500–1000<br>**HMCPJ250D5L**|
||625–1250<br>**HMCPJ250F5L**|
||750–1500<br>**HMCPJ250G5L**|
||875–1750<br>**HMCPJ250J5L**|
||1000–2000<br>**HMCPJ250K5L**|
||1125–2250<br>**HMCPJ250L5L**|
||1250–2500<br>**HMCPJ250W5L**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters.
- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
- 4 Settings above 10 x In are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-87**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**LG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**[1]
**2**
|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|600|1250–2500<br>**HMCPL600L6G**|
||1500–3000<br>**HMCPL600N6G**|
||1750–3500<br>**HMCPL600R6G**|
||2000–4000<br>**HMCPL600X6G**|
||2250–4500<br>**HMCPL600Y6G**|
||2500–5000<br>**HMCPL600P6G**|
||3000–6000<br>**HMCPL600M6G**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters.
800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-88**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**|**2**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**<br>**V4-T2-85**|**2**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-90**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-91**<br>**V4-T2-92**|**2**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**||
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|**2**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**|**2**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**<br>**V4-T2-115**|**2**|
## **Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)**
## **Product Description**
- Eliminates need for separate overload relay
## **Application Description**
- Can be used with
- contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control
- Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including:
- Disconnecting means
- Branch circuit short circuit protection
## **Features and Benefits**
- Phase unbalance protection
- Phase loss protection
- Hot trip/cold trip
- High load alarm
- Pre-detection trip relay option
- Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection
## **Standards and Certifications**
- IEC 60947-2
- UL 489 100% rated
- UL 508
- CSA C22.2
- Overload protection
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-89**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## **JGMP Catalog Numbers**
||**35 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGMPS050G**|**JGMPH050G**|
|100|**JGMPS100G**|**JGMPH100G**|
|160|**JGMPS160G**|**JGMPH160G**|
|250|**JGMPS250G**|**JGMPH250G**|
## **JGMP FLA le Dial Setting**
|**Continuous Amperes**<br>50|**A**<br>20|**B**<br>20|**C**<br>25|**D**<br>30|**E**<br>32|**F**<br>40|**G**<br>45|**H**<br>50|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|100|40|45|50|63|70|80|90|100|
|160|63|80|90|100|110|125|150|160|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|
## **LGMP Catalog Numbers**
||**50 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGMPS250G**|**LGMPH250G**|
|400|**LGMPS400G**|**LGMPH400G**|
|600<br>6301|**LGMPS600G**<br>**LGMPS630G**|**LGMPH600G**<br>**LGMPH630G**|
## **LGMP FLA le Dial Setting**
|**Continuous Amperes**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|
|400|160|200|225|250|300|315|350|400|
|600|250|300|315|350|400|450|500|600|
|6301|250|300|315|350|400|500|600|630|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.
For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-267** .
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-90**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range**
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—250 A**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**JGMPS**<br>**JGMPH**|
|---|---|---|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>40<br>70|
|||I cs<br>40<br>70|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>12<br>14|
|||I cs<br>6<br>7|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|35<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||50–250<br>50 –250|
**2**
## **LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range**
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—630 A**1<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**LGMPS**<br>**LGMPH**|
|---|---|---|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>50<br>70|
|||I cs<br>50<br>53|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>20<br>25|
|||I cs<br>10<br>13|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|50<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||250–6301<br>250 –6301|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-91**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules**
_**Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module**_
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-93**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-94**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module**
## **Product Description**
Eaton offers three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault (earth leakage) protection modules for Series G E-, J- and L-frame molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs). Separate UL listed and IEC rated devices are available for each frame.
The modules are bottom mounted and are available for each frame circuits up to:
- EG: 125 amperes
- JG: 150 (UL), 160 (IEC) or 250 amperes
- LG: 400, 600 (UL) or 630 (IEC) amperes
The module is completely self contained, including a current sensor, relay and power supply inside the device. Current pickup settings are selectable from 0.03 to 10 amperes for all devices, except for the UL listed module, for which settings are selectable from 0.03 to 30 amperes. Time delays are also selectable from Instantaneous to 1.0 second for pickup settings of 0.10 amperes and above. The current pickup setting of 0.03 amperes defaults to an Instantaneous time setting regardless of the time dial’s position.
## **UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate**
**IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate**
Two alarm contacts are included with each device, which can be wired externally for remote indication. Both of these are also indicated by an LED on the front of the device:
1. 50% pre-trip: alarms when the earth leakage current reaches 50% of the set pickup setting value.
2. 100% after trip: alarms when the breaker reaches the set pickup setting value and the breaker trips.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-92**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
**EG-Frame EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**[1]
|**50/60 Hz)**|**50/60 Hz)**[1]||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|125|3|**ELEBN3125G**|
|125|4|**ELEBN4125G**|
**EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**
|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|125|3|**ELEBE3125G**|
|125|4|**ELEBE4125G**|
**JG-Frame JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**
**LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**
**LG-Frame**
|**Ampere**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|
|**Rating**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Number**|
|400<br>3<br>**ELLBN3400W**<br>400<br>4<br>**ELLBN4400W**<br>600<br>3<br>**ELLBN3600W**<br>~~ao~~|
|600<br>4<br>**ELLBN4600W**<br>giete~~OO~~|
**LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**
|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|400|3|**ELLBE3400W**|
|400<br>~~a~~|4<br>~~a~~|**ELLBE4400W**<br>~~a~~|
|630<br>630|3<br>4|**ELLBE3630W**<br>**ELLBE4630W**|
**2**
|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|150|3|**ELJBN3150W**|
|150|4|**ELJBN4150W**|
|250|3|**ELJBN3250W**|
|250|4|**ELJBN4250W**|
**JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**
|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|160|3|**ELJBE3160W**|
|160|4|**ELJBE4160W**|
|250|3|**ELJBE3250W**|
|250|4|**ELJBE4250W**|
## _**Note**_
1 Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-93**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module**
|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|EG|10.25 (260.3)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|4.13 (104.9)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|5.48 (139.2)|4.06 (103.1)|
|**Four-Pole**<br>EG|10.25 (260.3)|4.00 (101.6)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|5.50 (139.7)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|7.23 (183.6)|4.06 (103.1)|
## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module**
**==> picture [383 x 270] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
10.26<br>(260.6)<br>4.75<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>(120.6)<br>1.49<br>0.50 1.00 (37.8) 3.98<br>(12.7) (25.4) (101.1)<br>3-Pole<br>1.00 2.98<br>(25.4) (75.7)<br>2.00<br>1.50 0.50 (50.8)<br>(38.1) (12.7)<br>4.78<br>8.59 (121.4) 0.70 (17.8)<br>(218.2)<br>0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.01<br>0.09 (76.5)<br>(2.29) 3.17<br>2.75 (80.5)<br>(69.9)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-94**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module**
**==> picture [457 x 626] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>0.69 (139.7) 2.05<br>(52.1)<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>(35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) 0.63<br>(16.0)<br>1.88<br>R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>(99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>(177.8) (285.8)<br>11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>TEST (108.0)<br>2.05<br>3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>(93.7) 3.81 (103.9)<br>4.78 (96.8)<br>(121.4)<br>LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module<br>5.16 4.31 3.44<br>(131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>(87.4) (103.1) (43.7)<br>1.72 3.98 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>(120.1)<br>8.44<br>8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>15.38<br>(390.7)<br>13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>(347.7) (390.7)<br>4-Pole 3.97 4-Pole<br>2.75 (69.9) (100.8) 2.75 (69.9)<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-95**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-97**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module**
## **Product Overview**
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at 690 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a shortcircuit event. Resetting the molded-case circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring system back online.
## **Product Description**
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.
## **Application Description**
High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.
## **Features and Benefits**
Superior system protection:
- Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts
- No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses
- Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker
- Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker
- High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts
- Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system
## **Standards and Certifications**
- IEC 60947-2
- UL 489
- CSA C22.2
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-96**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Product Selection**
## **Series G High Performance Family Offering**
||||**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**|**415 Vac (IEC)**||**690 Vac (IEC)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Product**|**Amperes**|**(UL)**|**(UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|EGC 3P thermal-magnetic|Breaker only|15–125|100|351|100|100|—|—|
|JG 3P thermal-magnetic|With limiter<br>Breaker only|15–100<br>70–250|150<br>200|1001<br>50|150<br>200|150<br>200|—<br>18|—<br>14|
||With limiter|70–225|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|JG 3P electronic|Breaker only|20–250|200|50|200|200|18|14|
||With limiter|100–250|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|LG 3P thermal-magnetic<br>LG3P electronic|Breaker only<br>Breaker only|250–600<br>100–600|200<br>200|65<br>65|200<br>200|200<br>200|35<br>35|18<br>18|
## **EG-Frame**
## **EG IC Rating—150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**
|**UL Listed**<br>**(NEMA/IEC Rated)**<br>**Base Molded Case**|**Breaker with**<br>**Line Side Mounted**|**Breaker with**<br>**Load Side Mounted**|**Line and Load**|**Interphase Barrier**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Current Limiter**|**Current Limiter**|**Terminations Included**2|**Included for Limiter**|
|**EGC3015FFG**<br>**EGC3016FFG**<br>**EGC3020FFG**<br>**EGC3025FFG**<br>**EGC3030FFG**|**EGC3015FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3016FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3020FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3025FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3030FFGQ01**|**EGC3015FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3016FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3020FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3025FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3030FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3032FFG**|**EGC3032FFGQ01**|**EGC3032FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3035FFGQ01**|**EGC3035FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040FFGQ01**|**EGC3040FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3045FFG**<br>**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3045FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ01**|**EGC3045FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3060FFG**|**EGC3060FFGQ01**|**EGC3060FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063FFGQ01**|**EGC3063FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3070FFG**|**EGC3070FFGQ01**|**EGC3070FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3080FFG**<br>**EGC3090FFG**|**EGC3080FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ01**|**EGC3080FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100FFGQ01**|**EGC3100FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
## _**Notes**_
1 600Y/347V.
- 2 Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-97**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|EGC…Q|240 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|480 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|600 V/100 kA|22.60|0.387|
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
|**Assembled**|**Breaker and Current**|**Limiting Module**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in lbs (kg)**|
|EG|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|2.91 (1.32)|
|HMCP|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|4.18 (1.90)|
## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module**
**==> picture [437 x 316] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-98**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **JG Frame**
## **JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**
|**JG Frame**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**UL Listed, IEC Rated**|**UL Listed, IEC Rated**|**IEC Rated Breaker**|**IEC Rated Breaker**|
||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Breaker With Line Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**1|**Breaker With Load Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**2|**With Line Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**1|**With Line Side Mounted**<br>**With Load Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**2|
||||**Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**||**Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|**Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|
||70|350–700|**JGH3070FAGQ01**|**JGH3070FAGQ02**|—|—|
||90|450–900|**JGH3090FAGQ01**|**JGH3090FAGQ02**|—|—|
||100|500–1000|**JGH3100FAGQ01**|**JGH3100FAGQ02**|**JGH3100AAGQ01**|**JGH3100AAGQ02**|
||125|625–1250|**JGH3125FAGQ01**|**JGH3125FAGQ02**|**JGH3125AAGQ01**|**JGH3125AAGQ02**|
|‘eee|150<br>750–1550<br>**JGH3150FAGQ01**<br>**JGH3150FAGQ02**<br>—<br>—<br>160<br>800–1600<br>—<br>—<br>**JGH3160AAGQ01**<br>**JGH3160AAGQ02**<br> ~~TT~~||||||
||175|875–1750|**JGH3175FAGQ01**|**JGH3175FAGQ02**|—|—|
||200|1000–2000|**JGH3200FAGQ01**|**JGH3200FAGQ02**|**JGH3200AAGQ01**|**JGH3200AAGQ02**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGH3225FAGQ01**|**JGH3225FAGQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LS**||||
||250|—|**JGH325033GQ01**|**JGH325033GQ02**|—|—|
||250|—|**Electronic Trip LSI**<br>**JGH325032GQ01**|**JGH325032GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325035GQ01**|**JGH325035GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSIG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325036GQ01**|**JGH325036GQ02**|—|—|
## **Series G HMCP**
|**Ampere**|**Motor Circuit Protector with**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>250|**Line Side Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ01**|**Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250F5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250F5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250G5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250G5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250J5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250J5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250K5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250K5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250L5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250L5LQ02**|
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range mm2**|**of Conductors**|**Number**|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/Al|10–185|#8–350 (1)|**TA250FJ**3|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJIPBK** .
2 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.
3 Line and load terminals included with products listed above.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-99**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGH…Q|240 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|480 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|600 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**
|**Frame**<br>JG + limiter|**Height**<br>13.06 (331.7)|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|**Weight in lbs (kg)**<br>9.87 (4.48)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|HMCP|13.06 (331.7)|4.13 (104.9)|3.44 (87.4)|9.87 (4.48)|
## **JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module**
**==> picture [487 x 256] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.12 4.13<br>(104.6) (104.9)<br>13.06<br>(331.7)<br>4.41<br>(112.0)<br>3.44<br>3.34 (87.4)<br>(84.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-100**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-15**<br>**V4-T2-29**<br>**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**<br>**V4-T2-74**<br>**V4-T2-85**<br>**V4-T2-89**<br>**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination|**V4-T2-96**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-102**<br>**V4-T2-103**<br>**V4-T2-103**<br>**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**<br>**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
**2**
## **High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s Electrical Sector introduces new high-magnetic withstand molded case circuit breakers, specifically designed for critical operations and selective coordination requirements. The highmagnetic withstand LHH and NHH frames continue the legacy of circuit breaker innovation for which Eaton is recognized throughout the world. The LHH and NHH breakers are equipped with 125 to 400 ampere trip units with high-magnetic capability. This design enables the breakers to withstand up to 90 times rated current before opening under shortcircuit conditions.
The LHH and NHH circuit
breakers incorporate a higher level of instantaneous pickup, thus allowing for higher current levels of selective coordination. Standard molded case circuit breakers typically are furnished with a magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous adjustment or instantaneous override set at 10 times (10x) the continuous trip rating.
## **Features, Benefits and Functions**
Eaton’s new LHH and NHH molded case circuit breakers are furnished with a higher level of magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous settings as indicated in table on **Page V4-T2-103** . These higher levels of magnetic pickup and electronic instantaneous values in turn allow the system designer to obtain selective coordination at fault current levels up to these higher ratings. Greater values of selective coordination are available based on manufacturer tested combinations using the LHH and NHH as line-side breakers and standard breakers as load-side devices. Refer to IA01200002E to determine the maximum fault values that selective coordination achieves. When the line-side and load-side molded case circuit breaker trip ratings are chosen to coordinate in the overload range, they also can be selectively coordinated in the fault range up to the values listed in the table on **Page V4-T2-103** or IA01200002E. For overcurrents protected by circuit breakers on the load-side of the LHH or NHH, only the effected load-side
circuit breaker will open, while the line-side LHH and/ or NHH circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing continuity of power to the other critical loads supplied by the LHH or NHH circuit breakers.
## _**Benefits of Using the LHH and NHH Molded Case Circuit Breakers**_
Customer expectations and codes are driving product development to protect customers’ critical operations. NEC[®] 2005 and 2008 requires circuits with elevators, emergency systems, legally required standby systems, health care essential systems and critical operation power systems to be selectively coordinated. Simply stated, only the closest protective device directly protecting the circuit having an overcurrent (overload or fault) condition should open.
All other overcurrent protective devices within these systems shall remain closed. Similarly, backup power system designs of a critical nature that are not code mandated may also require overcurrent protective devices to be selectively coordinated as much as practicable to provide a higher level of uptime.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-101**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Product Selection**
## _**Proven Technology**_ **2** _**and Performance**_
The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed.
The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM™ electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 1000–4000 A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000 A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted.
## **LHH**
## **LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers**
||**Thermal-Magnetic**|**LSI Electronic**|
|---|---|---|
||**Trip Unit**|**Trip Unit**|
|**Ampere**|||
|**Rating**|**LHH Frame**|**NHH Frame**|
|125|**LHH3125FFG**|**—**|
|150|**LHH3150FFG**|**NHH3150T52X15**|
|175|**LHH3175FFG**|**NHH3175T52X15**|
|200|**LHH3200FFG**|**NHH3200T52X15**|
|225|**LHH3225FFG**|**NHH3225T52X15**|
|250|**LHH3250FFG**|**NHH3250T52X15**|
|300|**LHH3300FFG**|**NHH3300T52X15**|
|350|**LHH3350FFG**|**NHH3350T52X15**|
|400|**LHH3400FFG**|**—**|
The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eaton’s panelboards and switchboards.
## **Standards and Certifications**
- UL
- CSA
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-102**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
- Three-pole
- 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
- 125–400 ampere LHH
- 150–350 ampere NHH
- Trip units:
- LHH—thermal-magnetic
- NHH—LSI electronic trip unit
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Dimensions**
|**Description**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|LHH|10.13 (257.3)|5.48 (139.2)|4.09 (103.9)|12.36 (5.6)|
|NHH|16.00 (406.4)|8.25 (209.5)|5.50 (139.7)|46.80 (21.2)|
**2**
- No rating plugs required
- Factory-sealed breakers
- LHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker
- NHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker
## _**LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics**_
**Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**
||**Breaker Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**LHH**|**NHH**|
|Max. rated current (amperes)|400|350|
|NEMA UL 489|||
|240 Vac|100|100|
|480 Vac|65|65|
|600 Vac|35|35|
|250 Vac|42|—|
|IEC 60947-2|||
|220 Vac|100|100|
|415 Vac|70|70|
|690 Vac|25|25|
|125/250 Vdc|22|—|
|Number of poles|3|3|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|150–350 A|
## **L-Frame**
**==> picture [205 x 98] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.43 (61.7)<br>4.06<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker (103.1)<br>(6.4) 3.16<br>(80.3) 5.58<br>2.00 ( 141.7) 10.13<br>(50.8) (257.3)<br>1.92<br>(48.8)<br>2.69 5.48<br>(68.3) 5.38 (139.2)<br>(136.7) Three-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **N-Frame**
**==> picture [236 x 118] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker<br>(6.4) 1.91 9.25<br>1.50 (48.5) (235.0)<br>(38.1) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>(93.5)<br>6.38 3.19 8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (81.0) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Continuous Current Ratings**
|**Continuous**||**Continuous**||**Continuous**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Magnetic**|**Current**|**Instantaneous**|**Current**|**Short Delay**|
|**Rating (Ir)**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Pickup**|
|125 A|2500 A|20x|—|—|—|
|150 A|2500 A|16x|14,000 A|93x|225–1200 A|
|175 A|4000 A|22x|14,000 A|80x|260–1400 A|
|200 A|4000 A|20x|14,000 A|70x|300–1600 A|
|225 A|6000 A|26x|14,000 A|62x|338–1800 A|
|250 A|6000 A|24x|14,000 A|56x|375–2000 A|
|300 A|6000 A|20x|14,000 A|47x|450–2400 A|
|350 A|6000 A|17x|14,000 A|40x|525–2800 A|
|400 A|6000 A|15x|—|—|—|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-103**
2.2
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Series G
## **Contents**
**2**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories||
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|
|External Accessories and Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-107**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-109**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **Special Features and Accessories**
Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.”
So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits.
In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry.
This section of circuit breakers includes:
- Thermal-magnetic trip breakers
- Electronic rms trip breakers
- Molded case switches
- Motor circuit protectors
- Current limiting breakers
- Special application breakers
## _**Modified Breakers**_
Eaton breakers can be ordered
with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
## _**Special Calibration**_
## **Calibrations and Treatment**
|**_Special Calibration_**|**Calibrations and Treatment**|
|---|---|
|Special non-UL listed<br>calibrations are available for<br>certain ambient temperatures<br>other than 40 °C and for<br>frequencies other than<br>50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced<br>interrupting ratings will apply<br>for 400 Hz applications.|**Description**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG JG LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|
||Special<br>calibration<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■|
||Moisture-<br>fungus<br>treatment<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■|
- Add suffix H01 to breaker catalog number for 400 Hz rating
## **50 ºC Calibration**
**Note:** Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50 °C. Add suffix “V3” to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40 °C labeling.
Add suffix “V” to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 ºC ambients. 50 ºC ambient MCCBs are not UL listed.
Contact Eaton for availability.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-104**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Standards and Certifications**
## _**Moisture-Fungus Treatment**_
All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment.
Order by description.
- Add suffix J01 to breaker catalog number
## _**Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers**_
The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C.
- Add suffix F01 to catalog number –57 °F, F02 –30 °F
## _**Marine Applications**_
E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
- U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds
These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications).
Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use).
UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8m) in length.
Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.)
- Add suffix H08
Or you can choose to add 50ºC ambient but then there is no “UL” mark.
- Add suffix VH08
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL but no “UL” mark due to 50 °C label.)
- Add suffix VH09
## _**Certified Test Reports**_
Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.
Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:
- Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures
- National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers
- Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers
- British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers
- Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers
- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers
- Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers
- South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers
- Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers
- Union Technique de l’Electricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application.
Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered.
Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.
**2**
- Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-105**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Internal Accessories**
## _**Alarm Lockout**_
The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release.
## _**Auxiliary Switches**_
Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on **Page V4-T2-108** .
## _**Shunt Trips**_
The shunt trip is used for remote tripping.
The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation.
It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips.
## _**Undervoltage Releases**_
The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation.
Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker.
## **Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_
## _**Electronic Portable Test Kit**_
The electronic portable test kit provides a means to complete field tests using secondary injection on all 310+ trip units. The same test kit is also capable of secondary injection testing on Magnum and Series NRX low voltage power circuit breakers' 520 and 1150 trip units.
The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure.
## **Electronic Portable Test Kit**
**Catalog Number**
## **MTST230V**
## _**Wire Seal**_
The wire seal can be used to secure the cover of the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed.
## **Wire Seal**
**Catalog Number 5108A03H01**
The DIGIVIEWR06 is NEMA 3R rated.
## **Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**
## **Catalog Number**
## **DIGIVIEW**
## **DIGIVIEWR06**
## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_
The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
## **Cause of Trip LED Module**
**Catalog Number**
## **TRIP-LED**
**V4-T2-106 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **External Accessories and Test Kit**
## **External Accessories**
**2**
|**External Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fit**|**Frame**|||||
|**Description**|**Type**|**EG**|**JG**|**LG**|**NG**|**RG**|
|Non-padlockable handle block|Field|**EFHB**|**—**|**—**|**LKD4**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHB**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHBOFF**|**FJPHBOFF**|**LBHPOFF**|**—**|**—**|
|off-only|||||||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPLK**|**FJPHL**|**LPHL**|**PLK5**|**HLK6**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPHLOFF**|**FJPHLOFF**|**LPHLOFF**|**PLK55OFF**|**HLK6OFF**|
|off-only|||||||
|Kirk key interlock kit12|Field|**—**|**KYKJG**|**KYKLG**|**KYK4**|**KYK6**|
|Castell key interlock kit23|Field|**—**|**CTKJG**|**CTKLG**|**CTK4**|**CTK6**|
|Slide bar interlock4|Field|**EFSBI**|**FJSBI**|**LGSBI**|**SBK5**|**—**|
|Walking beam interlock4|Three-pole<br>Four-pole|**EG3WBI**<br>**EG4WBI**|**JG3WBI**<br>**JG4WBI**|**LG3WBI**<br>**LG4WBI**|**WBL5**<br>**WBL5**|**WBL6**<br>**—**|
|Electrical operator5|120 Vac<br>240 Vac|**MOPEG240C**<br>**MOPEG240C**|**MOPJG120C**<br>**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG120C**<br>**MOPLG240C**|**EOP5T07**<br>**EOP5T11**|**EOP6T08K**<br>**EOP6T11K**|
||24 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**MOPJG24D**|**MOPLG24D**|**EOP5T21**|**—**|
||48 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**—**|**—**|**EOP5T22**|**EOP6T21K**|
||125 Vdc|**MOPEG120C**|**MOPJG120C**|**MOPLG120C**|**EOP5T26**|**—**|
||220 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
||250 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
|Plug-in adapters|Three-pole|**PAD3E**|**PAD3J**|**PAD3L**|**PAD53**|**—**|
||Four-pole|**PAD4E**|**PAD4J**|**PAD4L**|**—**|**—**|
|Wohner busbar adapter|Field top<br>Field bottom|**EG-BUS-T**<br>**EG-BUS-B**|**JG-BUS-TB**<br>**JG-BUS-TB**|**LG-BUS-TB**<br>**LG-BUS-TB**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
## _**Series G MCCB Frames EG, JG, and LG to mount to the SASY 60 mm Wohner Classic System**_
- UL file # E197132
- No line side wiring required
- Compact design
- Up to 630 A MCCB
- UL508 tested and certified using Wohner system with Eaton breakers
- Reverse feed possible
## **Wohner Busbar Adapters**
||**Wohner Busbar Adapters**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Wohner Busbar**<br>**Adapter**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Breaker Frame**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Busbar Adapter**|**Connection Point**|
||EG|**EG-BUS-T**|Top|
||EG|**EG-BUS-B**|Bottom|
||JG|**JG-BUS-TB**|Top or bottom|
||LG|**LG-BUS-TB**|Top or bottom|
## _**Notes**_
1 Provision only.
- 2 See **Page V4-T2-318** for bolt projection dimensions.
- 3 Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm.
- 4 Requires two breakers.
- 5 Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-107**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## _**Accessory Configurations for EG–RG Circuit Breakers**_
**2 Internal Accessory Configurations**
**==> picture [315 x 271] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
¬<br>¬<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¡ ¡<br>¡ ¡<br>¨<br>≠<br>¬ = For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker**
**==> picture [176 x 179] intentionally omitted <==**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-108**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Accessories**
## _**Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers**_
## **Alarm Lockout**
**2**
|**Alarm Lockout**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|Make/Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**2<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L6RPK**|
|2 Make/2 Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**3<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEJPK**|
## **Auxiliary Switch**
|**Auxiliary Switch**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|1A, 1B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
|2A, 2B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X6RPK**|
|3A, 3B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**—**|
|4A, 4B|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A4X6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX1A1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX2A2BPK**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX1E1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX2E2BPK**|
## **Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout**
## **Frame**
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUXALRMEPK**4<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**—**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMJPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEJPK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
- 2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK.
- 3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK.
- 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-109**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Shunt Trip—Standard**
|**2**<br>**2**|ST<br>a|
|---|---|
## **Shunt Trip—Standard**
|||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|Left<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>**SNT5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P11K**|
|380–600 Vac|Left<br>**SNT480CPK**3<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|220–250 Vdc or 380–440|Vac<br>—<br>**SNT5LP14K**<br>**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|—<br>**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT6P18K**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT012CPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|24 Vac/dc|Left<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>**SNT5LP03K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>—<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT125DPK**<br>**SNT5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P26K**|
|250 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT250DPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
## **Shunt Trip—Low Energy**
|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**LST5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**LST6RPK**|
## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|110–127 Vac|Left<br>**UVR120APK**<br>**UVH5LP08K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|Left<br>**UVR240APK**<br>**UVH5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP11K**|
|24 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR024DPK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|24 Vac|Left<br>**UVR024APK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR048DPK**<br>**UVH5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**UVR048APK**<br>**UVH5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP05K**|
|120 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>**UVH5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR250DPK**<br>**UVH5LP28K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP28K**|
|380–500 Vac|Left<br>**UVR480APK**<br>**UVH5LP29K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP29K**|
|525–600 Vac|Left<br>**UVR600APK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP20K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP20K**|
|12 Vac|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP02K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP02K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
> 2 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
> 3 380–600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz.
> 4 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-110**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**Note:** Gold-plated contacts are well suited for switching low voltages and currents. Lead wires on accessories containing goldplated contacts are marked with a yellow stripe.
**2**
## **Series G Gold Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings**
||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|125 V|50/60 Hz|0.1 A|2200 V|
|30 V|DC|0.25 A|2200 V|
|5 V|DC|5 mA|2200 V|
## **Series G Silver Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings**
||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|600 V|50/60 Hz|2 A|2200 V|
|125/250 V|50/60 Hz|5 A|2200 V|
|125 V|DC|1 A|2200 V|
## **Series GJ Frame: Terminal Extension Kits**
||**Extension Orientation**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Edgewise**|**Right Angle**|**Spreader**|**Straight**|
|Three-pole|FJTEE3|FJTER3|FJTEW3|FJTES3|
|Four-pole|FJTEE4|FJTER4|FJTEW4|FJTES4|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-111**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **Series G Motor Operators**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-96**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Motor Operators||
|Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-113**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-113**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-113**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-114**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **Motor Operators**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s motor operator The robust motor operators mechanism enables local and offer various voltages to remote ON, OFF and reset maximize customer flexibility. switching of a circuit breaker. Standard load transfer The motor operator is switching can be mounted on the circuit accomplished through the breaker cover within use of two circuit breakers the dimensions of the fitted with motor operators circuit breaker. and a mechanical interlock.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-112**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Features, Benefits and Functions**
The motor operator provides ● A key is provided to special features for ease of manually operate the customer use and status circuit breaker indication. ●
- A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position
- The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely
- The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each
- The motor operator contains a motor accept three padlock shackles with a maximum
- connected to a cam drive diameter of 1/4-inch
- mechanism. The cam (6.4 mm) each
- drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit ● The cover provides visual breaker handle status of the circuit
- ● Internal limit switches and breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP
- relays are used to control button allows the user to
- motor operation to prevent manually trip the breaker
- overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions
**==> picture [108 x 75] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Manual Operating Key<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Status Indication<br>Window<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [48 x 134] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Turn the Key<br>(clockwise only)<br>SA<br>PUSH-TO-TRIP Button<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Product Selection**
## **Motor Operators**
|**Frame**|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Series G E-Frame|100–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||100–220 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||24/48 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPEG48D**|
|Series C F-Frame|208–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPFD24D**|
|Series G J-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1A<br>1A|**MOPJG240C**<br>**MOPJG120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPJG24D**|
|Series G L-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|2A<br>2A|**MOPLG240C**<br>**MOPLG120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|2A|**MOPLG240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|2A|**MOPLG120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|6A|**MOPLG24D**|
**2**
## **Standards and Certifications**
The motor operators are UL and CSA listed, and CE marked.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-113**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
**2**
## **LG Breaker with Plug-In Block**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**<br>**V4-T2-85**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-89**<br>**V4-T2-92**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-96**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**|
|Plug-In Blocks<br>Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-115**|
## **Plug-In Blocks**
## **Product Description**
Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 ° for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection.
## **Product Selection**
## **Plug-In Blocks**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**PAD3E**<br>**PAD4E**<br>**PAD3J**|
|---|---|---|
|JG|4|**PAD4J**|
|LG|3|**PAD3L**|
|LG|4|**PAD4L**|
|**Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit**1<br>EG<br>3, 4||**PIILEG**|
|JG|3, 4|**PIILJG**|
|LG|3, 4|**PIILLG**|
|**Terminal Shields IP30**|||
|EG|3|**EFTS3K**|
|EG|4|**EFTS4K**|
|JG<br>JG|3<br>4|**FJTS3K**<br>**FJTS4K**|
|LG|3|**LTS3K**|
|LG|4|**LTS4K**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-114**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.2
Series G
## **Drawout Cassettes**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-15**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-47**<br>**V4-T2-65**|**2**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-74**<br>**V4-T2-85**|**2**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-89**<br>**V4-T2-92**|**2**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-96**|**2**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-101**||
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-112**|**2**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette|**V4-T2-114**|**2**|
## **Drawout Cassette**
## **Product Description**
The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number.
## **Product Selection**
## **Features**
Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include:
|Features of the drawout<br>cassettes for the JG, LG and|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|cassettes for the JG, LG and<br>NG include:|**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**<br>**JG Drawout Cassette**|||**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**|
|●Trip on drawout—breaker||**Breaker Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|will trip if it is in the ON<br>position when withdrawn||JG|3|**JG3DOM**|
|from the cassette<br>●Secondary terminal block—|||4|**JG4DOM**|
|the drawout cassettes<br>include a secondary<br>terminal block for easier|LG<br>**LG Drawout Cassette**||3|**LG3DOM**|
|access when wiring low<br>voltage accessories,<br>including shunts and<br>undervoltage releases|Users]<br>tg||4<br>**LG4DOM**<br>~~Oe~~||
|The drawout mechanism has<br>three primary positions:||NG|3|**NG3DOM**|
|●Connected—the breaker is|||4|**NG4DOM**|
The drawout mechanism has three primary positions:
- Connected—the breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts
- Disconnected—both the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected
- Withdraw—the breaker can be removed from the cassette
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-115**
2.3
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
**2**
## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-256** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-269** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306**
Learn Drawings Online Online
## **Product Overview**
Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.”
So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits.
In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers.
Eaton offers the most
comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry.
This section of circuit breakers includes:
- Thermal-magnetic trip breakers
- Electronic rms trip breakers
- Molded case switches
- Motor circuit protectors
- Current limiting breakers
- Special application breakers
## **Modified Breakers**
Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
## **Special Calibration**
Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40 °C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.
## _**50 °C Calibration**_
Add suffix **V** to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 °C ambients. (No UL label.)
## **Moisture-Fungus Treatment**
All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment.
## **Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers**
The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C.
## **Marine Applications**
E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
- U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR
These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications).
Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use).
UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.)
- Suffix H08
Or you can choose to add 50 °C ambient but then there is no “UL” mark.
- Suffix VH08
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50 °C label here.)
- Suffix VH09
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-116**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Certified Test Reports**
Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.
Molded case circuit breakers ● Japanese T-Mark Standard are designed to conform with molded case circuit the following standards: breakers
- South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers
- Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures
- Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers
- National Electrical Association Standard SEV
- Manufacturers Association 157-1, safety regulations
- (NEMA) Standards for circuit breakers
- Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit ● Union Technique de breakers l’Electricite Standard NF C
- ● Australian Standard AS 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear
- 2184, molded case circuit circuit breaker
- breakers requirements
- British Standards Institution ● Verband Deutscher
- Standard BS 4752: Part 1, Elektrotechniker
- switchgear and control (Association of German
- gear Part 1: circuit breakers
- ● Canadian Standards Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low
- Association (CSA) Standard voltage switchgear and
- C22.2 No. 5, service control gear, circuit
- entrance and branch circuit breakers
- breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local **2** and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. **2**
Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered.
Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.
- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-117**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Quick Reference**
## **Industrial Circuit Breakers**
## **G-Frame**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|**Volts**||**Type**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**Ratings (rms**|**Ratings (rms**|**Symmetrical**|**Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Page**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHB|**at 40 °C**<br>15–100|**Poles**<br>1|**AC**<br>120|**DC**<br>125|**of Trip**1<br>N.I.T.U.|**W-C-375b**<br>11a|**120**<br>65|**120/240**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>—|**600**<br>—|**125**3<br>14|**250**<br>—|**Number**<br>**V4-T2-126**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|240|125/250|N.I.T.U.|11a10b, 11b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|14|**V4-T2-126**|
|GHB|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12b, 14b|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-126**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|15b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-126**|
|HGHB<br>GHBS|15–30<br>15–30|1<br>1, 2|277<br>480Y/277|125<br>—|N.I.T.U.<br>—|12c, 13a, 13b<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>65|—<br>—|25<br>14|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T2-126**<br>**V4-T1-34**|
|GBHS|15–20|1, 2|600Y/347|—|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|—|10|—|—|**V4-T1-34**|
|GDB|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-124**|
|GDB|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-124**|
|GD|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-123**|
|GD|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|**V4-T2-123**|
|GHC<br>GHC|15–100<br>15–100|1<br>2, 3|120<br>240|125<br>125/250|N.I.T.U.<br>N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a<br>13b|65<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>65|—|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>1|**V4-T2-131**<br>**V4-T2-131**|
|GHC|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-131**|
|GHC|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-131**|
|HGHC|15–30|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|—|65|—|—|25|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-131**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.
> 3 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-118**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **F-Frame**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**No. of**<br>**Poles**<br>**Volts**<br>**Type**<br>**of Trip**1<br>**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**<br>**UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Page**<br>**Number**<br>**AC**<br>**DC**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**DC (kA)**2<br>**120**<br>**120/240**<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**<br>EDB<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>EDS<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>ED<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>12b<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>EDH<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>14b<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>EDC<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>1<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>2, 3<br>480<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13b<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>18a<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>HFD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>2,3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>HFDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>24a<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-135**<br>FDCE45<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|---|---|
||**2**|
||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.
- 3 Not defined in W-C-375b.
- 4 Current limiting.
- 5 Check with Eaton for availability.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-119**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **J-Frame**
**2**
||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|JDB|70–250|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|22a|—|—|65|—|35|18|—|10|**V4-T2-156**|
|JD<br>HJD|70–250<br>70–250|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|22a<br>22a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|35<br>65|18<br>25|—<br>—|10<br>22|**V4-T2-155**<br>**V4-T2-155**|
|JDC3|70–250|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|22a|—|—|200|—|100|35|—|22|**V4-T2-155**|
## **K-Frame**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**Volts**<br>**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**Ratings**<br>**240**|**(rms**<br>**277**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|DK|250–400|2, 3|240|250|N.I.T.U.|14b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|10|**V4-T2-167**|
|KDB|100–400|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-167**|
|KD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-164, V4-T2-165,**<br>**V4-T2-169, V4-T2-172**|
|CKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-166, V4-T2-175,**<br>**V4-T2-177**|
|HKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|22|**V4-T2-164, V4-T2-165,**<br>**V4-T2-169, V4-T2-172**|
|CHKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-166, V4-T2-175,**<br>**V4-T2-177**|
|KDC3|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|65|—|22|**V4-T2-164, V4-T2-165,**|
||||||||||||||||**V4-T2-169, V4-T2-172**|
## **L-Frame**
||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**AC (kA)**<br>**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**DC (kA)**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|LDB<br>LD|300–600<br>300–600|2, 3<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|N.I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>—|35<br>35|25<br>25|—<br>—|22<br>22|**V4-T2-190**<br>**V4-T2-188, V4-T2-189,**|
|CLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-194**<br>**V4-T2-190, V4-T2-200**|
|HLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|25|**V4-T2-188, V4-T2-189,**<br>**V4-T2-194**|
|CHLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-190, V4-T2-200**|
|LDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-188, V4-T2-189,**|
|CLDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-196**<br>**V4-T2-190, V4-T2-202**|
## **M-Frame**
||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|MDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|50|25|—|22|**V4-T2-213, V4-T2-215**|
|CMDL<br>HMDL|300–800<br>300–800|2, 3<br>2, 3|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|50<br>65|25<br>35|—<br>—|—<br>25|**V4-T2-215**<br>**V4-T2-213, V4-T2-215**|
|CHMDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-215**|
_**Notes**_
> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.
> 3 Current limiting.
**V4-T2-120 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-122**<br>**V4-T2-122**|**2**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|**2**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**||
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240 V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton
- Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for fluorescent lighting applications
- All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
- HACR rated
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-121**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Circuit Breaker/Frame**
## **GD 3 100 K**
|||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||
||**Circuit**<br>**GD**|**Breaker Type**<br>**HGHB**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||||||**K** = Molded case switch||**Suffix**<br>**J01**= Fungus proofed|
||**GDB**<br>**GHB**<br>**GHC**<br>**GHQ**|**HGHC**<br>**GHBGFEP**<br>**GHCGFEP**|||**1**= 1 pole<br>**2**= 2 poles<br>**3**= 3 poles|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**024**<br>**030**||**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**|||**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**||||**D** = Ring type terminals<br>**C** = Steel collars<br>**V** = 122 °F (50 °C)||**R01**= Shock tested<br>**F01**= Freeze tester<br>**HID**= High intensity discharge1|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**<br>GDB|**of Poles**<br>2, 3|**120**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>14|**480Y/277**<br>—|**125**2<br>—|**250**34<br>10|
|GD|2|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|
|GD|3|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|
|GHQ|—|65|—|14|—|—|—|—|
|GHB<br>GHB|1<br>2, 3|65<br>—|—<br>65|14<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>14|14<br>14|—<br>—|
|HGHB|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|1|65|—|14|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|2, 3|—|65|—|—|14|14|—|
|HGHC|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|
## _**Terminal Types**_
For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below.
## **Terminal Types**
|**Circuit Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal Type Material**|**Screw Head Type**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Metric Wire Range (mm2) **5|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard**||||||
|15–20<br>25–100|Clamp (plated steel)<br>Pressure (aluminum body)|Slotted<br>Slotted|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|14–10<br>10–1/0|2.5–4<br>4–50|
|**Optional—GD, GHB, GHC**||||||
|15–100|Pressure (steel body)|Slotted|Cu|14–3|—|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 15–20 A circuit breakers.
- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A.
- 3 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum.
- 4 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
- 5 Not UL listed sizes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-122**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-116 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-256 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-269 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306 2**
## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- Cable in, cable out
## **Standards and Certifications**
- UL/CSA
- Includes mounting hardware and BMHE
## **Product Selection**
## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**22 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Includes Binding**<br>**Head Screws and Clamps**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||**10–32 x 0.312**|
|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GD2015**|**GD3015**|**GD3015D**|
|20|**GD2020**|**GD3020**|**GD3020D**|
|25|**GD2025**|**GD3025**|**GD3025D**|
|30|**GD2030**|**GD3030**|**GD3030D**|
|35|**GD2035**|**GD3035**|**GD3035D**|
|40|**GD2040**|**GD3040**|**GD3040D**|
|45|**GD2045**|**GD3045**|**GD3045D**|
|50|**GD2050**|**GD3050**|**GD3050D**|
|60|**—**|**GD3060**|**GD3060D**|
|70|**—**|**GD3070**|**GD3070D**|
|80|**—**|**GD3080**|**GD3080D**|
|90|**—**|**GD3090**|**GD3090D**|
|100|**—**|**GD3100**|**GD3100D**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-123**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
**2**
||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GDB2015**|**GDB3015**|
|20|**GDB2020**|**GDB3020**|
|25|**GDB2025**|**GDB3025**|
|30|**GDB2030**|**GDB3030**|
|35|**GDB2035**|**GDB3035**|
|40|**GDB2040**|**GDB3040**|
|45<br>50|**GDB2045**<br>**GDB2050**|**GDB3045**<br>**GDB3050**|
|60|**—**|**GDB3060**|
|70|**—**|**GDB3070**|
|80|**—**|**GDB3080**|
|90|**—**|**GDB3090**|
|100|**—**|**GDB3100**|
## _**Type GD Molded Case Switches**_
## **Type GD Molded Case Switches—Three-Pole**
|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**(Includes Line and Load Terminals)**|
|60|**GD3060K**|
|60<br>100|**GD3060KC**1<br>**GD3100K**|
|100|**GD3100KD**2|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Includes line and load steel terminals.
> 2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 10–32 x 0.312.
Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-124**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **GD-Frame, Three-Pole**
**==> picture [121 x 222] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Off<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [116 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>4.88<br>(123.8)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-125**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Typical GHB**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**<br>**V4-T2-121**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**<br>**V4-T2-306**|
## **Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Standards and Certifications**
These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows:
- Type GHB, 120 and 240 V:
- Single-pole: Class 11a
- Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b
- UL/CSA
- Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V:
- Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a
- Two-, three-pole: Class 13b
- Type HGHB 277V
- Type GHQ 277V
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-126**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## **Typical GHB**
**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]
**2**
|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|
||**125 Vdc Maximum**2|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**3|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GHB1015**45|**GHB2015**4|**GHB3015**4|
|20|**GHB1020**45|**GHB2020**4|**GHB3020**4|
|25|**GHB1025**|**GHB2025**|**GHB3025**|
|30|**GHB1030**|**GHB2030**|**GHB3030**|
|35|**GHB1035**|**GHB2035**|**GHB3035**|
|40|**GHB1040**|**GHB2040**|**GHB3040**|
|45|**GHB1045**|**GHB2045**|**GHB3045**|
|50|**GHB1050**|**GHB2050**|**GHB3050**|
|60|**GHB1060**|**GHB2060**|**GHB3060**|
|70|**GHB1070**|**GHB2070**|**GHB3070**|
|80|**GHB1080**|**GHB2080**|**GHB3080**|
|90|**GHB1090**|**GHB2090**|**GHB3090**|
|100|**GHB1100**|**GHB2100**|**GHB3100**|
**Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|
|---|---|
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**HGHB1015**6|
|20|**HGHB1020**6|
|25|**HGHB1025**|
|30|**HGHB1030**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 480Y/277 V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480 V).
2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application.
- 3 Use two outside poles.
4 Uses 0.190 (4.83) –32 screw type clamp terminals.
5 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
- 6 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-127**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **GDB-Frame, Three-Pole**
**==> picture [337 x 209] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>3.00 2.63<br>(76.2) (66.7)<br>Max.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-128**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**==> picture [97 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Single-Phase (requires two poles)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-116 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-256 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-269 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306 2**
## **Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Product Description**
- 15–60 amperes, 277 V, These circuit breakers meet 50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489
- ● and UL 1053.
- Operational voltage 240 V to 305 V
## **Product Selection**
**Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles)**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**277 Vac, 30 mA**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHBGFEP1015**|
|20<br>30|**GHBGFEP1020**<br>**GHBGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHBGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHBGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHBGFEP1060**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHBGFEP|**of Poles**<br>1|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>14,000|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-129**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **GHB-Frame, Three-Pole**
**==> picture [111 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [120 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-130**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Typical GHC**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-116 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-256 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-269 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306 2**
## **Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- 15–100 amperes
- 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc
- Single-, two- and three-pole
- Cable in, cable out
- Does not include mounting hardware
## **Standards and Certifications**
These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-37b as follows:
- Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V:
- Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a
- Two-, three-pole: Class 13b
- UL/CSA
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-131**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## **2 Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**GHC1015**34|**GHC2015**3|**GHC3015**3|
|20|**GHC1020**34|**GHC2020**3|**GHC3020**3|
|25<br>30|**GHC1025**<br>**GHC1030**|**GHC2025**<br>**GHC2030**|**GHC3025**<br>**GHC3030**|
|35|**GHC1035**|**GHC2035**|**GHC3035**|
|40|**GHC1040**|**GHC2040**|**GHC3040**|
|45|**GHC1045**|**GHC2045**|**GHC3045**|
|50|**GHC1050**|**GHC2050**|**GHC3050**|
|60|**GHC1060**|**GHC2060**|**GHC3060**|
|70|**GHC1070**|**GHC2070**|**GHC3070**|
|80|**GHC1080**|**GHC2080**|**GHC3080**|
|90|**GHC1090**|**GHC2090**|**GHC3090**|
|100|**GHC1100**|**GHC2100**|**GHC3100**|
## **Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**HGHC1015**5|
|20|**HGHC1020**5|
|25|**HGHC1025**|
|30|**HGHC1030**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only.
- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 ampere; 80 through 100 ampere devices are not suitable for DC application.
- 3 Uses 0.190–32 screw type clamp terminals.
- 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
- 5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-132**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-116 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-256 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-269 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306 2**
## **Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Product Description**
- 15–60 amperes, 277 V, These circuit breakers meet 50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489
- ● and UL 1053.
- Operational voltage 240–305 V
## **Product Selection**
**Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
|**Continuous**|**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHCGFEP1015**|
|20|**GHCGFEP1020**|
|30|**GHCGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHCGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHCGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHCGFEP1060**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**|
|GHCGFEP|1|14,000|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-133**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Special Purpose Circuit Breakers**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**<br>**V4-T2-269**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .<br>Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-270**<br>**V4-T2-273**|
|External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|
## **Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s Type GHC circuit breakers have binding head screw-type terminals on line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals (0.190–32) will be marked “Special purpose breaker not for general use.” To order this special breaker, use the catalog number from the tables on this page.
## **Product Selection**
**Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>25<br>30|**Number**<br>**GHC1025D**<br>**GHC1030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC2025D**<br>**GHC2030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC3025D**<br>**GHC3030D**|
|35|**GHC1035D**|**GHC2035D**|**GHC3035D**|
|40|**GHC1040D**|**GHC2040D**|**GHC3040D**|
|45|**GHC1045D**|**GHC2045D**|**GHC3045D**|
|50|**GHC1050D**|**GHC2050D**|**GHC3050D**|
|60|**GHC1060D**|**GHC2060D**|**GHC3060D**|
|70|**GHC1070D**|**GHC2070D**|**GHC3070D**|
|80|**GHC1080D**|**GHC2080D**|**GHC3080D**|
|90|**GHC1090D**|**GHC2090D**|**GHC3090D**|
|100|**GHC1100D**|**GHC2100D**|**GHC3100D**|
**Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications**
|||**277 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|
||**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|Cable-in|15|**GHC1015HID**|
||20|**GHC1020HID**|
|Bolt-on|15<br>20|**GHB1015HID**<br>**GHB1020HID**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application.
- 2 Use two outside poles.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-134**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Typical F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)||**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-136**||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-138**<br>**V4-T2-149**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-150**<br>**V4-T2-152**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**<br>**V4-T2-161**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**<br>**V4-T2-211**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton’s F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
- All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use
- All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-135**
2.3
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**
**==> picture [414 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FDC 3 100 L<br>Circuit Breaker Suffix<br>Type Number of Trip Amperes E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole<br>EHD Poles 010 EH = 50% protected (four-pole only)<br>FDB 1 = 1 pole 015 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>FD 2 = 2 poles 020 L = Line and load terminals<br>HFD 3 = 3 poles 025 S = Stainless steel terminals<br>FDC 4 = 4 poles 030 V = 50 °C calibration<br>035 W = Without terminals<br>040 Y = Line terminals only<br>045 Z = Aluminum terminals (≤100 amperes)<br>050<br>060<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>150<br>175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [283 x 108] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
EDC 3 200 L<br>Circuit Breaker Suffix<br>Type Number of Trip L = Line and load terminals<br>EDB Poles Amperes W = Without terminals<br>EDS 2 = 2 poles 100 Y = Line terminals only<br>ED 3 = 3 poles 125 Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)<br>EDH 150<br>EDC 175<br>200<br>225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-136**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 210+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**
**2**
**==> picture [344 x 75] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
HFDE 3 225 22 L<br>Performance at Trip Unit Features<br>480 Vac Number of Trip Units 21 = 210+ LI W = Without terminals<br>FDE = 35 kAIC Poles 100 22 = 210+ LSI L = Line and load terminals<br>HFDE = 65 kAIC 3 = 3 poles 150 Blank = Load side terminals only<br>FDCE = 100 kAIC 225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**
## **HFDE 3 225 32 ZG W**
**==> picture [408 x 92] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Performance at Features<br>480 Vac Number of W = Without terminals<br>FDE = 35 kAIC Poles Trip Units L = Line and load terminals<br>HFDE = 65 kAIC 3 = 3 poles 080 Trip Unit Trip Unit Features Blank = Load side terminals only<br>FDCE = 100 kAIC 160 32 = 310+ LSI ZG = Zone<br>225 33 = 310+ LS selective<br>35 = 310+ LSG interlocking<br>36 = 310+ LSIG Blank = No option<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-137**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
**Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**
||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**<br>**65 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**ED2015**|**ED3015**|
|20|**ED2020**|**ED3020**|
|25|**ED2025**|**ED3025**|
|30|**ED2030**|**ED3030**|
|35|**ED2035**|**ED3035**|
|40|**ED2040**|**ED3040**|
|50|**ED2050**|**ED3050**|
|60|**ED2060**|**ED3060**|
|100<br>125|**ED2100**<br>**ED2125**|**ED3100**<br>**ED3125**|
|150|**ED2150**|**ED3150**|
|175|**ED2175**|**ED3175**|
|200|**ED2200**|**ED3200**|
|225|**ED2225**|**ED3225**|
**Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**
||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**100 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30<br>35|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDH2100**|**EDH3100**|
|125|**EDH2125**|**EDH3125**|
|150<br>175|**EDH2150**<br>**EDH2175**|**EDH3150**<br>**EDH3175**|
|200|**EDH2200**|**EDH3200**|
|225|**EDH2225**|**EDH3225**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-138**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**
||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**200 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30|**—**|**—**|
|35|**—**|**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDC2100**|**EDC3100**|
|125|**EDC2125**|**EDC3125**|
|150|**EDC2150**|**EDC3150**|
|175|**EDC2175**|**EDC3175**|
|200|**EDC2200**|**EDC3200**|
|225|**EDC2225**|**EDC3225**|
**2**
**Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**
||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**22 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDB2100**|**EDB3100**|
|110|**EDB2110**|**EDB3110**|
|125|**EDB2125**|**EDB3125**|
|150|**EDB2150**|**EDB3150**|
|175|**EDB2175**|**EDB3175**|
|200|**EDB2200**|**EDB3200**|
|225|**EDB2225**|**EDB3225**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-139**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
**Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**
||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
|---|---|---|
||**42 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDS2100**|**EDS3100**|
|110|**EDS2110**|**EDS3110**|
|125<br>150|**EDS2125**<br>**EDS2150**|**EDS3125**<br>**EDS3150**|
|175|**EDS2175**|**EDS3175**|
|200|**EDS2200**|**EDS3200**|
|225|**EDS2225**|**EDS3225**|
## **Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**EHD1010**|**EHD2010**|**EHD3010**|
|15|**EHD1015**2|**EHD2015**|**EHD3015**|
|20|**EHD1020**2|**EHD2020**|**EHD3020**|
|25<br>30|**EHD1025**<br>**EHD1030**|**EHD2025**<br>**EHD2030**|**EHD3025**<br>**EHD3030**|
|35|**EHD1035**|**EHD2035**|**EHD3035**|
|40|**EHD1040**|**EHD2040**|**EHD3040**|
|45|**EHD1045**|**EHD2045**|**EHD3045**|
|50|**EHD1050**|**EHD2050**|**EHD3050**|
|60|**EHD1060**|**EHD2060**|**EHD3060**|
|70|**EHD1070**|**EHD2070**|**EHD3070**|
|80|**EHD1080**|**EHD2080**|**EHD3080**|
|90|**EHD1090**|**EHD2090**|**EHD3090**|
|100|**EHD1100**|**EHD2100**|**EHD3100**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating.
> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-140**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 600 Vac**|||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FDB2010**|**FDB3010**|**FDB4010**|
|15|**FDB2015**|**FDB3015**|**FDB4015**|
|20|**FDB2020**|**FDB3020**|**FDB4020**|
|25|**FDB2025**|**FDB3025**|**FDB4025**|
|30|**FDB2030**|**FDB3030**|**FDB4030**|
|35|**FDB2035**|**FDB3035**|**FDB4035**|
|40|**FDB2040**|**FDB3040**|**FDB4040**|
|45|**FDB2045**|**FDB3045**|**FDB4045**|
|50|**FDB2050**|**FDB3050**|**FDB4050**|
|60|**FDB2060**|**FDB3060**|**FDB4060**|
|70|**FDB2070**|**FDB3070**|**FDB4070**|
|80|**FDB2080**|**FDB3080**|**FDB4080**|
|90|**FDB2090**|**FDB3090**|**FDB4090**|
|100|**FDB2100**|**FDB3100**|**FDB4100**|
|110|**FDB2110**|**FDB3110**|**FDB4110**|
|125|**FDB2125**|**FDB3125**|**FDB4125**|
|150|**FDB2150**|**FDB3150**|**FDB4150**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating.
- 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-141**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**
**2**
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**35 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**600 Vac Maximum,**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FD1010**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|15<br>20|**FD1015**2<br>**FD1020**2|**FD2015**<br>**FD2020**|**FD3015**<br>**FD3020**|**FD4015**<br>**FD4020**|
|25|**FD1025**|**FD2025**|**FD3025**|**FD4025**|
|30|**FD1030**|**FD2030**|**FD3030**|**FD4030**|
|35|**FD1035**|**FD2035**|**FD3035**|**FD4035**|
|40<br>45|**FD1040**<br>**FD1045**|**FD2040**<br>**FD2045**|**FD3040**<br>**FD3045**|**FD4040**<br>**FD4045**|
|50|**FD1050**|**FD2050**|**FD3050**|**FD4050**|
|60|**FD1060**|**FD2060**|**FD3060**|**FD4060**|
|70|**FD1070**|**FD2070**|**FD3070**|**FD4070**|
|80|**FD1080**|**FD2080**|**FD3080**|**FD4080**|
|90|**FD1090**|**FD2090**|**FD3090**|**FD4090**|
|100<br>110|**FD1100**<br>**FD1110**|**FD2100**<br>**FD2110**|**FD3100**<br>**FD3110**|**FD4100**<br>**FD4110**|
|125|**FD1125**|**FD2125**|**FD3125**|**FD4125**|
|150|**FD1150**|**FD2150**|**FD3150**|**FD4150**|
|175|**—**|**FD2175**|**FD3175**|**FD4175**|
|200|**—**|**FD2200**|**FD3200**|**FD4200**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225**|**FD3225**|**FD4225**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating.
> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-142**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum,**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**65 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**HFD1015**1|**HFD2015**|**HFD3015**|**HFD4015**|
|20|**HFD1020**1|**HFD2020**|**HFD3020**|**HFD4020**|
|25|**HFD1025**|**HFD2025**|**HFD3025**|**HFD4025**|
|30|**HFD1030**|**HFD2030**|**HFD3030**|**HFD4030**|
|35|**HFD1035**|**HFD2035**|**HFD3035**|**HFD4035**|
|40|**HFD1040**|**HFD2040**|**HFD3040**|**HFD4040**|
|45|**HFD1045**|**HFD2045**|**HFD3045**|**HFD4045**|
|50|**HFD1050**|**HFD2050**|**HFD3050**|**HFD4050**|
|60|**HFD1060**|**HFD2060**|**HFD3060**|**HFD4060**|
|70|**HFD1070**|**HFD2070**|**HFD3070**|**HFD4070**|
|80|**HFD1080**|**HFD2080**|**HFD3080**|**HFD4080**|
|90|**HFD1090**|**HFD2090**|**HFD3090**|**HFD4090**|
|100|**HFD1100**|**HFD2100**|**HFD3100**|**HFD4100**|
|110|**HFD1110**|**HFD2110**|**HFD3110**|**HFD4110**|
|125|**HFD1125**|**HFD2125**|**HFD3125**|**HFD4125**|
|150|**HFD1150**|**HFD2150**|**HFD3150**|**HFD4150**|
|175|**—**|**HFD2175**|**HFD3175**|**HFD4175**|
|200|**—**|**HFD2200**|**HFD3200**|**HFD4200**|
|225|**—**|**HFD2225**|**HFD3225**|**HFD4225**|
**2**
## _**Note**_
> 1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-143**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
**Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**
**2**
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**FDC2015**|**FDC3015**|**FDC4015**|
|20|**FDC2020**|**FDC3020**|**FDC4020**|
|25|**FDC2025**|**FDC3025**|**FDC4025**|
|30|**FDC2030**|**FDC3030**|**FDC4030**|
|35|**FDC2035**|**FDC3035**|**FDC4035**|
|40|**FDC2040**|**FDC3040**|**FDC4040**|
|45<br>50|**FDC2045**<br>**FDC2050**|**FDC3045**<br>**FDC3050**|**FDC4045**<br>**FDC4050**|
|60|**FDC2060**|**FDC3060**|**FDC4060**|
|70|**FDC2070**|**FDC3070**|**FDC4070**|
|80|**FDC2080**|**FDC3080**|**FDC4080**|
|90|**FDC2090**|**FDC3090**|**FDC4090**|
|100|**FDC2100**|**FDC3100**|**FDC4100**|
|110<br>125|**FDC2110**<br>**FDC2125**|**FDC3110**<br>**FDC3125**|**FDC4110**<br>**FDC4125**|
|150|**FDC215**|**FDC3150**|**FDC4150**|
|175|**FDC2175**|**FDC3175**|**FDC4175**|
|200|**FDC2200**|**FDC3200**|**FDC4200**|
|225|**FDC2225**|**FDC3225**|**FDC4225**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-144**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
**Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE 310+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-151** .
||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit**|**Only**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**Optional**||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**LSI**<br>**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup and Delay**|**LSG**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault Protection**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral**<br>**CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDE308033**|**FDE308032**|**FDE308035**|**FDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDE316033**|**FDE316032**|**FDE316035**|**FDE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDE322533**|**FDE322532**|**FDE322535**|**FDE322536**|**CTF225**|
|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**HFDE308033**|**HFDE308032**|**HFDE308035**|**HFDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160<br>225|**HFDE316033**<br>**HFDE322533**|**HFDE316032**<br>**HFDE322532**|**HFDE316035**<br>**HFDE322535**|**HFDE316036**<br>**HFDE322536**|**CTF160**<br>**CTF225**|
|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDCE308033**|**FDCE308032**|**FDCE308035**|**FDCE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDCE316033**|**FDCE316032**|**FDCE316035**|**FDCE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDCE322533**|**FDCE322532**|**FDCE322535**|**FDCE322536**|**CTF225**|
**FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking**
**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
|**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers**<br>**with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective**<br>**Interlocking**|
|---|---|
|**Digitrip RMS 210+ Trip Unit Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**<br>**LI**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**LSI**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**and Delay**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**FDE310021**<br>**FDE310022**<br>150<br>**FDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**FDE322521**<br>**FDE322522**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**HFDE310021**<br>**HFDE310022**<br>150<br>**HFDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**HFDE322521**<br>**HFDE322522**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**2<br>100<br>**FDCE310021**<br>**FDCE310022**<br>150<br>**FDCE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**FDCE322521**<br>**FDCE322522**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**LSI w/ZSI**<br>**LSIG w/ZSI**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDE308032ZG**<br>**FDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDE316032ZG**<br>**FDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDE322532ZG**<br>**FDE322536ZG**|
||**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**HFDE308032ZG**<br>**HFDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**HFDE316032ZG**<br>**HFDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**HFDE322532ZG**<br>**HFDE322536ZG**|
||**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDCE308032ZG**<br>**FDCE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDCE316032ZG**<br>**FDCE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDCE322532ZG**<br>**FDCE322536ZG**|
||**Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings**|
||**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|
||**Type**<br>**Frame**<br>**Ratings**|
||FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>225<br>100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225|
||FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>160<br>60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160|
||FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>80<br>15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Frame**|**Ratings**|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|225|100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>FDE, HFDE, FDCE|160<br>80|60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160<br>15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80|
## **210+ Trip Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>FDE, HFDE, FDCE|**Frame**<br>225|**Ratings**<br>100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>FDE, HFDE, FDCE|150<br>100|70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150<br>40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For 210+ trip unit, 150 A not available with LSI trip unit; entire range is covered by 100 A and 225 A frames.
- 2 Contact the product line for availability.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-145**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
## **Molded Case Switches**
||**Complete Circuit Breaker with**<br>**Terminals Only**|**Load Side**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Catalog**||
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EHD2100K**|**FD2100K**|**HFD2100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD2150K**|**HFD2150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225K**|**HFD2225K**|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|100|**EHD3100K**|**FD3100K**|**HFD3100K**|
|150<br>225|**—**<br>**—**|**FD3150K**<br>**FD3225K**|**HFD3150K**<br>**HFD3225K**|
|**Four-Pole**||||
|100|**—**|**FD4100K**|**HFD4100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD4150K**|**HFD4150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD4225K**|**HFD4225K**|
## _**Note**_
Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-146**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only.
## _**Ordering Information**_
F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix **L** to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**2**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
||||||**Package of Three**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|||||**Terminals**|
|**Breaker**|**Terminal Body**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|20 (EHD)|Steel|Cu/AI|14–10|2.5–4|**3T20FB**2|
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|
|**Optional**|**Pressure Terminals**|||||
|50|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–4|2.5–25|**3TA50FB**2|
|100|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3TA100FD**|
|200|Stainless steel|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T150FB**|
|225|Copper|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T225FD**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK3**3|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK**3 4|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Use on FDE, HFDE and FDCE electronic trip only.
- 2 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers.
> 3 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only.
> 4 Replacement use only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-147**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Line and Load Terminals**
**==> picture [551 x 145] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>Collar<br>2 Collar<br>Nut<br>Screw<br>2 Clip<br>Conductor<br>2 Washer<br>Conductor<br>Conductor<br>2 Wire Clamp Screw Extrusion<br>3T20FB 3T100FB, 3T150FB 3TA225FD<br>2 Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar.<br>conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around<br>2 Caution: Collar must surround conductor. bottom of collar.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [507 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Conductor<br>Collar<br>Washer Washer<br>Conductor<br>Screw<br>Screw<br>3TA50FB 3TA100FD 3TA225FDK3 (Up to 150 mm [2] )<br>Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely<br>with screw and washer. and lockwasher. with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar. **Note:** For 185 mm[2] , use 3TA225FDK1. Same illustration for 3TA225FDK
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-148**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Accessories**
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
## **FD Frame Accessories**
|**FD Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Right**||**Three-Pole**1<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole)**||||||||||||
|Alarm lockout switch (make only)|**V4-T2-275**|■||||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-275**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-275**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-277**|||■|■||■|■|||■|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-277**|||■|■||■|■|||■|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-279**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-281**<br>**V4-T2-285**|||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■|||■|
|Undervoltage release mechanism<br>**External Accessories**|**V4-T2-287**|||■|■||■|■||||
|End cap kit<br>Keeper nut|**V4-T2-310**<br>**V4-T2-310**|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Control wire terminal kit<br>Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-311**<br>**V4-T2-312**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear fed terminals<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-312**<br>**V4-T2-312**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-314**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-315**||||●|●|●|||||
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-316**|■|■|||■|||■|||
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-316**|■|■|||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-317**|||■|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-317**||||■|||||||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-318**|||■|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**||||●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**||||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators|**V4-T2-320**||||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-321**<br>**V4-T2-323**|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-324**<br>**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●|●|●|●|
|LFD current limiter<br>IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-326**||●|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|||||
|Cause of trip display|**V4-T2-327**||||●|||●||||
|Remote mount cause of trip display|**V4-T2-327**||||●|||●||||
|Cause of trip LED|**V4-T2-327**||||●|||●||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Note**_
> 1 Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for field installation.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-149**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>4<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|FDE4|3<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—|
|HFD|1<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|HFDE4|3<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—|
|FDC5|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|
|FDCE456|3<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—|
## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)**
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**220, 240**<br>**380, 415**<br>**440**<br>**500**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>14<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>35<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|HFD|1<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>65<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|FDC|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|
|**210+ and 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**<br>**Description**<br>**210+**<br>**310+**<br>**Catalog**<br>**number**<br>Electronic portable test kit<br>■<br>■<br>**MTST230V**<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal<br>■<br>■<br>**5108A03H01**<br>External neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF080**<br>External neutral sensor (160 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF160**<br>External neutral sensor (225 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF225**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD080**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (160 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD160**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (225 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD225**<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>■<br>**TRIP-LED**<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module<br>■<br>**DIGIVIEW**<br>Remote-mount ammeter module<br>■<br>**DIGIVIEWR06**|**UL 489 Current Limiting Data**<br>**Frame**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Ip (kA)**<br>**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|
||FDC<br>240 V/200 kA<br>41.4<br>1.41|
||FDC<br>480 V/100 kA<br>38.9<br>2.50|
||FDC<br>600 V/35 kA<br>29.0<br>3.00|
||**_Notes_**<br>1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.<br>2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.<br>3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.<br>4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE.<br>5 Current limiting.<br>6 Check with Eaton for availability.<br>7 Neutral sensor required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired; sold separately.|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-150**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **FDE 210+ and 310+ Specifications**
## **FDE 310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**FDE 210+ Adjustability Specifications**<br>**Description**<br>**Digitrip RMS 210+**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker type**<br>Frame designation<br>FD<br>FD<br>Frames available<br>100 A, 150 A, 225 A<br>80 A, 160 A, 225 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>40–225 A<br>15–225 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>N/A<br>16–225 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>35, 65, 100<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LI, LSI<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>No<br>No<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>No<br>No<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>No<br>No<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>No<br>LSI, LSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>No<br>Yes<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No<br>No<br>Test kit available<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>**FD Frame**<br>**210+ settings**<br>**100 A**<br>**150 A**<br>**225 A**<br>Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)<br>Ir<br>A<br>40<br>70<br>100<br>B<br>50<br>80<br>110<br>C<br>60<br>90<br>125<br>D<br>70<br>100<br>150<br>E<br>80<br>110<br>175<br>F<br>90<br>125<br>200<br>G (= In)<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)<br>Ii<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J–2x<br>200<br>300<br>450<br>K–2.5x<br>250<br>375<br>565<br>L–3x<br>300<br>450<br>675<br>M–3.5x<br>350<br>525<br>790<br>N–4x<br>400<br>600<br>900<br>O–5x<br>500<br>750<br>1125<br>P–6x<br>600<br>900<br>1350<br>Q–8x<br>800<br>1200<br>1800<br>R–10x<br>1000<br>1500<br>2250<br>S–12x1<br>1200<br>1800<br>2400<br>Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)<br>2400<br>2400<br>2400<br>“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)<br>Isd/ tsd<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J<br>2x / 150<br>N/A<br>2x / 150<br>K<br>2x / 300<br>N/A<br>2x / 300<br>L<br>2x / I2t<br>N/A<br>2x / I2t<br>M<br>4x / Inst<br>N/A<br>4x / Inst<br>N<br>4x / 150<br>N/A<br>4x / 150<br>O<br>4x / I2t<br>N/A<br>4x / I2t<br>P<br>6x / Inst<br>N/A<br>6x / Inst<br>Q<br>6x / 300<br>N/A<br>6x / 300<br>R<br>10x / 150<br>N/A<br>10x / 150<br>S<br>10x / 300<br>N/A<br>10x / 300|**310+ Settings**|**FD Frame**<br>**80 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**225 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>15<br>60<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>70<br>110|
|||C<br>30<br>80<br>125|
|||D<br>40<br>90<br>150|
|||E<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||F<br>60<br>125<br>175|
|||G<br>70<br>150<br>200|
|||H (= In)<br>80<br>160<br>225|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
|Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= gound fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>16<br>32<br>45|
|||Position 2<br>24<br>48<br>67|
|||Position 3<br>32<br>64<br>90|
|||Position 4<br>48<br>96<br>135|
|||Position 5<br>64<br>128<br>180|
|||Position 6<br>80<br>160<br>225|
|Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)|||
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)|||
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|1|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)|2|
||**_Notes_**<br>1 Not available for FD. Independently adjustable Iisetting available in LG, NG and<br>RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.<br>2 Maintenance Mode not available for FD frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG<br>and RG.||
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-151**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **FD Frame**
|**FD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|1|1.38 (35.1)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|2|2.75 (70.0)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|3<br>4|4.13 (105.0)<br>5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
## **FD Frame, Three-Pole**
**==> picture [147 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>On<br>Off<br>6.00<br>(152.4)<br>4.13<br>(104.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [99 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>3.38<br>(85.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
## **FD Frame**
|**FD Frame**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number of Poles**<br>**1**<br>**2**||**3**|**4**|
|ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC|—|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|—|
|EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC|2 (0.9)|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|6 (2.7)|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|—|—|4.5 (2.0)|—|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-152**
2.3
Series C
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## **Typical J-Frame Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)|||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-154**<br>**V4-T2-155**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-158**<br>**V4-T2-159**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-160**<br>**V4-T2-161**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**<br>**V4-T2-211**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton’s J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
- J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers
- J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-153**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Circuit Breaker/Frame**
**==> picture [353 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JD 3 250 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number of Circuit Breaker/Frame C = Non-aluminum terminals<br>JDB Poles Ampere Rating F = Frame only<br>JD 2 = 2 poles 070 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HJD 3 = 3 poles 090 V = 50 °C calibration<br>JDC 4 = 4 poles 100 W = Without terminals<br>125 X = Load side terminals only<br>150 Y = Line side terminals only<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Trip Unit**
**==> picture [315 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 3 250 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>JT = Thermal-magnetic Number Trip Unit Rating/ T = Trip unit<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating thermal-magnetic<br>2 = 2 poles 070 fixed thermal<br>3 = 3 poles 090 adj. magnetic<br>4 = 4 poles 100 V = 50 °C calibration<br>125 (thermal-magnetic<br>150 trip units only)<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-154**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## **Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**
**2**
||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**||**Standard**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**Trip Unit Only**1<br>**For Use with Standard or**<br>**High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-157**<br>**for Optional**<br>**Terminals**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD2070**|**HJD2070**|**JDC2070**|**JT2070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90|**JD2090**|**HJD2090**|**JDC2090**|**JT2090T**||
|100<br>125|**JD2100**<br>**JD2125**|**HJD2100**<br>**HJD2125**|**JDC2100**<br>**JDC2125**|**JT2100T**<br>**JT2125T**||
|150|**JD2150**|**HJD2150**|**JDC2150**|**JT2150T**||
|175|**JD2175**|**HJD2175**|**JDC2175**|**JT2175T**||
|200|**JD2200**|**HJD2200**|**JDC2200**|**JT2200T**||
|225|**JD2225**|**HJD2225**|**JDC2225**|**JT2225T**||
|250|**JD2250**|**HJD2250**|**JDC2250**|**JT2250T**||
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD3070**|**HJD3070**|**JDC3070**|**JT3070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90<br>100|**JD3090**<br>**JD3100**|**HJD3090**<br>**HJD3100**|**JDC3090**<br>**JDC3100**|**JT3090T**<br>**JT3100T**||
|125|**JD3125**|**HJD3125**|**JDC3125**|**JT3125T**||
|150|**JD3150**|**HJD3150**|**JDC3150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD3175**|**HJD3175**|**JDC3175**|**JT3175T**||
|200|**JD3200**|**HJD3200**|**JDC3200**|**JT3200T**||
|225|**JD3225**|**HJD3225**|**JDC3225**|**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD3250**|**HJD3250**|**JDC3250**|**JT3250T**||
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|125|**JD4125**|**HJD4125**|**JDC4125**|**JT3125T**|**TA250KB**2|
|150|**JD4150**|**HJD4150**|**JDC4150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD4175**|**HJD4175**|**JDC4175**|**JT3175T**||
|200<br>225|**JD4200**<br>**JD4225**|**HJD4200**<br>**HJD4225**|**JDC4200**<br>**JDC4225**|**JT3200T**<br>**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD4250**|**HJD4250**|**JDC4250**|**JT3250T**||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating.
- 2 Individually packed.
- 3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection.
- 4 Neutral is in right pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-155**
2.3
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
**Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers— Frame Only**
|**Frame Only**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Number**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**JD2250F**|**HJD2250F**|**JDC2250F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**JD3250F**|**HJD3250F**|**JDC3250F**|
|**Four-Pole**<br>**JD4250F**|**HJD4250F**|**JDC4250F**|
**Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application**
|**Reverse Feed**|**Application**||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line and**|
|**Continuous**|**Load Terminals**|**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|70|**JDB2070W**|**JDB2070**|
|90|**JDB2090W**|**JDB2090**|
|100<br>125|**JDB2100W**<br>**JDB2125W**|**JDB2100**<br>**JDB2125**|
|150|**JDB2150W**|**JDB2150**|
|175|**JDB2175W**|**JDB2175**|
|200|**JDB2200W**|**JDB2200**|
|225|**JDB2225W**|**JDB2225**|
|250|**JDB2250W**|**JDB2250**|
|**Three-Pole**<br>70|**JDB3070W**|**JDB3070**|
|90|**JDB3090W**|**JDB3090**|
|100|**JDB3100W**|**JDB3100**|
|125|**JDB3125W**|**JDB3125**|
|150<br>175|**JDB3150W**<br>**JDB3175W**|**JDB3150**<br>**JDB3175**|
|200|**JDB3200W**|**JDB3200**|
|225|**JDB3225W**|**JDB3225**|
|250|**JDB3250W**|**JDB3250**|
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
## **Molded Case Switches**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminals Only**<br>**See PageV4-T2-157**<br>**for Optional Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without**<br>**Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|250|**JD2250KW**<br>**JDB2250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD2250KW**<br>**HJDB2250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|250|**JD3250KW**<br>**JDB3250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD3250KW**<br>**HJDB3250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|250|**JD4250KW**<br>**JDB4250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD4250KW**<br>**HJDB4250KW**<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Individually packed. Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-156**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165.
Unless otherwise specified, J- Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation.
The bottom of the standard TA250KB terminal contains a recess that is positioned over the J-Frame circuit breaker terminal conductor.
## _**Ordering Information**_
J-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper-only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**2**
**==> picture [243 x 96] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Collar<br>Slotted Nut Slotted<br>Screw Screw<br>T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal (Standard)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|**Optional**|**Cu Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Stainless Steel|Cu|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**T250KB**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-157**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **JD Frame Accessories**
|**JD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-,**<br>**Left**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-275**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-277**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-277**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-279**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-282**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-285**|■||■|■||■||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-289**|■||■|■||■||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-310**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug nut<br>Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-311**<br>**V4-T2-311**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-312**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-313**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-314**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-316**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-316**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-317**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-317**|❏||❏|||||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-318**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|||||
|Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-321**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-321**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-323**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-324**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-446**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-326**|●|●|●|||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-158**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JDB|2, 3|65|35|18|—|10|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|18|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|25|—|22|
|JDC3|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|—|22|
**2**
## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**380**|**415**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|35|—|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|22|
|JDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|22|
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JDC|240 V/200 kA|42.6|1.36|
|JDC|480 V/100 kA|40.0|3.00|
|JDC|600 V/35 kA|31.9|3.10|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
> 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.
> 3 Current limiting.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-159**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **JD Frame**
|**JD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>4.13 (105.0)|**Height**<br>10.00 (254.0)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (104.1)|
|4|5.50 (139.7)|10.00 (254.0)|4.06 (104.1)|
## **JD-Frame, Three-Pole**
**==> picture [411 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>Front View Cutout 4.13<br>(104.8)<br>1.56<br>(39.7)<br>0.34 R 0.78<br>(8.7 R) (19.8)<br>2.92<br>3.94 (74.2)<br>(100.0)<br>0.88 10.00 ON<br>(22.2) (254.0)<br>CL Breaker 3.33<br>0.72 (4.8) R0.19 R (84.5) OFF<br>(18.2)<br>1.38<br>0.50 (12.7)Diameter 2.75 (34.9)<br>3 Megger Holes (69.9)<br>1.75<br>if Required 3.50 (44.5)<br>(88.9)<br>4.06<br>(103.2)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **JD Frame**
|**JD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|JDB|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|JD|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|13.25 (6.0)|9.00 (4.1)|10.00 (4.5)|10.50 (4.8)|2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)|
|HJD<br>JDC|11.25 (5.1)<br>12.25 (5.6)|12.50 (5.7)<br>13.50 (6.1)|13.25 (6.0)<br>14.25 (6.5)|9.00 (4.1)<br>10.00 (4.5)|10.00 (4.5)<br>11.00 (5.0)|10.50 (4.8)<br>11.50 (5.2)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)<br>2.25 (1.0)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-160**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-162**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-164**<br>**V4-T2-180**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-181**<br>**V4-T2-184**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**<br>**V4-T2-211**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton K-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
- K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers
- K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-161**
2.3
Series C
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## _**K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_
**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frames**[1]
**==> picture [354 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KD 3 400 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>DK of Poles Frame Ampere E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic<br>KD 2 = Two-pole Rating trip unit circuit breaker only)<br>KDB 3 = Three-pole 100 F = Frame only (400 A only)<br>HKD 4 = Four-pole 125 K = High-magnetic molded-case switch<br>KDC 150 V = 50 ° calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>175 W = Without terminals<br>200 X = Load terminals only<br>225 Y = Line side terminals only<br>250 Blank = Standard load and line side terminals<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1]
**==> picture [271 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KT 3 400 F<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>KT = Thermal-magnetic Number Circuit Breaker/ T = Trip unit only<br>of Poles Frame Ampere<br>2 = Two-pole Rating<br>3 = Three-pole 100<br>4 = Four-pole 125<br>150<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** or **HKD3400F** .
Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-162**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_[1]
## **310+ Circuit Breakers**[2]
**2**
**==> picture [454 x 157] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W<br>Performance at Terminals<br>480 Vac Number Feature W = No terminals<br>KDB = 35 kAIC of Poles Ampere Rating Blank = No feature L = Line and load<br>HKDB = 65 kAIC 3 = Three-pole 125 Frame Designation B20 = High load alarm<br>CKDB = 35 kAIC 250 F B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>100% rated 400 B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>CHKDB = 65 kAIC ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>100% rated<br>Trip Unit<br>T33 = 310+ Electronic LS<br>T32 = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>T35 = 310+ Electronic LSG<br>T36 = 310+ Electronic LSIG<br>T38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode<br>T39 = 310+ Electronic ALSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[3]
**==> picture [115 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KES 3 400 LSIG ZG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Trip Unit Type Feature KES Number Blank** = No feature **of Poles Ampere Rating B20** = High load alarm **3** = Three-pole **125 Trip Unit B21** = Ground fault alarm, with trip[2] **4** = Four-pole **250 LS** = 310+ Electronic LS **B22** = Ground fault alarm, no trip[2] **400 LSI** = 310+ Electronic LSI **ZG** = Zone selective interlocking **LSG** = 310+ Electronic LSG[2] **LSIG** = 310+ Electronic LSIG[2] **ALSI** = 310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode **ALSIG** = 310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode[2]
## _**K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology**_
## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers**
|||||**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**|||**Trip Model**|||**Trip Type**|**W**= Without terminals||
|**KD**<br>**HKD**<br>**KDC**<br>**CKD**<br>**CHKD**|||||**T5** = Model 550<br>**T10**= Model 1050|||**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|||**3**= Three-pole|||||||||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Cannot combine ‘B2X’ suffixes with ‘B2X’ suffixes.
- 2 Not available in four-pole configurations.
- 3 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** , **HKD3400F** , etc.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-163**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**1||
||**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**||**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**For Use with Standard**<br>**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**<br>**Catalog**|**See Page V4-T2-179 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD2100**|**HKD2100**|**KDC2100**|**KT2100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD2125**|**HKD2125**|**KDC2125**|**KT2125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150<br>175|**KD2150**<br>**KD2175**|**HKD2150**<br>**HKD2175**|**KDC2150**<br>**KDC2175**|**KT2150T**<br>**KT2175T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD2200**|**HKD2200**|**KDC2200**|**KT2200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD2225**|**HKD2225**|**KDC2225**|**KT2225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD2250**|**HKD2250**|**KDC2250**|**KT2250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD2300**|**HKD2300**|**KDC2300**|**KT2300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD2350**|**HKD2350**|**KDC2350**|**KT2350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD2400**|**HKD2400**|**KDC2400**|**KT2400T**|**2TA400K**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD3100**|**HKD3100**|**KDC3100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD3125**|**HKD3125**|**KDC3125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150|**KD3150**|**HKD3150**|**KDC3150**|**KT3150T**|**TA300K**2|
|175<br>200|**KD3175**<br>**KD3200**|**HKD3175**<br>**HKD3200**|**KDC3175**<br>**KDC3200**|**KT3175T**<br>**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD3225**|**HKD3225**|**KDC3225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD3250**|**HKD3250**|**KDC3250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD3300**|**HKD3300**|**KDC3300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD3350**|**HKD3350**|**KDC3350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD3400**|**HKD3400**|**KDC3400**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**3|
|**Four-Pole**<br>100|**KD4100**|**HKD4100**|**KDC4100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD4125**|**HKD4125**|**KDC4125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|175|**KD4175**|**HKD4175**|**KDC4175**|**KT3175T**|**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD4200**|**HKD4200**|**KDC4200**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD4225**|**HKD4225**|**KDC4225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD4250**|**HKD4250**|**KDC4250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD4300**|**HKD4300**|**KDC4300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD4350**|**HKD4350**|**KDC4350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD4400**|**HKD4400**|**KDC4400**|**KT3400T**|**4TA400K**3|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating.
> 2 Individually packed.
> 3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-164**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only**
|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|**KD2400F**|**HKD2400F**|**KDC2400F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|
**2**
## _**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole**
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**<br>**Interrupting**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|||**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|||
||**Capacity**|**Capacity**|**Limiting**|**Adjustable**|**Independently**|**Pickup with**|**Short Time**|||
|**Max.**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**I2t Short**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Pickup and**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-179**|
|400|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||
**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Four-Pole**[45]
|**Types K**|**D, HKD and KDC Electro**|**D, HKD and KDC Electro**|**nic Circuit B**|**reakers with Interchangeab**|**reakers with Interchangeab**|**le 310+ Trip**|**nits—Four-Pol**|**e**45||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**High**||**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Options**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**||**LSG**<br>**Adjustable**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently**|||
|**Max.**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Current**<br>**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4125LS**|**KES4125LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4250LS**|**KES4250LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**V4-T2-179**|
|400|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4400LS**|**KES4400LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For AC use only.
- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units.
- 4 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required.
- 5 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix **E** to four-pole trip unit catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-165**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
**Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**KDB3125FT33W**|**KDB3125FT32W**|**KDB3125FT35W**|**KDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|3|**KDB3250FT33W**|**KDB3250FT32W**|**KDB3250FT35W**|**KDB3250FT36W**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-180**|
|400|3|**KDB3400FT33W**|**KDB3400FT32W**|**KDB3400FT35W**|**KDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT400**||
**Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**HKDB3125FT33W**|**HKDB3125FT32W**|**HKDB3125FT35W**|**HKDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250<br>400|3<br>3|**HKDB3250FT33W**<br>**HKDB3400FT33W**|**HKDB3250FT32W**<br>**HKDB3400FT32W**|**HKDB3250FT35W**<br>**HKDB3400FT35W**|**HKDB3250FT36W**<br>**HKDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|**V4-T2-180**|
## _**100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers**_
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units.
**100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers—Three-Pole**
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**|**Options**|||||
||||||**Adjustable**|**Independently**|||
||**Standard**|**High**|||**Short Time**|**Adjustable**|||
|**Maximum**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>125|**Catalog Number**<br>**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT125**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|250|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-179**|
|400|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For AC use only.
> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-166**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**_
Suitable for reverse feed application.
**2**
## **Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**|||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Line**|**With Standard Line and**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100<br>125|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB2100W**<br>**KDB2125W**|**KDB2100**<br>**KDB2125**|
|150|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2150W**|**KDB2150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2175W**|**KDB2175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2200W**|**KDB2200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2225W**|**KDB2225**|
|250|**DK2250W**|**DK2250Y**|**DK2250**|**KDB2250W**|**KDB2250**|
|300<br>350|**DK2300W**<br>**DK2350W**|**DK2300Y**<br>**DK2350Y**|**DK2300**<br>**DK2350**|**KDB2300W**<br>**KDB2350W**|**KDB2300**<br>**KDB2350**|
|400|**DK2400W**|**DK2400Y**|**DK2400**|**KDB2400W**|**KDB2400**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3100W**|**KDB3100**|
|125<br>150|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB3125W**<br>**KDB3150W**|**KDB3125**<br>**KDB3150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3175W**|**KDB3175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3200W**|**KDB3200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3225W**|**KDB3225**|
|250|**DK3250W**|**DK3250Y**|**DK3250**|**KDB3250W**|**KDB3250**|
|300|**DK3300W**|**DK3300Y**|**DK3300**|**KDB3300W**|**KDB3300**|
|350<br>400|**DK3350W**<br>**DK3400W**|**DK3350Y**<br>**DK3400Y**|**DK3350**<br>**DK3400**|**KDB3350W**<br>**KDB3400W**|**KDB3350**<br>**KDB3400**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-167**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
## **Molded Case Switches**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals. Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|400|**DK2400K**<br>**KD2400K**<br>**KDB2400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD2400K**<br>**HKDB2400K**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|400|**DK3400K**<br>**KD3400K**<br>**KDB3400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD3400K**<br>**HKDB3400K**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|400|**—**<br>**KD4400K**<br>**KDB4400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD4400K**<br>**HKDB4400K**|
## _**Note**_
Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-168**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
**2**
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**➀<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T52W**<br>**KD3125T56W**<br>**KD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T52W**<br>**KD3250T56W**<br>**KD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T52W**<br>**KD3400T56W**<br>**KD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-169**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T52W**<br>**HKD3125T56W**<br>**HKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T52W**<br>**HKD3250T56W**<br>**HKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T52W**<br>**HKD3400T56W**<br>**HKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-170**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KDC3125T52W**<br>**KDC3125T56W**<br>**KDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KDC3250T52W**<br>**KDC3250T56W**<br>**KDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KDC3400T52W**<br>**KDC3400T56W**<br>**KDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-171**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
**2**
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T106W**<br>**KD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T106W**<br>**KD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T106W**<br>**KD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A22**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-172**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T106W**<br>**HKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T106W**<br>**HKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T106W**<br>**HKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-173**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp ecoc cu ees w ecgee g ug, coue**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**KDC3125T106W**<br>**KDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
|||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
|||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
||250<br>**KDC3250T106W**<br>**KDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
||400<br>**KDC3400T106W**<br>**KDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-174**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
**2**
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CKD3125T52W**<br>**CKD3125T56W**<br>**CKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CKD3250T52W**<br>**CKD3250T56W**<br>**CKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CKD3400T52W**<br>**CKD3400T56W**<br>**CKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number (refer to **Page V4-T2-293** ).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-175**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T52W**<br>**CHKD3125T56W**<br>**CHKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T52W**<br>**CHKD3250T56W**<br>**CHKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T52W**<br>**CHKD3400T56W**<br>**CHKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-176**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
|**_100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug_**<br>Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>70<br>**ORPK125A70**<br>90<br>**ORPK125A90**<br>100<br>**ORPK125A100**<br>110<br>**ORPK125A110**<br>125<br>**ORPK125A125**<br>125<br>**ORPK025A125**<br>150<br>**ORPK025A150**<br>175<br>**ORPK025A175**<br>200<br>**ORPK025A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK025A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK025A250**<br>200<br>**ORPK40A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK40A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK40A250**<br>300<br>**ORPK40A300**<br>350<br>**ORPK40A350**<br>400<br>**ORPK40A400**|**2**|
|||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
|125<br>**CKD3125T106W**<br>**CKD3125T107W**|||
|250<br>**CKD3250T106W**<br>**CKD3250T107W**|||
|400<br>**CKD3400T106W**<br>**CKD3400T107W**|||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-177**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T106W**<br>**CHKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T106W**<br>**CHKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T106W**<br>**CHKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-178**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide**
## _**Ordering Information**_
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, K-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation.
Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards
K-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**==> picture [56 x 85] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [57 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [221 x 52] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [55 x 36] intentionally omitted <==**
Tab is 1/4 x.032 **TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA402K, T402K TA401KCW**
**2**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Line and Load Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/No.**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Terminal**<br>**Terminals with**<br>**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||
|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**TA300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**TA350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2TA400K**23<br>**2TA400KCW**23|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**3TA400K**24<br>**3TA400KCW**24|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**4TA400K**56<br>**4TA400KCW**56|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||
|225<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**T300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**T350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2T400K**3<br>**2T400KCW**23<br>**3T400K**4<br>**3T400KCW**24<br>**4T400K**5<br>**4T400KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>or<br>2/0–500 (1)|70–120|**2TA401K**23<br>**2TA401KCW**23|
||70–240|**3TA401K**24<br>**3TA401KCW**24|
||70–240|**4TA401K**56<br>**4TA401KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)|300–400|**2TA402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3TA402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4TA402K**56<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>500–750 (1)|—|**2T402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3T402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4T402K**56<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Individually packed.
- 2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
- 3 Two-pole kit.
- 4 Three-pole kit.
- 5 Four-pole kit.
- 6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-179**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Accessories**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **KD Frame Accessories**
|**KD Frame Accessories**|||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**|1<br>**Right**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-276**||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)<br>Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-276**<br>**V4-T2-278**||■|❏<br>■||❏<br>■|■<br>■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-278**|||■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-278**|||■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-279**|||❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Shunt trip—standard2|**V4-T2-282**||■|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-285**|||■||■|■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-290**||■|■||■|■||||
|PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-293**|||||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-310**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Keeper nut<br>Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-310**<br>**V4-T2-311**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal adapter<br>Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-311**<br>**V4-T2-312**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear fed terminals<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-312**<br>**V4-T2-313**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields<br>Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-315**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Non-padlockable handle block<br>Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-316**<br>**V4-T2-316**|■|||■<br>■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-317**<br>**V4-T2-317**|❏|■<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏||❏||
|Key Interlock kit|**V4-T2-318**|■|❏|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|||●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-320**|||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-321**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-323**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-324**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-446**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|IQ Energy Sentinel<br>Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-326**|●|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**<br>Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-327**||||||||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-327**<br>**V4-T2-327**||||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**<br>Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-116**<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
- ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
- Accessory available/modification available
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
- 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-180**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**2|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor, 400 A|**LGFCT400**3|
|External neutral sensor, 250 A|**LGFCT250**3|
|External neutral sensor, 125 A|**LGFCT125**3|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**4|
**2**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|22|
|KDC7|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|22|
|CKD|3|65|—|35|25|—|
|CHKD|3|100|—|65|35|—|
## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**380**|**415**|**440**|**500**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|—|22|
|KDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|—|22|
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|KDC|240 V/200 kA|56.00|2.30|
|KDC|480 V/100 kA|53.30|5.60|
|KDC|600 V/50 kA|43.40|5.40|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
- 2 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac.
> 3 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers.
- 4 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated.
- 5 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
- 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.
- 7 Current limiting.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-181**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **310+ Specifications**
## **310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**310+ Specifications**|**310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame<br>K<br>Frames available<br>125 A, 250 A, 400 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>55–400 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>50–400 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm, trip (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG)1<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**310+ Settings**|**K-Frame**<br>**125A**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or<br>long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir \ In|
|||A (=Ir)<br>55<br>100<br>160|
|||B (=Ir)<br>60<br>125<br>200|
|||C (=Ir)<br>70<br>150<br>225|
|||D (=Ir)<br>80<br>160<br>250|
|||E (=Ir)<br>90<br>175<br>300|
|||F (=Ir)<br>100<br>200<br>315|
|||G (=Ir)<br>110<br>225<br>350|
|||H (=Ir=In)<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir)= short delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In)= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>25<br>50<br>80|
|||Position 2<br>37.5<br>75<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||Position 4<br>75<br>150<br>240|
|||Position 5<br>100<br>200<br>320|
|||Position 6<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>312<br>625<br>1000|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
- 2 Not available for KD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
**V4-T2-182 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Specifications**
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|K|K|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|125–400 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|35, 65, 100 (kA)|35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.4–1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**|||
|Short delay pickup|150–800% x (Ir)|150–800% x (Ir)|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup|200–800% x (In)|200–800% x (In)|
|Discriminator|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|
**2**
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Zone interlock kit.
- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-183**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **KD Frame**
|**KD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3<br>4|5.50 (149.7)<br>7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)<br>10.13 (257.3)|4.10 (104.1)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
## **KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole**
**==> picture [136 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout<br>0.34 R<br>(8.7 R)<br>3.75<br>(95.3)<br>CL Handle<br>0.83<br>(21.0) 1.64<br>0.19 R (41.7)<br>(4.8 R)<br>1.25<br>(31.8)<br>1.31<br>(33.3)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>2.39<br>4.78 (60.7)<br>(121.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [227 x 216] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front View<br>4.31<br>5.49 (109.6)<br>(139.4)<br>ON<br>10.13<br>(257.2)<br>OFF<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
**KD Frame**
||**Complete Breaker**||**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|||||||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|DK|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|—|—|—|—|
|KDB<br>KD|10.0 (4.5)<br>10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)<br>11.5 (5.2)|—<br>7.5 (3.4)|—<br>8.5 (3.9)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|
|HKD, HKDB|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|
|KDC|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-184**
2.3
Series C
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## **Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)|||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-186**<br>**V4-T2-188**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**<br>**V4-T2-206**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-210**<br>**V4-T2-211**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-237**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
## **Standards and Certifications**
- CE marked
- L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers
- L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-185**
2.3
Series C
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## _**LD-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_
**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame**[1]
**==> picture [354 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 600 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>LDB of Poles Frame Ampere F = Frame only (600 A only)<br>LD 2 = Two-pole Rating K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HLD 3 = Three-pole 300 V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>LDC 4 = Four-pole 350 W = Without terminals<br>CLD 400 X = Load side terminals only<br>CHLD 450 Y = Line side terminals only<br>CLDC 500<br> 600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1]
**==> picture [358 x 107] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LT 3 400 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>LT = Thermal-magnetic Number Trip Unit Rating/Plug T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal<br>of Poles Ampere Rating adjustable magnetic<br>2 = Two-pole 300 V = 50 °C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3 = Three-pole 350<br>4 = Four-pole 400<br>450<br>500<br>600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Note**_
> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-186**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**LD-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_
## **310+ Circuit Breakers**
**==> picture [470 x 142] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LDB 3 600 F T36 B22ZG W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number Terminals<br>LDB = 35 kAIC of Poles W = No terminals<br>HLDB = 65 kAIC 3 = Three-pole<br>LDCB = 100 kAIC 4 = Four-pole<br>CLDB = 35 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>CHLDB = 65 kAIC, 100% rated T33 = 310+ Electronic LS Blank = No feature<br>CLDCB = 100 kAIC, 100% rated Amperes T32 = 310+ Electronic LSI B20 = High load alarm<br>600 T35 = 310+ Electronic LSG [1] B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip [1]<br>T36 = 310+ Electronic LSIG [1] B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip [1]<br>T38 = 310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>Designation T39 = 310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode [1]<br>F<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[2]
## **LES 3 600 LSIG B22ZG**
**==> picture [474 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Unit Type Features<br>LES Number Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 = High load alarm<br>3 = Three-pole Amperes LSI = 310+ Electronic LSI B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip [1]<br>4 = Four-pole 600 LSG = 310+ Electronic LSG [1] B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip [1]<br>LSIG = 310+ Electronic LSIG [1] ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI = 310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG = 310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**LD-Frame with OPTIM Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_
## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers**
**==> picture [103 x 12] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 125 T5 7 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [435 x 101] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Trip Type W = Without terminals<br>LD of Poles Circuit Breaker/ 2 = LSI (550 only)<br>HLD 3 = Three-pole Frame Ampere Rating 6 = LSIG<br>LDC 125 (Available on Model 1050 only) 7 = LSIA<br>CLD 250 (Available on Model 1050 only)<br>CHLD 400 Trip Model<br>CLDC 600<br>T5 = Model 550<br>T10 = Model 1050<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Not available in four-pole configurations.
- 2 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-187**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting**|**Ultra High Interrupting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting of**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**For Use with Standard**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Frame, Trip Unit and**<br>**Terminals**|**Circuit Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page V4-T2-203 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD2300**|**HLD2300**|**LDC2300**|**LT2300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD2350**|**HLD2350**|**LDC2350**|**LT2350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD2400**|**HLD2400**|**LDC2400**|**LT2400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD2450**<br>**LD2500**|**HLD2450**<br>**HLD2500**|**LDC2450**<br>**LDC2500**|**LT2450T**<br>**LT2500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD2600**|**HLD2600**|**LDC2600**|**LT2600T**|**2TA603LDK**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD3300**|**HLD3300**|**LDC3300**|**LT3300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD3350**|**HLD3350**|**LDC3350**|**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD3400**|**HLD3400**|**LDC3400**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD3450**<br>**LD3500**|**HLD3450**<br>**HLD3500**|**LDC3450**<br>**LDC3500**|**LT3450T**<br>**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD3600**|**HLD3600**|**LDC3600**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**3|
|**Four-Pole**4||||||
|300|**LD4300**|**HLD4300**|**LDC4300**|**LT4300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350<br>400|**LD4350**<br>**LD4400**|**HLD4350**<br>**HLD4400**|**LDC4350**<br>**LDC4400**|**LT4350T**<br>**LT4400T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|450|**LD4450**|**HLD4450**|**LDC4450**|**LT4450T**|**TA602LD**2|
|500|**LD4500**|**HLD4500**|**LDC4500**|**LT4500T**|**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD4600**|**HLD4600**|**LDC4600**|**LT4600T**|**4TA603LDK**3|
## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only**
|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**Capacity 600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>**LD2600F**|**HLD2600F**|**LDC2600F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Magnetic trip range 5–10 times continuous ampere rating.
> 2 Individually packed.
> 3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
> 4 Neutral is in right pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-188**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Ultra High**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|**Adjustable**||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|**Terminal**<br>**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|**Four-Pole**4|||||||||**V4-T2-180**|
|600|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|**LES4600LS**|**LES4600LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-180**|
## _**Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**_
See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Less Terminals Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**
|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**<br>**Standard**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>600|**of Poles**<br>**3**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LDB3600FT33W**|**LDB3600FT32W**|**LDB3600FT35W**|**LDB3600FT36W**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT600**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|600|**3**|**HLDB3600FT33W**|**HLDB3600FT32W**|**HLDB3600FT35W**|**HLDB3600FT36W**||**V4-T2-180**|
|600|**3**|**LDCB3600FT33W**|**LDCB3600FT32W**|**LDCB3600FT35W**|**LDCB3600FT36W**|||
## _**100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-182** .
## **100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with 310+ Interchangeable Trip Units**
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+**|**Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity Current**<br>**Limiting 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**CLD3600F**|**CHLD3600F**|**CLDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-180**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For AC use only.
- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units.
- 4 Neutral is in right pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-189**
2.3
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
**Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]
|**Non-Intercha**|**ngeable Trip Units** 1||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Without Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**|**With Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB2300W**|**LDB2300**|
|350<br>400|**LDB2350W**<br>**LDB2400W**|**LDB2350**<br>**LDB2400**|
|450|**LDB2450W**|**LDB2450**|
|500|**LDB2500W**|**LDB2500**|
|600|**LDB2600W**|**LDB2600**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB3300W**|**LDB3300**|
|350|**LDB3350W**|**LDB3350**|
|400|**LDB3400W**|**LDB3400**|
|450|**LDB3450W**|**LDB3450**|
|500|**LDB3500W**|**LDB3500**|
|600|**LDB3600W**|**LDB3600**|
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
## **Molded Case Switches**
|**Molded Case**|**Switches**||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**|**Circuit Breaker Only**||
|**Continuous**|**without Line and Load**|**See Page V4-T2-203 for**|
|**Ampere**|**Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|600|**LD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB2600WK**1|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|600|**LD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB3600WK**1|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|600|**LD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB4600WK**1|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Factory sealed—suitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-190**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
**2**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T52W**<br>**LD3125T56W**<br>**LD3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T52W**<br>**LD3250T56W**<br>**LD3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T52W**<br>**LD3400T56W**<br>**LD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T52W**<br>**LD3600T56W**<br>**LD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-191**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T52W**<br>**HLD3125T56W**<br>**HLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T52W**<br>**HLD3250T56W**<br>**HLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T52W**<br>**HLD3400T56W**<br>**HLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T52W**<br>**HLD3600T56W**<br>**HLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-192**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LDC3125T52W**<br>**LDC3125T56W**<br>**LDC3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LDC3250T52W**<br>**LDC3250T56W**<br>**LDC3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LDC3400T52W**<br>**LDC3400T56W**<br>**LDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LDC3600T52W**<br>**LDC3600T56W**<br>**LDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-193**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
**2**
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T106W**<br>**LD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T106W**<br>**LD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T106W**<br>**LD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T106W**<br>**LD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
- 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-194**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T106W**<br>**HLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T106W**<br>**HLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T106W**<br>**HLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T106W**<br>**HLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
- 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-195**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp ecoc cu ee w ecgee g ug, cou**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**LDC3125T106W**<br>**LDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
|||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
|||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||250<br>**LDC3250T106W**<br>**LDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
||400<br>**LDC3400T106W**<br>**LDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
||600<br>**LDC3600T106W**<br>**LDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
|||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
|||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
> 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-196**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
**2**
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T52W**<br>**CLD3125T56W**<br>**CLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T52W**<br>**CLD3250T56W**<br>**CLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T52W**<br>**CLD3400T56W**<br>**CLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T52W**<br>**CLD3600T56W**<br>**CLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-197**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T52W**<br>**CHLD3125T56W**<br>**CHLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T52W**<br>**CHLD3250T56W**<br>**CHLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T52W**<br>**CHLD3400T56W**<br>**CHLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T52W**<br>**CHLD3600T56W**<br>**CHLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-198**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T52W**<br>**CLDC3125T56W**<br>**CLDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T52W**<br>**CLDC3250T56W**<br>**CLDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T52W**<br>**CLDC3400T56W**<br>**CLDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T52W**<br>**CLDC3600T56W**<br>**CLDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-199**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**
**2**
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T106W**<br>**CLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T106W**<br>**CLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T106W**<br>**CLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T106W**<br>**CLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
> 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-200**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T106W**<br>**CHLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T106W**<br>**CHLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T106W**<br>**CHLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T106W**<br>**CHLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
- 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-201**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T106W**<br>**CLDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T106W**<br>**CLDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T106W**<br>**CLDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T106W**<br>**CLDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
> 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-202**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified,
L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation.
The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit
breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker.
## _**Ordering Information**_
L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**2**
## **Terminals**
**==> picture [259 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
TA401LD or TA603LD<br>Terminal (Step-Type<br>Terminal Requires<br>Terminal Cover and Pan-Head Screws<br>Warning Label. and Lockwashers TA450LD or TA602LD or<br>T602LD Terminal<br>See Inset.)<br>. > 2<br>eSAG Seen<br>et “6<br>eee ~<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Line Terminal Cover<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [197 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Pan-Head Screws and<br>Lockwashers (Installed<br>before Cable Clamping<br>Screws)<br>Terminal Cover<br>BS<br>abyee<br>IC S Warning Label<br>Retainer<br>( al Screws<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Line and Load Terminals**
||||||||**Terminals with**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/Number**|**Metric Wire**|**Terminal**|**Catalog**|**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Type**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||**of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Poles**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Two-pole kit1|**2TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Three-pole kit1|**3TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Four-pole kit1|**4TA401LDK**|**—**|
|450|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0 (2)|25–95|2|**TA450LD**|**—**|
|500|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–350 (2)|95–150|2|**TA602LD**|**TA602LDCW**|
|600<br>600|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|400–500 (2)<br>400–500 (2)|185–240<br>185–240|Two-pole kit1<br>Three-pole kit1|**2TA603LDK**<br>**3TA603LDK**|**2TA603LDKCW**<br>**3TA603LDKCW**|
|600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|400–500 (2)|185–240|Four-pole kit1|**4TA603LDK**|**4TA603LDKCW**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|600|Copper|Cu|250–350 (2)|120–250|2|**T602LD**|**T602LDCW**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
> 2 Individually packed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-203**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **LD Frame Accessories**
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**3|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-276**|■||■|■||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-276**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-278**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)<br>Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-278**<br>**V4-T2-278**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-280**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-280**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—standard4|**V4-T2-282**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy4<br>Undervoltage release mechanism4|**V4-T2-285**<br>**V4-T2-291**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-293**|||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-310**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-311**<br>**V4-T2-313**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-315**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-316**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-317**<br>**V4-T2-318**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-320**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-322**<br>**V4-T2-323**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-324**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-446**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-326**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
> 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
> 3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories.
> 4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-204**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **LD Frame Accessories, continued**
|**LD Frame Accessories, continued**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-326**||||||||
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-326**||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-327**||||||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-327**<br>**V4-T2-327**||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers<br>Marine/naval application|—<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
**2**
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
- Accessory available/modification available
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**3|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**4|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**5|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
- 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
- 3 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac.
> 4 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers.
> 5 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-205**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1]
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**rms Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**277**||**480**|**600**|**Volts DC**<br>**125**|**250**23|
|LDB|2, 3|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|LD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|CLD4|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|—|
|HLD, HLDB<br>CHLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|100<br>100|—<br>—|65<br>65|35<br>35|—<br>—|25<br>—|
|LDC, LDCB5|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|30|
|CLDC45|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|—|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1]
|||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**415**||**690**||**Volts DC**<br>**250**23||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LDB|2, 3|85|85|45|45|20|10|20|10|
|LD<br>CLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|85<br>85|85<br>85|45<br>45|45<br>45|20<br>20|10<br>10|20<br>—|10<br>—|
|HLD, HLDB|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|20|10|
|CHLD4|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|—|—|
|LDC, LDCB|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|20|10|
|CLDC4|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|—|—|
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|LDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|LDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
- 2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum.
- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
- 4 100% rated breakers.
> 5 Current limiting.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-206**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **310+ Specifications**
|**310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LD|
|Frames available|600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|250–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|120–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System|Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG|
|(or Maintenance Mode)||
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)1|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|
## **310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**LD Frame**<br>**Specification**|
|310+ settings|600 A|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
||A<br>250|
||B<br>300|
||C<br>315|
||D<br>350|
||E<br>400|
||F<br>450|
||G<br>500|
||H (= In)<br>600|
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2|
||4<br>4|
||7<br>7|
||10<br>10|
||12<br>12|
||15<br>15|
||20<br>20|
||24<br>24|
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x|
||Position 2<br>3x|
||Position 3<br>4x|
||Position 4<br>5x|
||Position 5<br>6x|
||Position 6<br>7x|
||Position 7<br>8x|
||Position 8<br>8x|
||Position 9<br>8x|
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300|
|Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>120|
||Position 2<br>180|
||Position 3<br>240|
||Position 4<br>360|
||Position 5<br>480|
||Position 6<br>600|
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300|
|Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
|Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>1500|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
- 2 Not available for LD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-207**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications**
|**Digitrip OPTIM Specifications**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|L|L|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
(A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
## _**Note**_
- 1 Zone interlock kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-208**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications, continued**
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|
**2**
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
- (A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Zone interlock kit.
- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-209**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **LD Frame**
|**LD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>8.25 (209.6)|**Height**<br>10.75 (273.1)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|4|11.00 (279.4)|10.75 (273.1)|4.06 (103.1)|
## **LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole**
**==> picture [435 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front Cover Cutout Front View<br>3.81<br>(96.8)<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.7)<br>3.28<br>CL Handle (83.3)<br>1.33<br>(33.7)2.29<br>0.25 (6.4) R (58.2) 10.75 8.21<br>(273.1) (208.6)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.64<br>(92.5) 7.28 0.19 R<br>(184.9) (4.8) R<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>Breaker<br>CL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
**LD Frame**
|**LD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|LD, HLD, LDC|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|14 (6.4)|15 (6.8)|20 (9.1)|3 (1.4)|4 (1.8)|5 (2.3)|
|LDB|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|—|—|—|—|—|—|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-210**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-212**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-218**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**<br>**V4-T2-221**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
## **Standards and Certifications**
- CE marked
- MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers
- MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-211**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## _**MDL Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_
**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame**[1]
**==> picture [349 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDL 3 800 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ F = Frame only (800 A only)<br>MDL, MDLB of Poles Frame Ampere Rating K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HMDL, HMDLB 2 = Two-pole 300 [1] 500 V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3 = Three-pole 350 [1] 600 W = Without terminals<br>400 700 X = Load side terminals only<br>450 800 Y = Line side terminals only<br>[[1]]<br>MT 3 800 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>MT Number Trip Unit Rating/ T = Thermal-magnetic<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>2 = Two-pole 300 [1] 500<br>3 = Three-pole 350 [1] 600<br>400 700<br>450 800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[[1]]
## _**MDL Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_
**310+ Circuit Breaker**
**==> picture [472 x 276] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDLB 3 800 F T36 B21 W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number Terminals<br>MDLB = 50 kAIC of Poles W = No terminals<br>HMDLB = 65 kAIC 3 = Three-pole<br>CMDLB = 50 kAIC, 100% rated<br>CHMDLB = 65 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>Amperes T33 = 310+ Electronic LS Blank = No feature<br>800 T32 = 310+ Electronic LSI B20 = High load alarm<br>T35 = 310+ Electronic LSG B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>T36 = 310+ Electronic LSIG B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>Designation T38 = 310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>F T39 = 310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>310+ Electronic Trip Unit [[1]]<br>MES 3 800 ALSIG B21<br>Trip Unit Type Features<br>MES Number Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 = High load alarm<br>3 = Three-pole Amperes LSI = 310+ Electronic LSI B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>800 LSG = 310+ Electronic LSG B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>LSIG = 310+ Electronic LSIG ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI = 310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG = 310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit**[[1]]
## _**Note**_
- 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **MDL3800F** , **HMDL3800F** , etc.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-212**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole**
||**Standard Interrupting**|**Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**Trip Unit Only**||
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**|
|||||||**Terminals**|
||**Factory Assembled**||**Factory Assembled**||**Magnetic Trip Range**<br>**is 5–10 Up Through**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**<br>**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-217 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300<br>350|**MDL2300**<br>**MDL2350**|**MDL2800F**|**HMDL2300**<br>**HMDL2350**|**HMDL2800F**|**MT2300T**<br>**MT2350T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL2400**||**HMDL2400**||**MT2400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL2450**||**HMDL2450**||**MT2450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL2500**||**HMDL2500**||**MT2500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDL2600**<br>**MDL2700**||**HMDL2600**<br>**HMDL2700**||**MT2600T**<br>**MT2700T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL2800**||**HMDL2800**||**MT2800T**|**TA800MA2**|
**2**
## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole**
||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**||
||||||**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
||||||**Magnetic Trip Range**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**is 5–10 Up Through**<br>**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**|**See Page**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**V4-T2-217 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDL3300**|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3300**|**HMDL3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDL3350**||**HMDL3350**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL3400**||**HMDL3400**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL3450**||**HMDL3450**||**MT3450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL3500**||**HMDL3500**||**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDL3600**||**HMDL3600**||**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDL3700**||**HMDL3700**||**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL3800**||**HMDL3800**||**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Two terminals are required per pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-213**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole**[1]
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-217 for**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDLB2300**|**HMDLB2300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB2350**|**HMDLB2350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB2400**|**HMDLB2400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450<br>500|**MDLB2450**<br>**MDLB2500**|**HMDLB2450**<br>**HMDLB2500**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDLB2600**|**HMDLB2600**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDLB2700**|**HMDLB2700**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB2800**|**HMDLB2800**|**TA800MA2**|
**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole**[1]
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-217 for**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**MDLB3300**|**HMDLB3300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB3350**|**HMDLB3350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB3400**|**HMDLB3400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDLB3450**|**HMDLB3450**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDLB3500**|**HMDLB3500**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDLB3600**<br>**MDLB3700**|**HMDLB3600**<br>**HMDLB3700**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB3800**|**HMDLB3800**|**TA800MA2**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application.
- 2 Two terminals are required per pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-214**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_
Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-220** .
**2**
## **Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole**
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip**|**Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br>**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br> <br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23||
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||||||**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|||||||||**V4-T2-218**|
**Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**[4]
|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**LSIG**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay Ramp**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Delay**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Ground**<br>**Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>800<br>**MDLB3800FT33W**<br>**MDLB3800FT32W**|**MDLB3800FT35W**|**MDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||||
|800<br>**HMDLB3800FT33W**<br>**HMDLB3800FT32W**|**HMDLB3800FT35W**|**HMDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|
## _**100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-220** .
## **100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole**
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**|**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**CMDL3800F**|**CHMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page V4-T2-218**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For AC use only.
> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units or breakers.
> 4 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-215**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
**2**
Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
## **Molded Case Switches**
**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Circuit Breaker Only without Continuous Line and Load Terminals Ampere Rating Catalog at 40 °C Number Two-Pole** 800 **MDL2800WK MDLB2800WK**[1] **HMDL2800WK Three-Pole** 800 **MDL3800WK MDLB3800WK**[1] **HMDL3800WK**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-216**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
M-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**==> picture [58 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [58 x 59] intentionally omitted <==**
**TA700MA1 TA800MA2**
**==> picture [54 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**
**TA801MA**
**2**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
||||||**Terminals with Control**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Terminal**|**Wire Termination**|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**Range/No.**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Conductors**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)|**TA700MA1**|**TA700MA1CWT**|
|800 std.|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|**TA800MA2**|**TA800MA2CWT**|
|800|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (2)|**TA801MA**|**TA801MACWT**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type**|||**Terminals**|||
|600|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|**T600MA1**|**—**|
|800|Copper|Cu|3/0–300 kcmil (3)|**T800MA1**|**—**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-217**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **MD Frame Accessories**
|**MD Frame Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**1||**Three-Pole**|||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)<br>Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-276**<br>**V4-T2-276**|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-278**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-278**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-278**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-280**<br>**V4-T2-280**|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|
|Shunt trip—standard2|**V4-T2-283**|■|■|■||■|
|Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-285**|■|■|■||■|
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-291**|■|■|■||■|
|**External Accessories**<br>Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-312**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-313**||||●||
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-315**||||●||
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**||||●||
|Non-padlockable handle block<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-316**<br>**V4-T2-317**|❏||❏|■|❏|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-318**|❏||❏||❏|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-320**<br>**V4-T2-322**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-323**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-324**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension<br>Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-446**<br>**V4-T2-326**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
> 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-218**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**
|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**1|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**2|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**3|
**2**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4]
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65|50|25|22|
|CMDL|2, 3|65|50|25|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100|65|35|25|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100|65|35|—|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4]
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|20/10|
|CMDL|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|20/10|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|—|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac.
> 2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers.
> 3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated.
> 4 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
> 5 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated.
> 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-219**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **310+ Specifications**
## **310+ Adjustability Specifications**
|**Description**<br>**Specification**<br>Trip Unit Type<br>Digitrip RMS 310+<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame designation<br>MDL<br>Frames available<br>800 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>320–800 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>160–800 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>50, 65<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**Description**|**MDL Frame**<br>**Specification**|
|---|---|---|
||310+ settings|800 A|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320|
|||B<br>400|
|||C<br>450|
|||D<br>500|
|||E<br>600|
|||F<br>630|
|||G<br>700|
|||H (= In)<br>800|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2|
|||4<br>4|
|||7<br>7|
|||10<br>10|
|||12<br>12|
|||15<br>15|
|||20<br>20|
|||24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>8x|
|||Position 9<br>8x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(310+ w/ ground fault)|Position 1<br>160|
|||Position 2<br>240|
|||Position 3<br>320|
|||Position 4<br>480|
|||Position 5<br>640|
|||Position 6<br>800|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2000|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes.
- 2 Not available for MDL. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.
**V4-T2-220 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **MD Frame**
**2**
|**MD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|4.06 (103.1)|
## **MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole**
**==> picture [436 x 212] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Drilling Plan<br>Front View Side View<br>3.44<br>1.72 (87.3)<br>(43.7)<br>CLBreaker R 0.25<br>(6.4)<br>3.28 16.00<br>R 0.19 C L H andle 1.33 (83.3) (406.4)<br>(4.8) (33.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>0.97<br>(24.6)<br>3.64<br>(92.5)<br>7.28 8.25 4.06<br>(184.9) (209.6) (103.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
## **MD Frame**
||**Complete**|**Breaker**|**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.)|26.5 (12.0)|29.0 (13.2)|24.5 (11.1)|26.0 (11.8)|2.5 (1.1)|3.0 (1.4)|
|MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.)|—|30.0 (13.6)|—|26.0 (11.8)|—|4.0 (1.8)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Thermal-magnetic only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-221**
2.3
Series C
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
**2**
## **Typical N-Frame Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-223**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-224**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-232**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-233**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-236**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-267**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-269**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-270**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**|
|External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|
## **N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
- All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-222**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
**2**
## **Circuit Breaker/Frame**
|||||**ND**|**3**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**<br>= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**<br>= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**<br>= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**<br>= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**<br>= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**<br>= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**<br>= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**<br>= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**||||||||**Trip Type**|**E**<br>= 100% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**EH** = 50% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**K**<br>= High magnetic molded case switch<br>**W** = Without terminals<br>**X**<br>= Load only terminals<br>**Y**<br>= Line only terminals|
|**ND**<br>**HND**<br>**NDC**<br>**NDU**<br>**CND**<br>**CHND**<br>**CNDC**||||**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**||**Trip Model**||||**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|||**2**= Two-pole<br>**3**= Three-pole<br>**4**= Four-pole||||**T3**<br>= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**<br>= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050||||||
|||||**800** = 800 amperes<br>**12**= 1200 amperes||||||||
|||||||||||||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-223**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T52W**<br>**ND3800T56W**<br>**ND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T52W**<br>**ND312T56W**<br>**ND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T52W**<br>**HND3800T56W**<br>**HND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T52W**<br>**HND312T56W**<br>**HND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-224**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**
|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T52W**<br>**NDC3800T56W**<br>**NDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T52W**<br>**NDC312T56W**<br>**NDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-225**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**
## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T106W**<br>**ND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T106W**<br>**ND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T106W**<br>**HND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T106W**<br>**HND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T106W**<br>**NDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T106W**<br>**NDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
> 3 Factory sealed.
**V4-T2-226 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
**2**
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CND3800T52W**<br>**CND3800T56W**<br>**CND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CND312T52W**<br>**CND312T56W**<br>**CND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CHND3800T52W**<br>**CHND3800T56W**<br>**CHND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CHND312T52W**<br>**CHND312T56W**<br>**CHND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
- 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-227**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e gp cu ees w ecgee g ugs, coue**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||800<br>**CNDC3800T52W**<br>**CNDC3800T56W**<br>**CNDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
|||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
|||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
|||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
|||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
|||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
|||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
||12003<br>**CNDC312T52W**<br>**CNDC312T56W**<br>**CNDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
|||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
|||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
|||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
|||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
||||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number.
> 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-228**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CND3800T106W**<br>**CND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CND312T106W**<br>**CND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CHND3800T106W**<br>**CHND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CHND312T106W**<br>**CHND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
- 3 Factory sealed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-229**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**
**2**
**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**
## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**
|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CNDC3800T106W**<br>**CNDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CNDC312T106W**4<br>**CNDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
## _**Type ND Molded Case Switches**_
## **Type ND High Instantaneous (K)**
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**5<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|800|**ND3800WK**<br>**ND4800WK**|
||**HND3800WK**<br>**HND4800WK**|
|1200|**ND312WK**<br>**ND412WK**|
||**HND312WK**<br>**HND412WK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
> 3 Factory sealed.
> 4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
> 5 Neutral is in right pole.
Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes.
For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-230**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals—Ordering Information**_
N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
**2**
**==> picture [449 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 T700NB1 T1000NB1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum Breaker**|**Terminal Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700<br>1000|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)|50–240<br>95–185|**TA700NB1**<br>**TA1000NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–240|**TA1200NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (3)|300–400|**TA1201NB1**2|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|70–240|**T700NB1**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 kcmil (3)|95–240|**T1000NB1**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 kcmil (4)|95–185|**T1200NB3**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Terminal rating is AL9CU.
> 2 Terminal rating is AL7CU.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-231**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
## **ND Frame Accessories**
|**ND Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Page**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**1||**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-276**|■||■|■||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-276**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-278**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-278**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-278**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-280**<br>**V4-T2-280**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-284**<br>**V4-T2-285**|■<br>■|||■<br>■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-292**|■|||■||||
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-293**|||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-313**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-315**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal shield<br>Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-316**|■|■<br>■|■||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-317**<br>**V4-T2-318**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-319**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-321**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-322**<br>**V4-T2-323**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-324**<br>**V4-T2-431**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-446**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-327**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-326**||||||||
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-326**||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)<br>Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-327**<br>**V4-T2-327**||||||||
|Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-327**||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
_**Note**_
> 1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-232**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
**2**
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|ND|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|CND2|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|HND|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|CHND2|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|NDC|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CNDC2|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|NDU3|3|3004|—|150|755|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
|**IEC 947-2**|**Interrupting**|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**ND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**CND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**HND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**CHND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**NDC**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|
|**CNDC** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
> 2 100% rated breakers.
- 3 800 amperes maximum rating.
> 4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac.
> 5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-233**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **N-Frame Digitrip**
|**N-Frame Digitrip**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|N|N|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSIG, LSI(A)|LSI(A), LISG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|No|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs<br>Magnitude of trip information|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
## _**Legend**_
BIM= Breaker Interface Module
- (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
## _**Note**_
- 1 Zone interlock kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-234**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **N-Frame Digitrip, continued**
|**N-Frame Digitrip, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes1|Yes1|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|Eaton PowerNet|No2|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM,|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||PowerNet|PowerNet|
**2**
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
- (A) = GF Alarm
- Is = Sensor Rating
- In = Rating Plug
- Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
## _**Notes**_
- 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
- 2 Eaton’s PowerNet kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-235**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **ND Frame**
|**ND Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
## **ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole**
**==> picture [309 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Front Cover Cutout<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.6)<br>0.25 R<br>(6.4 R)<br>1.91<br>(48.4) 16.00<br>CLHandle (406.4) ON/I<br>3.68 0.19 R<br>(93.2) (4.8 R) OFF/O<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.19<br>(80.9) 6.38<br>(161.9)<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Side View**
**==> picture [63 x 86] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [53 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.50<br>(139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **ND Frame**
|**Breaker Type**|**Complete**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Breaker**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|ND, HND, NDC, NDU|37 (16.8)|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-236**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Typical R-Frame Breaker**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-238**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-251**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-252**<br>**V4-T2-255**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)**
## **Product Description**
- Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals
- All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-237**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **Circuit Breaker/Frame**
|||||**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**16 **= 1600 amperes<br>**20**= 2000 amperes<br>**25**= 2500 amperes<br>**Trip Type**1<br>**T53** = Digitrip RMS 510 LS<br>**T65** = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG<br>**T86** = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG<br>**T96** = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG<br>**T106**= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG<br>**T107**= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA<br>**RD**<br>**3**<br>**16**<br>**T53**<br>**W**|**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**16 **= 1600 amperes<br>**20**= 2000 amperes<br>**25**= 2500 amperes<br>**Trip Type**1<br>**T53** = Digitrip RMS 510 LS<br>**T65** = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG<br>**T86** = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG<br>**T96** = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG<br>**T106**= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG<br>**T107**= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA<br>**RD**<br>**3**<br>**16**<br>**T53**<br>**W**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**||||**W** = Without terminals<br>**P** = 100% protected neutral pole<br>**R** = Ground fault remote (310 only)<br>**K** = Molded case switch|
|**RD**<br>**RDC**<br>**CRD**2<br>**CRDC**2||||**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**|||
|||**3**= Three-pole<br>**4**= Four-pole|||||
|||||**16 **= 1600 amperes<br>**20**= 2000 amperes<br>**25**= 2500 amperes|||
||||||||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to **Pages V4-T2-239** to **V4-T2-248** .
> 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-238**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## _**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T51W**<br>**RD316T53W**<br>**RD316T52W**<br>**RD316T54W**<br>**RD316T55W**<br>**RD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T51W**<br>**RD320T53W**<br>**RD320T52W**<br>**RD320T54W**<br>**RD320T55W**<br>**RD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T51W**<br>**RD325T53W**<br>**RD325T52W**<br>**RD325T54W**<br>**RD325T55W**<br>**RD325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T51W**<br>**RDC316T53W**<br>**RDC316T52W**<br>**RDC316T54W**<br>**RDC316T55W**<br>**RDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T51W**<br>**RDC320T53W**<br>**RDC320T52W**<br>**RDC320T54W**<br>**RDC320T55W**<br>**RDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T51W**<br>**RDC325T53W**<br>**RDC325T52W**<br>**RDC325T54W**<br>**RDC325T55W**<br>**RDC325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-239**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**_
**2**
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**
|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T51W**<br>**CRD316T53W**<br>**CRD316T52W**<br>**CRD316T54W**<br>**CRD316T55W**<br>**CRD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T51W**<br>**CRD320T53W**<br>**CRD320T52W**<br>**CRD320T54W**<br>**CRD320T55W**<br>**CRD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**—**<br>**CRDC316T53W**<br>**CRDC316T52W**<br>**CRDC316T54W**<br>**CRDC316T55W**<br>**CRDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T51W**<br>**CRDC320T53W**<br>**CRDC320T52W**<br>**CRDC320T54W**<br>**CRDC320T55W**<br>**CRDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-240**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T61W**<br>**RD316T63W**<br>**RD316T62W**<br>**RD316T64W**<br>**RD316T65W**<br>**RD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T61W**<br>**RD320T63W**<br>**RD320T62W**<br>**RD320T64W**<br>**RD320T65W**<br>**RD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T61W**<br>**RD325T63W**<br>**RD325T62W**<br>**RD325T64W**<br>**RD325T65W**<br>**RD325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T61W**<br>**RDC316T63W**<br>**RDC316T62W**<br>**RDC316T64W**<br>**RDC316T65W**<br>**RDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T61W**<br>**RDC320T63W**<br>**RDC320T62W**<br>**RDC320T64W**<br>**RDC320T65W**<br>**RDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T61W**<br>**RDC325T63W**<br>**RDC325T62W**<br>**RDC325T64W**<br>**RDC325T65W**<br>**RDC325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-241**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**_
**2**
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**
|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T61W**<br>**CRD316T63W**<br>**CRD316T62W**<br>**CRD316T64W**<br>**CRD316T65W**<br>**CRD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T61W**<br>**CRD320T63W**<br>**CRD320T62W**<br>**CRD320T64W**<br>**CRD320T65W**<br>**CRD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T61W**<br>**CRDC316T63W**<br>**CRDC316T62W**<br>**CRDC316T64W**<br>**CRDC316T65W**<br>**CRDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T61W**<br>**CRDC320T63W**<br>**CRDC320T62W**<br>**CRDC320T64W**<br>**CRDC320T65W**<br>**CRDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-242**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T81W**<br>**RD316T83W**<br>**RD316T82W**<br>**RD316T84W**<br>**RD316T85W**<br>**RD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T81W**<br>**RD320T83W**<br>**RD320T82W**<br>**RD320T84W**<br>**RD320T85W**<br>**RD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T81W**<br>**RD325T83W**<br>**RD325T82W**<br>**RD325T84W**<br>**RD325T85W**<br>**RD325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T81W**<br>**RDC316T83W**<br>**RDC316T82W**<br>**RDC316T84W**<br>**RDC316T85W**<br>**RDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T81W**<br>**RDC320T83W**<br>**RDC320T82W**<br>**RDC320T84W**<br>**RDC320T85W**<br>**RDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T81W**<br>**RDC325T83W**<br>**RDC325T82W**<br>**RDC325T84W**<br>**RDC325T85W**<br>**RDC325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-243**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**_
**2**
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**
|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T81W**<br>**CRD316T83W**<br>**CRD316T82W**<br>**CRD316T84W**<br>**CRD316T85W**<br>**CRD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T81W**<br>**CRD320T83W**<br>**CRD320T82W**<br>**CRD320T84W**<br>**CRD320T85W**<br>**CRD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T81W**<br>**CRDC316T83W**<br>**CRDC316T82W**<br>**CRDC316T84W**<br>**CRDC316T85W**<br>**CRDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T81W**<br>**CRDC320T83W**<br>**CRDC320T82W**<br>**CRDC320T84W**<br>**CRDC320T85W**<br>**CRDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-244**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T91W**<br>**RD316T93W**<br>**RD316T92W**<br>**RD316T94W**<br>**RD316T95W**<br>**RD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T91W**<br>**RD320T93W**<br>**RD320T92W**<br>**RD320T94W**<br>**RD320T95W**<br>**RD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T91W**<br>**RD325T93W**<br>**RD325T92W**<br>**RD325T94W**<br>**RD325T95W**<br>**RD325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T91W**<br>**RDC316T93W**<br>**RDC316T92W**<br>**RDC316T94W**<br>**RDC316T95W**<br>**RDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T91W**<br>**RDC320T93W**<br>**RDC320T92W**<br>**RDC320T94W**<br>**RDC320T95W**<br>**RDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T91W**<br>**RDC325T93W**<br>**RDC325T92W**<br>**RDC325T94W**<br>**RDC325T95W**<br>**RDC325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-245**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**_
**2**
The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**
|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T91W**<br>**CRD316T93W**<br>**CRD316T92W**<br>**CRD316T94W**<br>**CRD316T95W**<br>**CRD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T91W**<br>**CRD320T93W**<br>**CRD320T92W**<br>**CRD320T94W**<br>**CRD320T95W**<br>**CRD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T91W**<br>**CRDC316T93W**<br>**CRDC316T92W**<br>**CRDC316T94W**<br>**CRDC316T95W**<br>**CRDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T91W**<br>**CRDC320T93W**<br>**CRDC320T92W**<br>**CRDC320T94W**<br>**CRDC320T95W**<br>**CRDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-246**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T107W**<br>**RD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T107W**<br>**RD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T107W**<br>**RD325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T107W**<br>**RDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T107W**<br>**RDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T107W**<br>**RDC325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-247**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
**2**
## **100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**
|**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T107W**<br>**CRD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T107W**<br>**CRD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T107W**<br>**CRDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T107W**<br>**CRDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data.
## **Type RD—High Instantaneous (K)**
|**Continuous**|**Complete without**|**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1600|**RD316WK**|**RD416WK**|
|2000|**RD320WK**|**RD420WK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-248**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, R-Frame circuit breaker line load terminals are shipped separately for field installation.
## _**Ordering Information**_
R-Frame circuit breakers have Cu/AI terminals as standard and Cu only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required.
**2**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RD**|
|1600|Copper|Cu|English|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RD**|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RD**1|
|**Rear Connectors**|||||||
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RD**|
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RDL**2|
|2500|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2500RD**3|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
- 2 For use with 100% rated 1600 A and 2000 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered.
- 3 For use with 2500 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A breaker is ordered.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-249**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Mounting Hardware**
**==> picture [105 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2 Breaker Line/LoadConductors<br>2<br>2<br>2<br><3}<br>2<br>Ob?<br>Ke) DI Z<br>2<br>2 ge os<br>2 SY FO<br>x<br>2<br>TA2000RD<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-250**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories**
## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
**2**
## **RD Frame Accessories**
|**RD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories**1<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-276**|||■|||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-276**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-276**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B)|**V4-T2-276**|||■|||■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-284**<br>**V4-T2-285**|||■<br>■|||■<br>■||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-292**|||■|||■||
|Accessory terminal block2|**V4-T2-293**|||■||||■|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-313**<br>**V4-T2-316**||●|||●|||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-318**|■|■|■||■|||
|Walking beam interlock|**V4-T2-319**||||||||
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-321**|■|■|■||■|||
|Handle mechanisms<br>Handle extension3|**V4-T2-431**<br>**V4-T2-446**|■|■<br>■|■||■<br>■|||
|**OPTIM System Components**|||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-327**|●|●|●|||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-327**|●|●|●|||||
|Auxiliary power module<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-327**|●|●|●|||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-116**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
## _**Legend**_
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
● Accessory available/modification available
## _**Notes**_
> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
- 2 Mounts outside breaker.
- 3 Included with breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-251**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RD|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|CRD2|3|125|—|65|50|
|RDC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CRDC2|3|200|—|100|65|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ]
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**RD**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|135|70|25|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|13|
|**RDC**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|18|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
> 2 100% rated breakers.
See **Page V4-T2-253** for Trip Unit Specifications.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-252**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Specifications**_
## **R-Frame Digitrip**
**2**
|**R-Frame Digitrip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 510**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 610**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 810**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 910**|**Digitrip**<br>**OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing<br>**Breaker Type**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Frame|R|R|R|R|R|
|Ampere range|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**||||||
|Ordering options|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LSI(A), LISG|
||LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG||
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip<br>**Long Delay Protection (L)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|No|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5 –1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t<br>Long delay thermal memory|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|1–5 Seconds<br>Yes|
|High load alarm|No|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.5-1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**||||||
|Short delay pickup|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|150-800% x (Ir)12|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**<br>Instantaneous pickup|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–800% x (In)2|
|Discriminator|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|Yes|
|Instantaneous override<br>**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm4|No|No|No|No|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault pickup4|25–100% x (Is)|25-100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100 –500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200–600%.
- 2 Varies by frame.
- 3 LS/LSG only.
- 4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-253**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **R-Frame Digitrip, continued**
||**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**System Diagnostics**|**RMS 510**|**RMS 610**|**RMS 810**|**RMS 910**|**OPTIM 1050**|
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts<br>**System Monitoring**|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Digital display|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes1|
|Current|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Voltage|No|No|No|Yes|No|
|Power and energy|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|Yes (over<br>Eaton PowerNet only)|Yes|Yes|
|**Communications**||||||
|Eaton PowerNet|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Testing**||||||
|Testing method|Integral|Integral|Integral|Integral|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||||||PowerNet|
## _**Legend**_
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
- (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating
- In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
## _**Note**_
> 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-254**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **RD Frame**
**2**
|**RD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|15.50 (393.7)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|
|4|20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|
## **RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes**
**Front View**
## **Side View**
**==> picture [471 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
11.13 (0.4) Dia. 15.50<br>14.50 (4 Holes) Use 4, (393.7)<br>7.25 (368.3) 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts 9.00<br>(184.2) for Mounting Breaker (228.6)<br>CL Breaker<br>5.09 7.75<br>(129.4) (196.9)<br>CL Handle<br>9.69<br>(246.1) 15.00 16.00<br>(381.0) (406.4)<br>PushTripTo<br>6.65 0.16<br>(166.7) 12.91 (4.0)<br>(327.8) R Typ.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
## **RD Frame**
||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RD, CRD1, RDC, CRDC1|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2000 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|CRD, CRDC|130 (59.0)|175 (79.4)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|
## _**Note**_
> 1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-255**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
**==> picture [69 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motor Circuit Protectors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-116** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-117** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-118** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-121** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-135** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-153** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-161** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-185** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-211** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-237** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-258** Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-259** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-267** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-269** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-270** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-273** External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-306**
## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)**
## **Product Description**
Designated as Eaton’s Types GMCP and HMCP, the instantaneous-only motor circuit protector (MCP) is available in ratings from 3 A to 1200 A for motor starter sizes 0 through 8.
An innovative design of internal components allows higher MCP-starter combination interrupting ratings. The MCP is marked to permit proper electrical application within the assigned equipment ratings.
## **Standards and Certifications**
The MCP is designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, and International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1.
The MCP is a recognized component (UL File E7819) and complies with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. It is also designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1, and nameplates bear the CE marking.
**Note:** Interrupting ratings are dependent on starter it is used with.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-256**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
**2**
## **Motor Circuit Protector**
## **HMCP 003 A0 C**
||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**<br>**Protective Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Continuous Ampere**<br>**Rating**|||||||**C** = Non-aluminum terminals<br>**W**= Without terminals<br>**X** = Load terminals only<br>**Y** = Line terminals only<br>**S** = Stainless steel terminals<br>(150A frame only)<br>**No Suffix:**Standard terminals on line and load||
|**HMCP** = Three-pole<br>**HM2P** = Two-pole1<br>**HMCPS**= Three-pole|||||||||||
|||**003**<br>**007**<br>**015**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**050**<br>**070**<br>**100**<br>**150**<br>**250**<br>**400**<br>**600**<br>**800**<br>**1200**|||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
## **Motor Circuit Protector**
## **GMCP 003 A0 C**
|||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**|||||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**Protective Device**||||**Continuous**|||**Magnetic Trip**|||||**C**= Non-aluminum terminals||
|**GMCP** = Three-pole||||**Ampere**|||**Range/NEMA**|||||||
|||||**Rating**|||**Starter Size**|||||||
||||**003**||||**A0** = 15–30/0|||||||
||||**007**||||**C0** = 35–70/0|||||||
||||**015**||||**E0** = 75–150/0|||||||
||||**030**||||**H1** = 150–300/1|||||||
||||**050**||||**K2** = 250–500/2|||||||
||||**060**||||**J2** = 300–600/2|||||||
||||**063**||||**M2** = 320–630/2|||||||
## _**Note**_
> 1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-257**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## _**G-Frame**_
**2**
## **480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac**
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam Setting**<br>**Motor Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes (FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|0<br>3|A<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>**GMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>E<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>F<br>2.3–2.5<br>30|
|0<br>7|A<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>**GMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>E<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>F<br>5.3–5.7<br>70|
|0<br>15|A<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>**GMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>E<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>F<br>11.5–12.6<br>150|
|1<br>30|A<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>**GMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>E<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>F<br>23.0–25.2<br>300|
|2<br>50|A<br>19.3–22.9<br>250<br>**GMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>E<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>F<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|
|3<br>60|A<br>23.1–27.5<br>300<br>**GMCP060J2C**<br>B<br>27.7–32.2<br>360<br>C<br>32.3–36.7<br>420<br>D<br>36.9–41.4<br>480<br>E<br>41.5–46.0<br>540<br>F<br>46.2–50.5<br>600|
|3<br>63|A<br>24.2–32.1<br>320<br>**GMCP063M2C**<br>B<br>29.1–34.8<br>380<br>D<br>38.8–46.4<br>500<br>E<br>43.6–48.9<br>570<br>F<br>48.5–53.7<br>630|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
All GMCP 3–63A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to **Page V4-T2-122** under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved.
**V4-T2-258 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Accessories**
## _**Modifications for GMCP**_
Internal accessories must be factory installed.
**2**
## **Internal Accessories**[1]
|**Internal Accessories**[1]|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type Accessory**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**|**Factory**<br>**Suffix**|**Style**<br>**Number**|
|Shunt trip2<br>Shunt trip2|120<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1.1<br>2.1|—<br>—|S5<br>S6|**1373D62G18**<br>**1373D62G19**|
|Auxiliary switch3<br>Auxiliary switch3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|1A/1B<br>2A/2B|A3<br>A6|**1288C74G03**<br>**1288C73G03**|
|Alarm switch3<br>Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|Make/Break<br>1A/1B Make/Break|B3<br>B13|**1288C75G03**<br>**1288C76G09**|
## **External Mounted Accessories**
||**Number Units**|**Style**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**in Package**|**Number**|
|Lock dog (non-padlockable)|1|**1294C01H01**|
|Mounting hardware|1|**624B375G23**|
|DIN rail adapter4|10|**1225C79G02**|
## _**Modifications for HMCP**_
See Internal Accessories starting on **Page V4-T2-273** .
## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_
|||**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Rating Type**||**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
|**S01 Red Handle**~~2~~<br>~~2~~||12-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**<br>**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**<br>**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|
## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_
**G Direct**[5]
||**Black Handle**||**Yellow Handle**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
|**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP.
- 2 LH only.
- 3 RH only.
- 4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022.
> 5 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.
No UVR available on GMCP.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-259**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## _**F-Frame**_
**2**
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5 –12.6<br>150<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–4.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|0<br>3||2<br>70|A<br>16.1–21.4<br>210<br>**HMCP070M2C**<br>B<br>21.5 –26.8<br>280<br>C<br>26.9 –32.2<br>350<br>D<br>32.3–37.5<br>420<br>E<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>F<br>43.0–48.3<br>560<br>G<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>H<br>53.8–59.1<br>700|
|0<br>7||3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCP100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8 –61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5 –69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>15||4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCP150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|1<br>30||||
|||4<br>150|A<br>57.0 –75.0<br>750<br>**HMCP150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|2<br>50||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with||
- 3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.
HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-260**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP**_
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**
|**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|25|A<br>40<br>**HMCP025D0C**<br>B<br>43<br>D<br>49<br>E<br>52<br>F<br>55<br>G<br>58<br>H<br>60|
|50|A<br>80<br>**HMCP050G2C**<br>B<br>87<br>C<br>93<br>D<br>98<br>E<br>103<br>F<br>109<br>G<br>115<br>H<br>120|
|70|A<br>115<br>**HMCP070J2C**<br>B<br>122<br>C<br>130<br>D<br>139<br>E<br>145<br>F<br>153<br>G<br>160<br>H<br>170|
|100|A<br>160<br>**HMCP100L3C**<br>B<br>174<br>C<br>185<br>D<br>196<br>E<br>207<br>F<br>218<br>G<br>229<br>H<br>240|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-261**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays**_
**2**
||||
|---|---|---|
|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>0<br>3<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPS003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>0<br>7<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPS007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>0<br>15<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPS015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>1<br>30<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPS030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>2<br>50<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPS050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|0<br>3|3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPS100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5–69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>7|4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCPS150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|0<br>15|4<br>150|A<br>57.0–75.0<br>750<br>**HMCPS150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|1<br>30|**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.<br>HMCPS 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come<br>with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.||
|2<br>50|||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-262**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**J-Frame**_
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP250A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>47.0–50.7<br>660<br>I<br>47.0–50.7<br>700<br>A<br>34.7–38.8<br>450<br>**HMCP250C5C**<br>B<br>38.9–43.4<br>505<br>C<br>43.5–47.6<br>565<br>D<br>47.7–52.2<br>620<br>E<br>52.3–56.5<br>680<br>F<br>56.6–60.7<br>735<br>G<br>60.8–64.9<br>790<br>H<br>65.0–69.2<br>845<br>I<br>69.3–73.5<br>900<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP250D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>625<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP250F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP250G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP250J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|
|5<br>250||||
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>77.0–86.6<br>1000<br>**HMCP250K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP250L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP250W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>250||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate<br>cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix<br>“C,” without “C” comes with TA250KB.)||
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-263**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**K-Frame**_
**2**
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>50.8–53.8<br>660<br>I<br>53.9–57.2<br>700<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP400D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>626<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP400F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP400G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500<br>A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP400J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>77.0–86.5<br>1000<br>**HMCP400K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>400||||
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP400L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP400W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>115.4–129.9<br>1500<br>**HMCP400N5C**<br>B<br>130.0–144.2<br>1690<br>C<br>144.3–158.4<br>1875<br>D<br>158.5–173.0<br>2060<br>E<br>173.1–187.6<br>2250<br>F<br>187.7–201.9<br>2440<br>G<br>202.0–216.1<br>2625<br>H<br>216.2–230.7<br>2810<br>I<br>230.8–244.9<br>3000|
|5<br>400||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers<br>with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-264**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**L-Frame**_
## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**
**600 Vac Maximum**[4 ]
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>134.7–151.5<br>1750<br>**HMCP400R5C**<br>B<br>151.6–168.4<br>1970<br>C<br>168.5–185.3<br>2190<br>D<br>185.4–201.9<br>2410<br>E<br>202.0–218.8<br>2625<br>F<br>218.9–235.7<br>2845<br>G<br>235.8–252.6<br>3065<br>H<br>252.7–269.2<br>3285<br>I<br>269.3–285.7<br>3500<br>A<br>153.9–173.0<br>2000<br>**HMCP400X5C**<br>B<br>173.1–192.3<br>2250<br>C<br>192.4–211.5<br>2500<br>D<br>211.6–230.7<br>2750<br>E<br>230.8–249.9<br>3000<br>F<br>250.0–269.2<br>3250<br>G<br>269.3–288.4<br>3500<br>H<br>288.5–307.6<br>3750<br>I<br>307.7–326.9<br>4000<br>A<br>173.1–194.5<br>2250<br>**HMCP400Y5C**<br>B<br>194.6–216.1<br>2530<br>C<br>216.2–237.6<br>2810<br>D<br>237.7–259.5<br>3090<br>E<br>259.6–281.1<br>3375<br>F<br>281.2–302.6<br>3655<br>G<br>302.7–324.1<br>3935<br>H<br>324.2–346.1<br>4215<br>I<br>346.2–368.1<br>4500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|5<br>400||6<br>600|A<br>138.5–184.5<br>1800<br>**HMCP600L6W**<br>B<br>184.6–230.7<br>2400<br>C<br>230.8–276.8<br>3000<br>D<br>276.9–323.0<br>3600<br>E<br>323.1–369.1<br>4200<br>F<br>369.2–415.3<br>4800<br>G<br>415.4–461.4<br>5400<br>H<br>461.5–507.7<br>6000|
|||6<br>600|A<br>38.5–46.1<br>500<br>**HMCP600X6W**<br>B<br>46.2–61.4<br>600<br>C<br>61.5–76.8<br>800<br>D<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>E<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>F<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>G<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>H<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500|
|5<br>400||||
|||6<br>600|A<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>**HMCP600Y6W**<br>B<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>C<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>D<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>E<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500<br>F<br>230.8–269.1<br>3000<br>G<br>269.2–307.6<br>3500<br>H<br>307.7–346.1<br>4000|
|5<br>400||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>||
- 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
**2**
- 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
- 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with **HM2P** in place of **HMCP** .
- 4 Equipped with electronic trip device.
All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.
All HMCP 600 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-217.**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-265**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**N-Frame**_
**2**
**600 Vac Maximum**[1 ]
|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes (FLA)**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|7<br>800|A<br>123.1–184.5<br>1600<br>**HMCP800X7W**<br>B<br>184.6–246.1<br>2400<br>C<br>246.2–307.6<br>3200<br>D<br>307.7–369.1<br>4000<br>E<br>369.2–430.7<br>4800<br>F<br>430.8–492.2<br>5600<br>G<br>492.3–553.7<br>6400|
|8<br>1200|A<br>184.6–276.8<br>2400<br>**HMCP12Y8W**<br>B<br>276.9–369.1<br>3600<br>C<br>369.2–461.4<br>4800<br>D<br>461.5–553.7<br>6000<br>E<br>553.8–646.1<br>7200<br>F<br>646.2–738.4<br>8400<br>G<br>738.5–830.7<br>9600|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Equipped with electronic trip device.
> 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-266**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**<br>**V4-T2-121**|**2**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|**2**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)|**V4-T2-256**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-268**<br>**V4-T2-268**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)**
## **Product Description**
Motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) provide UL 489 branch circuit protection, UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements. Typical branch motor loads are protected by three-component starters, consisting of breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB application-specific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay found in the traditional three-component starter assembly. The branch motor load protection is simplified to an MPCB and contactor, reducing both space requirements and heat generation in customer panels. Protection is provided by application-specific electronic trip units.
The electronic trip unit provides typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground faults.
- Disconnecting means
- Branch circuit short-circuit protection
- Overload protection
- Class 5, 10, 15 and 20
- Phase unbalance protection
- FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average
- Phase loss protection
- Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting
- Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current
- Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips
- Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down
The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-267**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## **FDMP and HFDMP**
|**FDMP and HFDMP**|**FDMP and HFDMP**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**<br>**35 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**35 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**<br>**65 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**65 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**||
|80<br>**FDMP3080L**|**FDMP3080JL**<br>**HFDMP3080L**<br>**HFDMP3080JL**|
|100<br>**FDMP3100L**|**FDMP3100JL**<br>**HFDMP3100L**<br>**HFDMP3100JL**|
|160<br>**FDMP3160L**|**FDMP3160JL**<br>**HFDMP3160L**<br>**HFDMP3160JL**|
|205<br>**FDMP3205L**|**FDMP3205JL**<br>**HFDMP3205L**<br>**HFDMP3205JL**|
|**FLA le Dial Setting**<br>**Continuous Amperes**<br>**A**<br>**B**|**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**F**<br>**G**<br>**H**|
|80<br>40<br>50|60<br>70<br>80<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|100<br>80<br>—|90<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|160<br>100<br>115|130<br>145<br>160<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|205<br>160<br>170|180<br>195<br>205<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Technical Data and Specifications**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Feature**|**FDMP**<br>**HFDMP**|
|Interruption rating at 240 V|65 kA<br>100 kA|
|Interruption rating at 480 V|35 kA<br>65 kA|
|Interruption rating at 600 V|18 kA<br>25 kA|
|Icu/Ics at 240 V|65 kA/33 kA1<br>100 kA/50 kA1|
|Icu/Ics at 415 V|35 kA/18 kA1<br>65 kA/33 kA1|
|100% rated|No<br>No|
|FLA range (A)|40–205<br>40–205|
|Motor class protection|5, 10, 15, 20<br>5, 10, 15, 20|
|Phase unbalance protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|�40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds<br>�40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds|
|Phase loss protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|Min. phase�0.25 max. phase for 1 second<br>Min. phase�0.25 max. phase for 1 second|
|Thermal memory protection|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load indicator|—<br>—|
|Pre-detection relays|—<br>—|
|Internal accessories|Factory installed<br>Factory installed|
||Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR<br>Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP.
For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-89** .
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-268**
2.3
Series C
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
**Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**<br>**V4-T2-121**|**2**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|**2**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**<br>**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s Type ELC current limiter attachment for the MCP is designed to provide increased interrupting capacity. The combination may be used for the application up to 200,000 A symmetrical at 600 Vac, making the MCP suitable for use in network distribution systems or other applications where unusually high fault currents are available. The current limiter connects to the load end of the MCP and is provided with terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. (See table at right **.** )
Limiters are coordinated with the MCP so that normal fault currents are interrupted automatically by the MCP without any damage to the limiter. Only the rare very high fault is opened by the limiter. Faults that are interrupted by the limiter also magnetically trip the MCP, opening all three poles, preventing singlephase operation.
Each of the three poles of the Type ELC limiter is equipped with an indicator that extends when a fault is interrupted by the limiter.
## **Product Selection**
## **ELC Current Limiter Attachment**
||**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**|**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type ELC Current**|**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**|**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**|
|**Limiter Attachment**|**MCP Rating**|**Catalog**|
||**(Amperes)**|**Number**|
||3|**ELC3003R**|
||7|**ELC3007R**|
||15|**ELC3015R**|
||30|**ELC3030R**|
||50|**ELC3050R**|
||100|**ELC3100R**|
||150|**ELC3150R**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes**[1]
|**Type ELC Current**|**Wire Range**|**Metric**|
|---|---|---|
|**Limiter Maximum Amperes**|**AWG**|**(mm2)**|
|**Standard Aluminum Terminals**|||
|50|14–2|2.5–35|
|100|1–4/0|50–95|
|150|1–4/0|50–95|
|**Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)**|||
|50|14–22|2.5–35|
|100|—|—|
|150|—|—|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in UL 486A or UL 486B.
> 2 Optional on special order for copper cable only.
All HMCP 800 A and 1200 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-217.**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-269**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-267**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-269**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-271**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-272**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-272**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**|
|External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-306**|
## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module**
## **Product Overview**
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a short-circuit event. Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring the system back online.
## **Product Description**
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.
## **Application Description**
High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.
## **Features and Benefits**
Superior system protection:
- Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts
- No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses
- Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker
- Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker
- High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts
- Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system
## **Standards and Certifications**
- UL 489
- CSA C22.2
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-270**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## **Series C High Performance Ratings**
**2**
|**Type**<br>**Product**<br>**Amperes**<br>**480 Vac (UL)**<br>**600 Vac (UL)**<br>FDC 3P thermal-magnetic<br>Breaker only<br>15–225<br>100<br>35<br>~~—~~<br>~~SSS~~|
|---|
|With limiter<br>40–200<br>200<br>200|
## **FD Frame**
## **FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**[1]
|**FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**|**FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**[1]||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Breaker with Line Side**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
|**Rating**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>~~—~~<br>~~SSS~~|**Mounted Current Limiter**2<br>~~SSS~~|**Mounted Current Limiter**3<br>~~SSS~~|
|40<br>~~Nooo~~|**FDC3040Q01**<br>~~Nooo~~|**FDC3040YQ02**<br>~~Nooo~~|
|45|**FDC3045Q01**|**FDC3045YQ02**|
|50|**FDC3050Q01**|**FDC3050YQ02**|
|60|**FDC3060Q01**|**FDC3060YQ02**|
|70|**FDC3070Q01**|**FDC3070YQ02**|
|80<br>**FDC3080Q01**<br>**FDC3080YQ02**<br>90<br>**FDC3090Q01**<br>**FDC3090YQ02**<br> ~~OO~~|||
|100|**FDC3100Q01**|**FDC3100YQ02**|
|110|**FDC3110Q01**|**FDC3110YQ02**|
|125|**FDC3125Q01**|**FDC3125YQ02**|
|150<br>175|**FDC3150Q01**<br>**FDC3175Q01**|**FDC3150YQ02**<br>**FDC3175YQ02**|
|200|**FDC3200Q01**|**FDC3200YQ02**|
## **Limiter Terminals**
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>~~——~~<br>~~SSS~~|
|---|
|250<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>10–185<br>#8–350 (1)<br>**TA250FJ**4|
## **Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)**
||||||**Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Three Terminals**|
|**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Body Material**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>~~a~~||**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~ee—~~||
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Line and load terminal included.
> 2 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJ1PBK** .
3 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.
- 4 Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-271**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data**
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|LDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|LDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**
**==> picture [480 x 302] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)<br>FD + limiter 12.06 (306.3) 4.13 (104.9) 3.39 (86.1) 8.50 (3.86)<br>FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module<br>4.12 4.13<br>(104.6) (104.9)<br>12.06<br>(306.3)<br>3.96<br>(100.5)<br>3.34<br>(84.8) 3.39<br>(86.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-272**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Series C Internal Accessories**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**<br>**V4-T2-121**|**2**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**<br>**V4-T2-153**|**2**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**<br>**V4-T2-185**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T2-267**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-269**<br>**V4-T2-270**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-275**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-294**<br>**V4-T2-306**|**2**|
## **Internal Accessories**
## **Product Overview**
## _**Alarm Switch**_
For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A “make” contact closes and a “break” contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset.
## _**Auxiliary Switch**_
The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one “a” and one “b” contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the “a” contact is open and the “b” contact is closed.
## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_
Each catalog number listed in tables on **Pages V4-T2-278** and **V4-T2-279** includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker.
## _**Shunt Trip**_
The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage.
Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_
Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism.
When a 100 microfarad
capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-273**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_
The undervoltage release **2** mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line **2** voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage **2** falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating.
The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted.
## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_
(For fixed-mounted configuration.)
Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories.
For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to **Page V4-T2-274** .
## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_
Eaton’s PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an “isolated high quality” unit.
**Note:** Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-274**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
## _**Alarm Switch**_
**2**
|||
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**<br>Make<br>Break|**G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)**1<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**234<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**|
||**Alarm Switch**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break<br>**B3**<br>**1288C75G03**|
||**Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B<br>**B13**<br>**1288C76G09**|
## **F-Frame Alarm Switch**[1]
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L1LPK**<br>**A1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L1RPK**<br>**A1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L1LPK**<br>**A2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L1RPK**<br>**A2L1RTK**|
|1|Single-pole<br>**B15**8<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
## **F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch**[1]
|**F-Frame HMCP**|**Alarm Switch**1|
|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**MA1L1LPK**<br>**MA1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**MA1L1RPK**<br>**MA1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**MA2L1LPK**<br>**MA2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**MA2L1RPK**<br>**MA2L1RTK**|
## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**9<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**7<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Leftj<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L2LPK**<br>**A1L2LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L2RPK**<br>**A1L2RTK**6|
## _**Notes**_
1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed; however, this is not recommended for FDE breakers. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
- 2 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (16–0.010).
- 3 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker.
- 4 Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker.
- 5 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation.
- 6 Standard pigtail lead exit location.
- 7 Standard mounting location.
- 8 Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker.
- 9 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
> j Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-275**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch**
**2**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L3LPK**<br>**A1L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L3RPK**<br>**A1L3RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L3LPK**<br>**A2L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L3RPK**<br>**A2L3RTK**|
## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L4LPK**<br>**A1L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L4RPK**<br>**A1L4RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L4LPK**<br>**A2L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L4RPK**<br>**A2L4RTK**|
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**A1L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L5RTK**|
|2|Left<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**A2L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L5RTK**|
## **R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**5|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Number of Contacts**<br>**(Make and Break)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**6|**Catalog**<br>**Number**6|
|1|**B05**|**A1L6RPK**|
|2|**B12**|**A2L6RPK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
- 2 Standard mounting location.
- 3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
- 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
- 6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-276**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Auxiliary Switch**_
**G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)**
|**Auxiliary Switch**<br>a<br>b|**G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)**<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**<br>240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1a/1b<br>**A3**<br>**1288C74G03**<br>240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>2a/2b<br>**A6**<br>**1288C73G03**|**2**|
|---|---|---|
|a<br>b|||
|||**2**<br>**2**|
## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**4<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left5<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A15**7<br>**A16**7<br>**A17**7<br>**—**<br>**E1X1PK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A18**7<br>**A19**7<br>**A20**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|2|Left5<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X1LPK**<br>**A2X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A21**7<br>**A22**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>**A2X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A23**7<br>**A24**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1RPK**<br>**—**|
## **F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch**[9]
|||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**4|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Connection Type and Location**||||||
|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Number of**|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|||
|**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Location**<br>**(Pole)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Trip Unit Type 310+**||||||||
|1|Right|**A30**|**A31**|**A32**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|**Trip Unit Type 210+**||||||||
|1|Right|**A33**|**A34**|**A35**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**j<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2RTK**4|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010).
- 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker.
- 3 Standard pigtail lead exit location.
- 4 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation.
- 5 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
- 6 Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit.
- 7 125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum.
- 8 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers.
- 9 Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. Installation auxiliary switch for FD electronic breakers on right pole must be performed at breaker factory.
- j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
- k Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-277**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch**
**2**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3RTK**4|
||Right<br>**A21**<br>**A22**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G10**67<br>**—**|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X3LPK**<br>**A3X3LTK**|
||Right3<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X3RPK**<br>**A3X3RTK**4|
## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4RTK**4|
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch**
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**A3X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**A3X5RTK**4|
## **R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)**
||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|
|**A and B**|**Number**5|**Number**5|
|2|**A12**|**A2X6RPK**|
|4|**A19**|**A4X6RPK**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
> 3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
- 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers.
> 5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
> 6 This option is not field installable.
> 7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-278**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_
**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**[1]
|||
|---|---|
|**Auxiliary Switch and**<br>**Alarm Switch**<br>**Combination**<br>a<br>b|**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**1<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**2<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Left3<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL1LPK**<br>**AAL1LTK**|
||Right<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL1RPK**<br>**AAL1RTK**4|
**2**
## **F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**
||**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation Kit**2|**Factory Installation Kit**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|||||
||**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Mounting**<br>**Location**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**<br>Left4|**Number**<br>**C01**|**Number**<br>**C02**|**Number**<br>**C03**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LPK**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LTK**|
|Right|**C04**|**C05**|**C06**|**MAAL1RPK**|**MAAL1RPK**|
## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL2LPK**<br>**AAL2LTK**|
||Right4<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL2RPK**<br>**AAL2RTK**4|
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL3LPK**<br>**AAL3LTK**|
||Right67<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL3RPK**8<br>**AAL3RTK**|
||Right<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G09**9j<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination options (Cxx) are not available on FDE 310+ with LSG or LSIG trip units due to exit wire limitations. To obtain both features, order a left mounting alarm switch (B01-B04 or B09-B11), and right mounting auxiliary switch (A30-A32).
- 2 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation.
- 3 Standard mounting location.
- 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers
- 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
- 6 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 7 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
- 8 Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH).
- 9 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option.
- j This option is not field installable.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-279**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA114LPK**<br>**AA114LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA114RPK**<br>**AA114RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA214LPK**<br>**AA214LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA214RPK**<br>**AA214RTK**3|
|3A, 3B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C14**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right2<br>**C15**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314RPK**<br>**—**|
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**
|**N-Frame and HMCP**|**(N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**|
|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**AA115LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**AA115RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA215LPK**<br>**AA215LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA215RPK**<br>**AA215RTK**3|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-280**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Shunt Trip**_
**Shunt Trip** ST a
## **G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)**
|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**<br>120<br>240|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>1.1<br>2.1|**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**S1**<br>**S2**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**1373D62G01**<br>**1373D62G02**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|12|DC|2.8|**S3**|**1373D62G15**|
|24|DC|5.7|**S4**|**1373D62G16**|
|24|60 Hz|—|**S7**|**1373D62G20**|
**2**
## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip**
|**F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt**|**Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**1|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**2|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S01**<br>**S05**|**S02**<br>**S06**|**S03**<br>**S07**|**S04**<br>**S08**|**SNT1LP03K**<br>**SNT1LP08K**|**SNT1LT03K**<br>**SNT1LT08K**|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT1LP12K**|**SNT1LT12K**|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT1LP18K**|**SNT1LT18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**5|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT1RP03K**|**SNT1RT03K**6|
|48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT1RP08K**|**SNT1RT08K**6|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT1RP12K**|**SNT1RT12K**6|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT1RP18K**|**SNT1RT18K**6|
## _**Notes**_
1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation.
2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
3 Standard pigtail lead exit location.
4 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices.
5 Standard mounting location.
6 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers.
G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory.
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-281**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip**
**2**
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**4|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S53**|**S54**|**S55**|**S56**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**4|
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip**
||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|||**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2||**Opposite Side**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2<br>12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT3P04K**|**SNT3T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**56||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S45**<br>**S53**|**S46**<br>**S54**|**S47**<br>**S55**|**S48**<br>**S56**|**SNT3P04K**<br>**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T04K**4<br>**SNT3T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**4|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
> 3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element.
> 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers.
> 5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.
> 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-282**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip**
|**L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and**|**Shunt Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT4LP03K**|**SNT4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT4LP05K**|**SNT4LT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S85**|**S86**|**S87**|**—**|**SNT4LP23K**|**SNT4LT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT4LP11K**|**SNT4LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT4LP26K**|**SNT4LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc<br>480–600 Vac|**S13**<br>**S17**|**S14**<br>**S18**|**S15**<br>**S19**|**S16**<br>**S20**|**SNT4LP14K**<br>**SNT4LP18K**|**SNT4LT14K**<br>**SNT4LT18K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT4RP03K**|**SNT4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT4RP05K**|**SNT4RT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S88**|**S89**|**S90**|**—**|**SNT4RP23K**|**SNT4RT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT4RP11K**|**SNT4RT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT4RP26K**|**SNT4RT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT4RP14K**|**SNT4RT14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT4RP18K**|**SNT4RT18K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-283**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
**2**
## Series C
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip**
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|9–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT5LP03K**|**SNT5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT5LP05K**|**SNT5LT05K**|
|110–240 Vac3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT5LP11K**|**SNT5LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT5LP26K**|**SNT5LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT5LP14K**|**SNT5LT14K**|
|480–600 Vac<br>48–60 Vdc|**S17**<br>**S21**|**S18**<br>**S22**|**S19**<br>**S23**|**S20**<br>**S24**|**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT5LP23K**|**SNT5LT18K**<br>**SNT5LT23K**|
## **R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**1|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**SNT6P11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**SNT6P18K**|
|48–60 Vdc<br>110–125 Vdc|**S88**<br>**S45**|**SNT6P23K**<br>**SNT6P26K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
> 3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits.
> 4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-284**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_
## **Ordering Information**
Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
## **Low Energy Shunt Trip**
UV
## **F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip**[1]
|**F-, J-, K-, L**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fra**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fra**|**mes and H**|**MCPs Lo**|**w Energy Shu**|**nt Trip**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection**|**Type and Location**|||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|||
||||**Opposite**||||
|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**3|**Side**|**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Positions**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**F-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**NO4**|**LST1LPK**4|**LST1LTK**4|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**NO8**|**LST1RPK**4|**LST1RTK**4|
|**J-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST2LPK**|**—**|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST2RPK**|**—**|
|**K-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST3LPK**|**—**|
|Right56|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST3RPK**|**—**|
|**L- and M-Frames**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST4LPK**|**—**|
|Right|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST4RPK**|**—**|
|**N-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST5LPK**|**—**|
|**R-Frame**|||||||
|Right|**NO1**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**LST6RPK**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.
- 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
- 3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 4 For F-Frame HMCP, add an “M” to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for field installation.
- 5 For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only.
- 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-285**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ **Ordering Information**
**2** Select handle reset undervoltage release **2** mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. **2** Undervoltage release mechanism coils are **2** designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages **2** within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit **2** breaker accessory nameplates.
## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism** UV
## **G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)**
|**Electrical Ratings**||||**Factory**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Volts (AC Only)**<br>120|**Frequency (Hz)**<br>50/60|**Amperes**<br>0.05|**Style Numbers**123<br>**1373D62G03**|**Suffix**<br>**T1**|
|24<br>48|50/60<br>50/60|0.22<br>0.11|**1373D62G04**<br>**1373D62G05**|**T2**<br>**T3**|
|60|50/60|0.10|**1373D62G06**|**T4**|
|110|50|0.049|**1373D62G07**|**T5**|
|208|60|0.026|**1373D62G08**|**T6**|
|220|50|0.025|**1373D62G09**|**T7**|
|240|50/60|0.024|**1373D62G10**|**T8**|
|380<br>415|50<br>50|0.015<br>0.013|**1373D62G11**<br>**1373D62G12**|**T9**<br>**T10**|
|440|50|0.012|**1373D62G13**|**T11**|
|480|60|0.01|**1373D62G14**|**T12**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010).
2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker.
3 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker.
G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-286**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Connection Type and Location**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|
||**Same Side**|**Rear**1|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vac|**U01**|**U02**|**U03**|**U04**|
|24 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|
|48 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vac|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|
|208–240 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|
|380–480 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|
|525–600 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|
|24 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|
|48 Vac|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vac|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vac|**U61**|**U62**|**U63**|**U64**|
|208–240 Vac|**U65**|**U66**|**U67**|**U68**|
|380–480 Vac|**U69**|**U70**|**U71**|**U72**|
|525–600 Vac|**U73**|**U74**|**U75**|**U76**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vdc|**U29**|**U30**|**U31**|**U32**|
|24 Vdc|**U33**|**U34**|**U35**|**U36**|
|48 Vdc|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vdc|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vdc|**U77**|**U78**|**U79**|**U80**|
|24 Vdc|**U81**|**U82**|**U83**|**U84**|
|48 Vdc|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vdc|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U89**|**U90**|**U91**|**U92**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U93**|**U94**|**U95**|**U96**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Standard pigtail lead exit location.
> 2 Standard mounting location.
> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-287**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
**2**
||**F-Frame Breaker**||**F-Frame Breaker**|**HMCP**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vac|**UVH1LP02K**|**UVH1LT02K**|**MUVH1LP02K**|**MUVH1LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**UVH1LP03K**|**UVH1LT03K**|**MUVH1LP03K**|**MUVH1LT03K**|
|48 Vac|**UVH1LP22K**|**UVH1LT22K**|**MUVH1LP22K**|**MUVH1LT22K**|
|60 Vac|**UVH1LP24K**|**UVH1LT24K**|**MUVH1LP24K**|**MUVH1LT24K**|
|110–127 Vac<br>208–240 Vac|**UVH1LP08K**<br>**UVH1LP11K**|**UVH1LT08K**<br>**UVH1LT11K**|**MUVH1LP08K**<br>**MUVH1LP11K**|**MUVH1LT08K**<br>**MUVH1LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**UVH1LP15K**|**UVH1LT15K**|**MUVH1LP15K**|**MUVH1LT15K**|
|525–600 Vac|**UVH1LP18K**|**UVH1LT18K**|**MUVH1LP18K**|**MUVH1LT18K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vac|**UVH1RP02K**|**UVH1RT02K**|**MUVH1RP02K**|**MUVH1RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**UVH1RP03K**|**UVH1RT03K**|**MUVH1RP03K**|**MUVH1RT03K**|
|48 Vac<br>60 Vac|**UVH1RP22K**<br>**UVH1RP24K**|**UVH1RT22K**<br>**UVH1RT24K**|**MUVH1RP22K**<br>**MUVH1RP24K**|**MUVH1RT22K**<br>**MUVH1RT24K**|
|110–127 Vac|**UVH1RP08K**|**UVH1RT08K**|**MUVH1RP08K**|**MUVH1RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**UVH1RP11K**|**UVH1RT11K**|**MUVH1RP11K**|**MUVH1RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**UVH1RP15K**|**UVH1RT15K**|**MUVH1RP15K**|**MUVH1RT15K**|
|525–600 Vac|**UVH1RP18K**|**UVH1RT18K**|**MUVH1RP18K**|**MUVH1RT18K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vdc|**UVH1LP20K**|**UVH1LT20K**|**MUVH1LP20K**|**MUVH1LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**UVH1LP21K**|**UVH1LT21K**|**MUVH1LP21K**|**MUVH1LT21K**|
|48 Vdc|**UVH1LP22K**|**UVH1LT22K**|**MUVH1LP22K**|**MUVH1LT22K**|
|60 Vdc|**UVH1LP24K**|**UVH1LT24K**|**MUVH1LP24K**|**MUVH1LT24K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**UVH1LP26K**|**UVH1LT26K**|**MUVH1LP26K**|**MUVH1LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc<br>**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|**UVH1LP28K**<br> 23|**UVH1LT28K**|**MUVH1LP28K**|**MUVH1LT28K**|
|12 Vdc|**UVH1RP20K**|**UVH1RT20K**|**MUVH1RP20K**|**MUVH1RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**UVH1RP21K**|**UVH1RT21K**|**MUVH1RP21K**|**MUVH1RT21K**|
|48 Vdc|**UVH1RP22K**|**UVH1RT22K**|**MUVH1RP22K**|**MUVH1RT22K**|
|60 Vdc|**UVH1RP22K**|**UVH1RT22K**|**MUVH1RP22K**|**MUVH1RT22K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**UVH1RP26K**|**UVH1RT26K**|**MUVH1RP26K**|**MUVH1RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**UVH1RP28K**|**UVH1RT28K**|**MUVH1RP28K**|**MUVH1RT28K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation.
> 2 Standard mounting location.
> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-288**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**1|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**3|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH2LP02K**|**UVH2LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH2LP03K**|**UVH2LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH2LP05K**|**UVH2LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH2LP08K**|**UVH2LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH2LP11K**|**UVH2LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH2LP15K**|**UVH2LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH2RP02K**|**UVH2RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH2RP03K**|**UVH2RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH2RP05K**|**UVH2RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH2RP08K**|**UVH2RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH2RP11K**|**UVH2RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH2RP15K**|**UVH2RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH2LP20K**|**UVH2LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH2LP21K**|**UVH2LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH2LP23K**|**UVH2LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH2LP26K**|**UVH2LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH2LP28K**|**UVH2LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH2RP20K**|**UVH2RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH2RP21K**|**UVH2RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH2RP23K**|**UVH2RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH2RP26K**|**UVH2RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH2RP28K**|**UVH2RT28K**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
> 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
- 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers.
> 4 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-289**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e evoge eese ecs**<br>**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|
||12 Vac<br>**U05**<br>**U06**<br>**U07**<br>**U08**<br>**UVH3LP02K**<br>**UVH3LT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U09**<br>**U10**<br>**U11**<br>**U12**<br>**UVH3LP03K**<br>**UVH3LT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U13**<br>**U14**<br>**U15**<br>**U16**<br>**UVH3LP05K**<br>**UVH3LT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U17**<br>**U18**<br>**U19**<br>**U20**<br>**UVH3LP08K**<br>**UVH3LT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U21**<br>**U22**<br>**U23**<br>**U24**<br>**UVH3LP11K**<br>**UVH3LT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U25**<br>**U26**<br>**U27**<br>**U28**<br>**UVH3LP15K**<br>**UVH3LT15K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**345|
||12 Vac<br>**U37**<br>**U38**<br>**U39**<br>**U40**<br>**UVH3RP02K**<br>**UVH3RT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U41**<br>**U42**<br>**U43**<br>**U44**<br>**UVH3RP03K**<br>**UVH3RT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U45**<br>**U46**<br>**U47**<br>**U48**<br>**UVH3RP05K**<br>**UVH3RT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U49**<br>**U50**<br>**U51**<br>**U52**<br>**UVH3RP08K**<br>**UVH3RT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U53**<br>**U54**<br>**U55**<br>**U56**<br>**UVH3RP11K**<br>**UVH3RT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U57**<br>**U58**<br>**U59**<br>**U60**<br>**UVH3RP15K**<br>**UVH3RT15K**|
||**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|
||12 Vdc<br>**T01**<br>**T02**<br>**T03**<br>**T04**<br>**UVH3LP20K**<br>**UVH3LT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T05**<br>**T06**<br>**T07**<br>**T08**<br>**UVH3LP21K**<br>**UVH3LT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T09**<br>**T10**<br>**T11**<br>**T12**<br>**UVH3LP23K**<br>**UVH3LT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T13**<br>**T14**<br>**T15**<br>**T16**<br>**UVH3LP26K**<br>**UVH3LT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T17**<br>**T18**<br>**T19**<br>**T20**<br>**UVH3LP28K**<br>**UVH3LT28K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**345|
||12 Vdc<br>**T21**<br>**T22**<br>**T23**<br>**T24**<br>**UVH3RP20K**<br>**UVH3RT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T25**<br>**T26**<br>**T27**<br>**T28**<br>**UVH3RP21K**<br>**UVH3RT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T29**<br>**T30**<br>**T31**<br>**T32**<br>**UVH3RP23K**<br>**UVH3RT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T33**<br>**T34**<br>**T35**<br>**T36**<br>**UVH3RP26K**<br>**UVH3RT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T37**<br>**T38**<br>**T39**<br>**T40**<br>**UVH3RP28K**<br>**UVH3RT28K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
> 3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.
> 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
> 5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-290**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH4LP02K**|**UVH4LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH4LP03K**|**UVH4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH4LP05K**|**UVH4LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH4LP08K**|**UVH4LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH4LP11K**|**UVH4LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH4LP15K**|**UVH4LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH4RP02K**|**UVH4RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH4RP03K**|**UVH4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH4RP05K**|**UVH4RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH4RP08K**|**UVH4RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH4RP11K**|**UVH4RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH4RP15K**|**UVH4RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH4LP20K**|**UVH4LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH4LP21K**|**UVH4LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH4LP23K**|**UVH4LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH4LP26K**|**UVH4LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH4LP28K**|**UVH4LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH4RP20K**|**UVH4RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH4RP21K**|**UVH4RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH4RP23K**|**UVH4RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH4RP26K**|**UVH4RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH4RP28K**|**UVH4RT28K**|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.
- 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-291**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism**
**2**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Suffix**||**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Number**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2||**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH5LP02K**|**UVH5LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH5LP03K**|**UVH5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH5LP05K**|**UVH5LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH5LP08K**|**UVH5LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH5LP11K**|**UVH5LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH5LP29K**|**UVH5LT29K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc<br>24 Vdc|**T01**<br>**T05**|**T02**<br>**T06**|**T03**<br>**T07**|**T04**<br>**T08**|**UVH5LP20K**<br>**UVH5LP21K**|**UVH5LT20K**<br>**UVH5LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH5LP23K**|**UVH5LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH5LP26K**|**UVH5LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH5LP28K**|**UVH5LT28K**|
## **R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)**
||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Field Installation Kits**3<br>**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|12 Vac|**U37**|**UVH6RP02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**UVH6RP03K**|
|48–60 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|**U45**<br>**U49**|**UVH6RP05K**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**UVH6RP11K**|
|380–500 Vac|**U57**|**UVH6RP29K**|
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**UVH6RP20K**|
|24 Vdc<br>48–60 Vdc|**T25**<br>**T29**|**UVH6RP21K**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**T33**|**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**UVH6RP28K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
> 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations.
> 4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-292**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_
## **R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**[1]
||**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Accessory Terminal**|**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|
|**Block (R-Frame)**|**Factory Installed**|**Field Mounted**|
|A.|**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Q01**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**TBRDK**|
**2**
## **Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory**
||**Number of Contacts**|**Required Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type of Accessory**|**per Single Accessory**|**of Wires**|
|Auxiliary switch|2a/2b|6|
||4a/4b|12|
|Alarm (Signal)/|1m/1b|6|
|Lockout switch|2m/2b|12|
|Shunt trip|N/A|2|
|Low energy shunt|N/A|2|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|N/A|2|
## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_
**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits**
## **PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2]
|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550K**|
|L-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550L**|
|N-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550N**|
## **Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23]
|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550N**|
## **PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23]
|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550N**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714).
- 2 Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole.
- 3 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-293**
2.3
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2**
## _**Alarm Switch**_
## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12]
|**F-Frame E**|**lectrical Rating D**|**ata**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|**Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers**||||
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250<br>**Single-Pole**|DC<br>**Circuit Breakers**|0.253|2500|
|125/250|50/60 Hz|63|2000|
|28|DC|33|2000|
|28|DC|54|2000|
## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[56]
|**J-Frame**|**Electrical Rating D**|**ata**56||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600<br>125|50/60 Hz<br>DC|6<br>0.503|2500<br>2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**K-Frame**|**Electrical Rating**|**Data**67||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**67<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|||**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data** 8|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**R-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**9j|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
## _**Auxiliary Switch**_
## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12]
|**F-Frame E**|**ectrical Ratin**|**g Data**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|1253|50/60 Hz|1|2500|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12]
|**J-Frame E**|**lectrical Ratin**|**g Data**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[25]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**2||||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**26|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
## **R-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[78]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|
|125|DC|0.504|
|250|DC|0.254|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
> 3 Non-inductive load.
> 4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026).
> 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
> 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
> 7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
> 8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
> i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations.
> j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-294**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_
## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2200|
|250|DC|0.253|2200|
## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[25]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[27]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[28]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[27]
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
- 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
- 3 Non-inductive load.
> 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
- 5 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
- 6 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-295**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Shunt Trip**_
**2**
**F-Frame and HMCP Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123]
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT1LP03K or SNT1LT03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>6.1<br>4.3<br>40<br>1048<br>12<br>8.5<br>6<br>75<br>24<br>17<br>12<br>300<br>12<br>9<br>8<br>100<br>24<br>16<br>400|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT1LP08K or SNT1LT08K|48–127<br>50/60|48<br>33.6<br>2.7<br>1.9<br>92<br>1254<br>60<br>3.4<br>2.4<br>140<br>110<br>6.2<br>4.4<br>480<br>120<br>6.8<br>4.8<br>570<br>127<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>640<br>48<br>33.6<br>2.1<br>100<br>60<br>2.6<br>160|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT1LP12K or SNT1LT12K|208–380<br>50/60|208<br>146<br>1.2<br>0.25<br>180<br>1760<br>220<br>1.3<br>0.27<br>200<br>240<br>1.4<br>0.29<br>240<br>380<br>2.3<br>0.31<br>610<br>110<br>77<br>0.5<br>55<br>120<br>0.55<br>66<br>125<br>0.57<br>71|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT1LP18K or SNT1LT18K|415–600<br>50/60|400<br>280<br>1.1<br>0.77<br>310<br>2200<br>415<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>330<br>440<br>1.2<br>0.85<br>380<br>480<br>1.3<br>0.93<br>450<br>525<br>1.4<br>1.02<br>530<br>550<br>1.5<br>1.06<br>590<br>600<br>1.6<br>1.16<br>700<br>220<br>154<br>0.48<br>110<br>250<br>0.55<br>140|
||220–250<br>DC||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds.
- 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-296**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123]
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT2P04K or SNT2T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT2P06K or SNT2T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT2P11K or SNT2T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>0.9<br>0.6<br>66<br>1480<br>120<br>1<br>0.7<br>84<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>354<br>220<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>396<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432<br>110<br>60<br>1<br>112<br>120<br>1.1<br>138<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT2P14K or SNT2T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.34<br>0.25<br>127<br>1880<br>400<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>150<br>415<br>0.4<br>0.29<br>163<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>188<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>40<br>250<br>0.22<br>58|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT2P18K or SNT2T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.13<br>0.07<br>34<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.08<br>42<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.14<br>0.1<br>60|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds.
> 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-297**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[323]
**2**
|**K-Frame and HMCP**|**(K) Shunt Trip Electric**|**al Rating Data**323|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT3P04K or SNT3T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT3P06K or SNT3T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT3P11K or SNT3T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>1.3<br>0.9<br>100<br>1480<br>120<br>1.4<br>1<br>120<br>127<br>1.5<br>1.1<br>140<br>208<br>2.8<br>2<br>420<br>220<br>3<br>2.1<br>470<br>240<br>3.2<br>2.3<br>550<br>110<br>82<br>1<br>110<br>120<br>1.1<br>130<br>125<br>1.2<br>140|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT3P14K or SNT3T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.37<br>0.25<br>95<br>1880<br>400<br>0.39<br>0.27<br>108<br>415<br>0.42<br>0.29<br>120<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>136<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>41<br>250<br>0.22<br>54|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT3P18K or SNT3T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>40<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.16<br>0.12<br>70|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds.
> 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-298**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**L-Frame and HMCP (L) and M-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123]
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT4P03K or SNT4T03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28.6<br>20.2<br>485<br>9<br>6.3<br>8.5<br>75<br>12<br>8.6<br>103<br>24<br>17.4<br>418|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT4P05K SNT4T05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>0.72<br>0.51<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>1.2<br>0.84<br>126|
|SNT4P11K or SNT4T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.89<br>0.63<br>69<br>1480<br>120<br>1.03<br>0.73<br>88<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
|SNT4P14K or SNT4T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.3<br>0.21<br>80<br>1880<br>400<br>0.34<br>0.24<br>96<br>415<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>104<br>440<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>119<br>220<br>154<br>0.34<br>75<br>250<br>0.34<br>85|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT4P18K or SNT4T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.07<br>0.05<br>24<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.09<br>0.07<br>39<br>600<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>48|
|SNT4P23K SNT4T23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>0.76<br>36<br>1120<br>60<br>0.95<br>57|
|SNT4P26K or SNT4T26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>0.42<br>46<br>1250<br>120<br>0.43<br>52<br>125<br>0.44<br>55|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
- 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds.
- 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-299**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123]
**2**
|**N-Frame and HMCP**|**(N) Shunt Trip Electri**|**cal Rating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT5LP03K or SNT5LT03K|9–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28<br>19.8<br>475<br>9<br>7.2<br>8.8<br>79<br>12<br>12.1<br>145<br>24<br>25.4<br>610|
||9–24<br>DC||
|SNT5LP05K SNT5LT05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>3<br>2.1<br>126|
|SNT5LP11K or SNT5LT11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.86<br>0.61<br>67<br>1480<br>120<br>0.98<br>0.69<br>83<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.75<br>95<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
|SNT5LP14K or SNT5LT14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.28<br>0.2<br>76<br>1880<br>400<br>0.31<br>0.22<br>88<br>415<br>0.33<br>0.23<br>95<br>440<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>110<br>220<br>154<br>0.21<br>46<br>250<br>0.22<br>55|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT5LP18K or SNT5LT18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.06<br>0.04<br>19<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>33<br>600<br>0.1<br>0.07<br>42|
|SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>1.4<br>67<br>1120<br>60<br>1.7<br>102|
|SNT5LP26K or SNT5LT26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>1.1<br>121<br>1250<br>120<br>1.2<br>144<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds.
> 3 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-300**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**R-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123456]
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT6P03K|24<br>50/60|24<br>16.8<br>36.1<br>25.5<br>612<br>1050<br>24<br>16.8<br>16.5<br>396|
||24<br>DC||
|SNT6P05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>11.9<br>8.4<br>403<br>1120<br>60<br>15.7<br>11.1<br>666|
|SNT6P11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>5.09<br>3.6<br>396<br>1480<br>120<br>5.66<br>4<br>480<br>127<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>533<br>208<br>10.2<br>7.2<br>1498<br>220<br>10.5<br>7.4<br>1628<br>240<br>11.2<br>7.9<br>1896|
|SNT6P14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>1596<br>2200<br>400<br>6.23<br>4.4<br>1760<br>415<br>6.51<br>4.6<br>1909<br>440<br>6.93<br>4.9<br>2156|
||220–250<br>DC|220<br>154<br>1.7<br>374<br>1500<br>250<br>1.9<br>475|
|SNT6P18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.68<br>0.48<br>230<br>2200<br>525<br>0.78<br>0.55<br>289<br>550<br>0.79<br>0.56<br>308<br>600<br>0.91<br>0.64<br>384|
|SNT6P23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>7.1<br>341<br>1120<br>60<br>8.8<br>258|
|SNT6P26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>2.4<br>264<br>1250<br>120<br>2.6<br>312<br>125<br>2.8<br>350|
**2**
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds.
- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage.
- 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations.
- 4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute.
- 5 Maximum operating voltage—110% of maximum voltage range rating.
- 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-301**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_
**2**
## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1]
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|1.3|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|2.5|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.4|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.6|
|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.2<br>1.9|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.3<br>2.0|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.3|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.2|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|2.6|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.4|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.4|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.5|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|525<br>550|210.0<br>210.0|367.0<br>367.0|446.0<br>446.0|4.3<br>4.8|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|600|210.0|367.0|446.0|5.8|—|—|—|—|—|
## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[23]
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.9<br>3.9|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.6<br>3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208<br>220|84.0<br>84.0|145.6<br>145.6|176.8<br>176.8|2.7<br>3.1|220<br>250|87.5<br>87.5|154.0<br>154.0|187.0<br>187.0|3.1<br>4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
> 3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-302**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1]
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|
**2**
## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[1]
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-303**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1]
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e ecc g**<br>**50/60 Hz**<br>**DC**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|
|---|---|
||12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.9<br>12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.6|
||24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.9<br>24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1|
||48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.5<br>48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.0|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.8<br>60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.1|
||110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.8<br>110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.6|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.1<br>120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.9|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.4<br>125<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.2|
||208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>2.7<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>3.1|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.1<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>—|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.8<br>250<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>4.0|
||380<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||415<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.0<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||480<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.6<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||500<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>5.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-304**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
**R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**[12]
|**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**|
|---|---|
|**02/02K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>2.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**03/03K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**05/05K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>6.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**08/08K**<br>110–127|110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
|**11/11K**<br>208–240|208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>4.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
|**29/29K**<br>380–500|380<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||415<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||440<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||480<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>9.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||500<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>10.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
|**R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**12<br>**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||
|**20/20K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**21/21K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>4.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**23/23K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>4.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**26/26K**<br>110–127|110<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||120<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||125<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
|**28/28K**<br>220–250|220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|
||250<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>7.5<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations.
- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
- 3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown.
- 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate.
- 5 For 1 minute.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-305**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Series C External Accessories**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-116**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-117**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-118**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-121**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-161**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-256**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-267**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-269**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-270**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-273**|
|External Accessories||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-310**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-328**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-329**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-330**|
## **External Accessories**
## **Product Overview**
## _**End Cap Kit**_
The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819.
## _**Keeper Nut**_
The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819.
## **L-, M-, N-Frames**
Not required. Terminals are threaded.
## _**J-Frame Plug Nut**_
The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer.
## _**Terminal Adapter**_
## _**Control Wire Terminal Kit**_
The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect.
For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only.
**Note:** Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
## _**Multiwire Connectors**_
Eaton’s field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks.
Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
## _**Terminal Shields**_
Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.)
## _**Rear Fed Terminals.**_
Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-306**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Terminal End Covers**_
The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
## _**Interphase Barriers**_
The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package.
## _**Base Mounting Plate**_
Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers.
## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_
For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022.
Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding.
## _**Key Operated Attachment**_
## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_
## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_
The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the
handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
## _**Padlockable Handle**_
## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_
The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock.
## _**Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_
The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_
The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
## _**Cylinder Lock**_
The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.)
## _**Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included)**_
The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation.
The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types.
## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_
The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.)
## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_
The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two **2** adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. **2** The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind **2** and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted **2** through an access hole in the back plate and base of each **2** circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both **2** circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same **2** time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the **2** wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers **2** and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified **2** circuit breakers are required for this application. UL **2** File E38116.
## _**Electrical Operator**_
The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications.
Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-307**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
The electrical (motor) operator **2** allows the circuit’s breaker to be opened, closed or reset **2** remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation.
The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor.
## _**Plug-In Adapters**_
Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available.
One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end.
Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted.
## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_
Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications.
Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes.
## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_
Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.)
Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included.
**Note:** Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility.
## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_
The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000 A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239.
## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_
The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N- Frame.
## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_
The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability.
The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C.
For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
## _**Potential Transformer Module**_
The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units.
## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_
The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker.
**Note:** Not UL listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-308**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_
The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eaton’s specifications. The BIM is a member of Eaton’s PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.
## _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_
The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the “Copy” and “Download” commands.
Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional.
## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_
The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.
## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_
The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure.
## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_
The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
**Note:** The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers.
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-309**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## _**Termination Hardware—End Cap Kit**_
**==> picture [276 x 355] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|End Cap Kit|
|End Cap Kit|
|Thread|Thread|Catalog|
|Type|Size|Number|
|Two-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK12|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM12|
|Three-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK1|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM1|
|Four-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK14|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM14|
|Three-Pole J-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK2|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM2|
|Four-Pole J-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK24|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM24|
|Three-Pole K-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK3|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM3|
|Four-Pole K-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK34|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM34|
|Three-Pole L-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312-18|KPEK4|
|Metric|M-8|KPEKM4|
|Four-Pole L-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK44|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM44|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Termination Hardware—Keeper Nut**_
## **F-Frame Keeper Nut**
**F-Frame Keeper Nut**
**==> picture [233 x 49] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Catalog Number|
|Thread|Thread|Package of 12|
|Type|Size|(Priced Individually)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPR1A|
|Metric|M–5|KPR1AM|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Thread Type** Imperial Metric **K-Frame Keeper Nut Thread Type** Imperial Metric ~~-~~ Z ~~——~~
**==> picture [285 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|K-Frame Keeper Nut|
|Thread|Thread|Line/Load|Catalog Number|
|Type|Size|End|Package of 3|
|Imperial|0.375–16|Line|KPR3A|
|Load|KPR3B|
|Metric|M–8|Line|KPR3AM|
|Load|KPR3BM|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Note**_
L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-310**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Termination Hardware**_
|**me Plug Nut**<br>**me Terminal**<br>**er**|**J-Frame Plug Nut**<br>**Thread**<br>**Type**<br>**Thread**<br>**Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Package of 6**|
|---|---|
||Imperial<br>0.250–20<br>**PLN2**|
||Metric<br>M–6<br>**PLN2M**|
||**K-Frame Terminal Adapter**1<br>**Line/Load End**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Line and load<br>**TAD3**|
**2**
## **F-Frame Ordering Information**
Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
||||
|---|---|---|
|**me Kit**|**F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**<br>**Description**|2<br>**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.|150<br>**FCWTK**|
|||225<br>**FCWTK225**|
## **J- and K-Frame Ordering Information**
Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
|||
|---|---|
|**d K-Frame Kit**|**J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**<br>**Description**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.<br>**KCWTK**|
## **L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**
|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Range/Number Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|Al/Cu|95–150|**TA602LDCW**3|
|3/0–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Cu|120–250|**T602LDCW**3|
|250–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**2TA603LDKCW**45|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**3TA603LDKCW**46|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**4TA603LDKCW**47|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers.
- 2 Not for use with T250KB terminals.
- 3 Individually packed.
- 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
- 5 Two-pole kit.
- 6 Three-pole kit.
- 7 Four-pole kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-311**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Termination Hardware**_
## **G-Frame Control Wire Terminal**
||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Control wire terminal (kit of 12)|**Number**<br>**5652B38G01**|**Number**<br>**GCWTK**|
## **Multiwire Connectors**
**==> picture [57 x 50] intentionally omitted <==**
## **Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|---|
|**G-Frame**2|||
|100||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA100G3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA100G6K**|
|**F-Frame**|||
|225||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA150F3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA150F6K**|
|**J-Frame**|||
|250||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA250J3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA250J6K**|
|**K-Frame**|||
|400||3<br>14–2/0<br>**3TA400K3K**|
|||6<br>14–3<br>**3TA400K6K**|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**<br>**Frame**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|||
|FD|150<br>14–4/0<br>**TA150FDRF**||
||150<br>14–4/0<br>**3TA150FDRF**||
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**TA225FDRF**||
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**3TA225FDRF**||
|KD|400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**TA350KRF**||
||400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**3TA350KRF**||
|MDL|800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**TA800MDLRF**||
||800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**3TA800MDLRF**||
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
## **Ordering Information**
Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required.
## **Mounting Hardware**
|**Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Screw Length in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
|**G-Frame**||
|0.138–32 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std.<br>0.138–32 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm)|**624B375G23**<br>**8703C80G05**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal.
- 2 GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-312**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware**
|**Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps|Individual<br>**624B375G01**|
||Group1<br>**624B375G02**|
|2<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G01**|
|3, 4<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH4**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||
## **Metric Thread Mounting Hardware**
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>M4–0.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps|Individual<br>**4218B80G09**|
||Group1<br>**4218B80G10**|
|2<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G11**|
|3, 4<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1M**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2M**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3M**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH5M**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||
## _**Note**_
1 One set of hardware for two circuit breakers.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-313**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Terminal Shields**_
**2**
## **F-Frame**
## **G-Frame Terminal Shield**
**Catalog Number Units in Package Number** 10 **GTSK3**
## **F-Frame Terminal Shield**
**==> picture [304 x 84] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Standard (Package of 10)|Special—For Use When Electrical|
|(Priced Individually)|Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker|
|Number|Catalog|Catalog|
|of Poles|Location|Number|Number|
|a|12|LineLine|625B229G06625B229G07|——|
|3|Line|625B229G08|4210B95G01|
|4|Line|625B229G09|4210B95G02|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **J-Frame**
## **J-Frame Terminal Shield**
**==> picture [122 x 65] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Number|Catalog Number|
|of Poles|Location|(Package of 10)|
|2, 3|Line End|1266C07G01|
|4|Line End|6631C01G01|
|2, 3|Load End|6641C16G01|
|4|Load End|6641C16G02|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-314**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**==> picture [24 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
K-Frame<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **K-Frame Terminal Shield**
|**Number**||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Location**|**(Package of 10)**|
|2, 3|Line|**TS33LN**|
|4|Line|**TS34LN**|
|3|Load|**TS33LD**|
## **L-Frame Terminal Shield**
## _**Interphase Barriers**_
## **Ordering Information**
Two per package.
|**Interphase Barrier**|**Interphase Barriers**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
|||F<br>**IPB1**<br>J, K<br>**IPB3**<br>~~——~~||
||L|**IPB4**|
||M|**IPB4**|
||N|**IPB5**|
**2**
**Catalog Number (Package of 1) 314C420G05**
## _**Base Mounting Plate**_
## **M-Frame Terminal Shield**
**Catalog Number (Package of 1) 208B966G01**
## **N-Frame Terminal Shield**
**Catalog Number (Package of 1) NTS3K**
## **Base Mounting Plate**
## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_
## **DIN Rail Adapter**
## **Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC**
|**Number of Units**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**in Package**|**Number**|
|1|**207B513G01**|
|**DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|**DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>~~ee~~|**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee~~|
|1, 2|10<br>**1225C79G01**|
|3|10<br>**1225C79G02**1|
|**All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|**All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|
|**Number**|**Number of Units**<br>**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**in Package**<br>**Number**|
|3|1<br>**EGGDDIN**|
## _**Key Operated Attachment**_
## _**Terminal End Covers**_
## **Ordering Information**
The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering.
## **F-Frame Terminal End Covers**
|**F-Frame**|**F-Frame Terminal End Covers**|**F-Frame Terminal End Covers**|
|---|---|---|
||**Conductor Opening**|**Catalog**|
||**Diameter in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
||0.25 (6.35 mm)|**TEC1**|
||0.41 (10.41 mm)|**TEC2**|
|**Key Operated**<br>**Attachment**|**Key Operated**<br>**Attachment**|**Key Operated Attachment**<br>**G-Frame GD/GHC**|**Key Operated Attachment**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|||10|**GKOA**|
## _**Note**_
1 For use on three-pole breakers only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-315**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_
**Lock Dog (NonLock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Padlockable) G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP Number of Units Catalog in Package Number** 1 **1294C01H01**
## _**Handle Ties**_
## **Handle Tie—Series C, F-Frame**
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**|**Number of Units**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|2<br>3|10<br>10|**HTBFD2P**<br>**HTBFD3P**|
|**Handle Tie—Series C, G-Frame**|**Handle Tie—Series C, G-Frame**|**Handle Tie—Series C, G-Frame**|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**|**Number of Units**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|2<br>3|10<br>10|**HTBGD2P**<br>**HTBGD3P**|
## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_
## **Padlockable Handle Lock**
|||**Padlockable Handle Lock**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**<br>**Lock**|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle Lock**|**Catalog**|
|||**Frame**|**Number**|
|||G|**GPHBOFF**|
|||J, K|**PHB3**|
## _**Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_
## **Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**
## **Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**
**Catalog Frame Number** F **PHL1**
## _**Notes**_
1 Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank.
2 Padlockable in the OFF position only.
## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_
## **Non-Padlockable Handle Block**
**Non-Padlockable Handle Block Catalog Frame Number** F **LKD1** J, K **LKD3** ~~a~~ L, M, N **LKD4**
## _**Padlockable Handle**_
## **Padlockable Handle**
## **Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB**
|**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|
|10|**1223C77G03**|
|10|**1223C77G05**2|
|10|**1223C77G06**2|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-316**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_
## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**
||**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|**Lock Hasp**||**Catalog**|
||**Description**|**Number**|
||**F-Frame**||
||Single-pole breakers|**PHL1**|
||Two-, three- and four-pole breakers|**PLK1**|
||For left side mounting|**PLK1LOFF**|
||For right side mounting|**PLK1ROFF**|
||**J, K-Frames**||
||Two-, three- and four-pole breakers|**PLK3**|
||For left side mounting|**PLK3LOFF**1|
||For right side mounting|**PLK3ROFF**1|
||**L-Frame (Side Mounted)**||
||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
||**L-Frame (Top Mounted)**||
||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4S**|
||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**1|
||**M-Frame**||
||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
||**M-Frame (Vertical Mounting)**||
||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK4S**|
||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**|
||**N-Frame**||
||Side mounted|**PLK5**|
||Top mounted (ON/OFF)|**PLK5S**|
||Top mounted (OFF only)|**PLK5SOFF**1|
||**R-Frame**||
||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK6**|
||Lock OFF only|**HLK6OFF**1|
**2**
## _**Cylinder Lock**_
## **Cylinder Lock**
**==> picture [177 x 38] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Cylinder Lock<br>Catalog<br>Frame Number<br>F, J, K Order by description<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Note**_
1 For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only, order either catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-317**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Key Interlock Kit**_
## **Ordering Information**
Key interlock kits contain the necessary interface and hardware to install a trapped key interlock from one of the listed manufacturers. Key interlocks are not installed or supplied as part of the breaker, and must be obtained separately from the lock manufacturer or through the manufacturer of the equipment on which the breaker will be installed. Select the mounting kit catalog number to match the type of lock used.
## **Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**
|**Key Interlock Kit**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|photo<br>eaene.|**Lock**<br>**Manufacturer**|**Lock**<br>**Type**|**Bolt Projection in**<br>**Withdrawn Position**<br>**in Inches (mm)**|**Kit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||**F-Frame**<br>~~OO~~|~~OO~~|~~OO~~|~~OO~~|
|position|Superior<br>Kirk®|B-4003-1<br>F|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYK1**<br>**KYK1**|
||Castell1<br>**J, K-Frames**|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK1**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK3**|
||**L-, M-, N-Frames**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**<br>**CTK4**|
||**R-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Kirk|F|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Castell1<br>**JG-Frame**|K or QK|1.0 (25.4)|**CTK6**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTKJG**|
||**LG-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**<br>**CTKLG**|
## _**Note**_
1 When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-318**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_
## **Ordering Information**
The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline
spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.)
## **Sliding Bar Interlock**
||**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|||**Centerline Spacing**|**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
||F|4.19 (106.4)|**SBK1**|
||J|4.38 (111.3)|**SBK2**|
||K|5.75 (146.0)|**SBK3**|
||L, M|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK4**|
||N|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK5**|
**2**
## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_ **Ordering Information**
With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately.
The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers).
## **Walking Beam Interlock**
|**Walking Beam**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|
|---|---|---|
|**Interlock**||**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||F|**WBL1**|
||K|**WBL3**|
||L, M|**WBL4A**|
||N|**WBL5**|
||R1|**WBL6**|
## _**Note**_
1 Three-pole only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-319**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Electrical Operator**_
**2**
## **F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator**
|||**Terminal Block**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>240|AC<br>AC|**EOP1T07**<br>**EOP1T11**|**EOP1P07**<br>**EOP1P11**|
## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator**[1]
|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>24|50/60 Hz AC<br>DC|**MOPFD120C**<br>**MOPFD24D**|
|125|DC|**MOPFD120C**|
|208–240|50/60 Hz|**MOPFD240C**|
|220–250|DC|**MOPFD240C**|
## **J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator**
|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T11**|
## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator**
|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT11**|
## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|K|**BBMK3**|
## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)**
|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11**|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11A**<br>**EOP4MT15**|
|125|DC|**EOP4MT26**|
|24|DC|**EOP4MT21**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-320**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator**
|||**Pigtail Leads**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T09**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T11**|
|480|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T15**|
|24|DC|**EOP5T21**|
|48|DC|**EOP5T22**|
|125|DC|**EOP5T26**|
**2**
**R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator**
|||**Factory-Installed Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T08K**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T11K**|
|48|DC|**EOP6T21K**|
## _**Plug-In Adapters**_
**F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)**
|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100–225|**1480D13G01**|**1480D13G02**|**1480D13G07**1|
|Mounting plate|**176C511H01**|**507C047H01**|**—**|
## **J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)**
|**Continuous**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Terminal**<br>**End**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|250|Line<br>**1260C86G05**<br>**1260C86G06**<br>**1231C67G01**|
||Load<br>**1260C86G07**<br>**1260C86G08**<br>**1231C67G02**|
||One line and one load<br>**506C144G27**<br>**506C144G28**<br>**—**|
|Mounting plate|—<br>2<br>**PMP23**<br>**—**|
## **K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum**
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|**PAD32**|**PAD33**|**—**|
|Mounting plate|2|**PMP33**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 100 ampere maximum.
> 2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-321**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## **L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)**
**2**
|**L-Frame (Threaded**|**Stud Type)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|600 (threaded stud type)|**506C059G03**|**506C059G04**|**PAD44**|
|600 (flat bar type)|**1288C19G01**|**1288C19G02**|**6636C55H01**|
|Mounting plate|**504C824H01**|**504C824H01**|**—**|
## **M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum**
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|800|**2614D53G05**|**2614D53G06**|
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**|
## **N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)**
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1200|**2614D53G03**|**2614D53G04**|
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**|
## **Plug-In Adapters**
|**Frame**|**Number of**<br>**Poles**|**Standard**<br>**Certification**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|FD|3|IEC|**PAD3F**|
|FD|4|IEC|**PAD4F**|
|JD|3|IEC|**PAD3JD**|
|KD<br>LD|3<br>3|IEC<br>IEC|**PAD3K**<br>**PAD3LD**|
|LD|4|IEC|**PAD4LD**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-322**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_
## **F-Frame**[1]
|**F-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H20**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H21**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H22**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H23**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H24**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H25**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H26**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H27**|
|**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H06**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H07**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H08**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H09**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H10**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H11**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H12**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H13**|
## **L-Frame Ordering Information**
**Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09**
## **M-Frame Ordering Information**[1]
|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225|**314C960G01**|
|400|**314C960G04**|
|400|**314C960G05**|
|400|**314C960G06**|
|600|**314C960G07**|
|600<br>600|**314C960G08**<br>**314C960G09**|
|800|**314C960G10**|
|800|**314C960G11**|
|800|**314C960G12**|
**2**
## **N-Frame Ordering Information**[1]
## **J-Frame**[1]
|**J-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H05**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H07**|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|
|800|**623B222G01**|
|800|**623B222G02**|
|800<br>1200|**623B222G03**<br>**373B375G04**|
|1200|**373B375G03**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Not UL listed.
## **K-Frame**[1]
|**K-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Standard Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G02**|**313C909H17**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G04**|**313C909H18**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|**313C909H19**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|**313C909H20**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|**313C909H21**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|**313C909H22**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-323**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_
**2**
## **F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Center**<br>**Catalog**|**Outside**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(mm)**<br>2.75 (69.9)|**(Amperes)**<br>50|**Number**<br>**673B142G02**|**Number**<br>**673B142G09**|
|2.75 (69.9)|100|**673B142G02**|**673B142G10**|
|2.75 (69.9)|150|**673B142G04**|**673B142G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|50|**1253C72G01**|**1253C72G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|100|**1253C73G03**|**1253C73G06**|
|3.50 (88.9)|150|**1253C73G01**|**1253C73G05**|
## **F-Frame Mounting Bracket**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2|**624B600H02**|
|3|**624B600H01**|
## **J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|250|**2600D26G01**|**2600D26G02**|
## **K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|400|**4212B78G02**|**4212B77G01**|
## **K-Frame Mounting Bracket**
||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B264H01**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-324**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|600|**624B609G01**|**506C052G01**|
**2**
## **L-Frame Mounting Bracket**
|**L-Frame Mounting Bracket**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B297H01**|
## **M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>800|Short<br>**314C996G01**|
||Medium<br>**314C996G02**|
||Long<br>**314C996G03**|
## **M-Frame Mounting Bracket**
## **Catalog Number**
**315C270H01**
## **N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps**
|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>1200|Short<br>**505C606G04**|
||Medium<br>**505C606G05**|
||Long<br>**505C606G06**|
## **N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)**
**Catalog Number**
**315C270H01**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-325**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_
The LFD current limiter is an interrupting capacity at up to accessory that bolts to the 600 Vac. LFD current limiters **2** load end of a standard FDB or for thermal-magnetic circuit FD thermal-magnetic and breakers are listed with **2** electronic circuit breaker, Underwriters Laboratories providing 200,000 A under File E47239.
## **Type LFD Current Limiter**
||**Type LFD Current Limiter**||
|---|---|---|
|**Type LFD Current**<br>**Limiter**|**Type LFD Current Limiter**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Rating Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|e's"<br>oa|15–70<br>~~el~~|**LFD3070R**<br>~~el~~|
||80–160|**LFD3150R**|
## _**Potential Transformer Module**_
The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt
line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units.
|**Potential Transformer Module**<br>**Potential Transformer**|**Potential Transformer Module**<br>**Potential Transformer**|**Potential Transformer Module**|
|---|---|---|
|**Module**<br>Liao2j|**Description**<br>Potential transformer module|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**DOPTMLN**|
## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_
The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the
light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame.
## **GF Alarm Unit**
## **Ground Fault Alarm Unit**
**Catalog Description Number** ~~el~~ Ground fault alarm unit **GFAU** ~~Ss~~ Face mounting bracket **1264C67G01**
## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_
The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt,
50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/ instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker.
## **Portable Test Kit**
**Catalog Description** ~~SSS~~ **Number** Solid-state (electronic) **STK2** portable test kit
## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_
The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability.
The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C.
For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-326**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_
The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24
Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eaton’s specifications. The BIM is a member of Eaton’s PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.
## **Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**
**Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Catalog Number BIMII**
## _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_
The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the “Copy” and “Download” commands.
the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional.
## **Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply**
A 24 Vdc power supply is an eight-pin telephone jack required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip and is powered by a nine-volt units that are required to battery or the auxiliary power communicate either on the main module. One highlighted Eaton PowerNet network or as a feature is the “Copy” and subnetwork to a BIM. The “Download” commands. breaker’s load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is Setting up multiple OPTIM required per switchboard and can trips can be finished in provide control power to a BIM minutes and with no errors. and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 An Auxiliary Power Module Vdc power supply should be an “isolated high quality” power connection provides a trip test supply with a “CE” label, and is when control power is not normally provided by the present at the breaker. The switchboard manufacturer to OPTIMizer is supplied as a Eaton’s recommendations. standard package to include
## **Digitrip OPTIMizer**
## **Digitrip OPTIMizer**
**Catalog Number OPTIMizer—standard package**
## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_
The auxiliary power module is power module connects into a power supply requiring 120 the top of the Digitrip Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that OPTIMizer via a keyed provides a 32 Vdc output. The receptacle. The main auxiliary power module application for the auxiliary provides control power for power module would be for testing an OPTIM trip unit the testing of a standalone when other means of control non-communicating OPTIM power is not available or for breaker that ordinarily would continuous OPTIMizer not have control power. operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary
## **Auxiliary Power Module**
**Auxiliary Power Module Catalog Number PRTBAPMDV**
## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_
The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay.
The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure.
**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**
**Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06**
## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_
The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the
breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
## **Cause of Trip LED Module**
**Catalog Number TRIP-LED**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-327**
2.3
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Series C
## **Accessories**
**2**
## _**Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame)**_
**NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371**[1]
|**NEMA 12 Safety Door Ha**|**rdware for Flex Shaft and C371**1|
|---|---|
|**Handle Length**|**Catalog**|
|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**2|
|4 (101.6)|**C361KJ4**|
|6 (152.4)|**C361KJ6**|
|Roller Latch3|**C361KR**|
## _**Wire Seal**_
The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed.
## **Wire Seal**
|**Wire Seal**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
## _**Notes**_
## _**Series C Rotary Accessories**_
As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker.
This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads.
- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly.
- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits.
- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is required.
## **Series C Auxiliary Switch**
**Catalog Number 5108A61G01**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-328**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
**2**
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Electrical Operator**_
**F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[12]
||||**Inrush Current**|**Maximum**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Operating Time**|**Amperes**4|
|120||50/60 Hz AC|10|5 cycles (80 ms)|3|
|240||50/60 Hz AC|5|5 cycles (80 ms)|2|
## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[2567]
||||**Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120||AC|2|
|24||DC|5|
|48||DC|3|
|125||DC|2|
**J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689]
|**J-Fra**|**me Electr**|**ical (Solenoid) Operato**|**r Rating Data**1689|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|**Voltage**|3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120||30|6|
|240||16|4|
**K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689]
|**Operating**|**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120|30|6|
|240|16|4|
## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**
## 168j
|**Operating Voltage**3|**Inrush Current Amperes**|
|---|---|
|120 AC|31|
|208 AC|13|
|240 AC|12|
|125 DC|21|
|24 DC|50|
## **N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[16][kl]
|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**3|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**<br>**Amperes**|**Fuse**<br>**Amperes**|
|---|---|---|---|
|120|50/60 Hz|31|6|
|208|50/60 Hz|21|—|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|19<br>—|4<br>—|
|24|DC|50|—|
|48|DC|80|—|
|125|DC|21|—|
## **R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[mnop ]
|**Operating**||**Motor Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**q|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120|50/60 Hz|40|
|240<br>48|50/60 Hz<br>DC|27<br>53|
|24|DC|58|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 UL listed under UL File E64983.
- 2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations.
- 3 Tolerance: +10%, –15% of nominal voltage.
- 4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required.
- 5 UL listed under UL File E64124.
- 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
- 7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute.
- 8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations.
- 9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS).
- j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles.
- k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations.
- l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute.
- m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute.
- n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON–1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF–1/2 second max.
- Motor operating temperature; Class “A” temperature limits apply.
- p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation.
- q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage.
- For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-329**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
## Series C
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_
**F-Frame**[1]
|**F-Frame**1|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**<br>**Catalog**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Rating**|**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||||||||
|100 A short<br>100 A short|**451D874G01**<br>**451D874G01**|1.00 (25.4)<br>0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.06 (26.9)<br>1.38 (34.9)|—<br>—|**32B9446H20**<br>**32B9446H21**|—<br>—|3.63 (92.1)<br>3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18<br>0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**32B9446H22**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**32B9446H23**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**32B9446H24**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|—|3.75 (95.2)|**32B9446H25**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—|4.06 (103.1)|**32B9446H26**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long<br>**451D874G02**<br>0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)<br>**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||—|4.38 (111.3)|**32B9446H27**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|1.00 (25.4)|1.06 (26.9)|—|**374D883H06**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.38 (34.9)|—|**374D883H07**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**374D883H08**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**374D883H09**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**374D883H10**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long<br>225A long|**374D883G02**<br>**374D883G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)<br>0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—<br>—|3.75 (95.2)<br>4.06 (103.1)|**374D883H11**<br>**374D883H12**|7.50 (190.5)<br>7.50 (190.5)|—<br>—|0.44 (11.1)–14<br>0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**374D883H13**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|
## **F-Frame**
**==> picture [257 x 118] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>.06<br>(1.5) A C<br>.75<br>D<br>(19.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Note**_
> 1 Not UL listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-330**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **J-Frame**
|**J-Frame**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250A short<br>250A short|**5010D23G01**<br>**5010D23G01**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|0.84 (21.4)<br>1.09 (27.7)|—<br>—|**456D983H05**<br>**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|1.03 (26.2)|—|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.88 (98.6)|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|—|4.13 (104.9)|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**5010D23H07**|
**2**
**==> picture [315 x 153] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.59 6.66<br>(40.4) (169.2)<br>0.59 A C<br>(15.0)<br>0.03<br>0.06<br>(0.7)<br>(1.5)<br>0.31 (7.9) – 18 Thread<br>Do Not Use More<br>Than 10 Ft Lbs<br>Torque to Tighten Nuts<br>0.50 (12.7) – 13 Thread<br>Breaker<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>3.63<br>(92.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **K-Frame**[1]
|**K-Frame**|1||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Standard Tube**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|400 A short<br>400 A short|**6642C14G02**<br>**6642C14G04**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|0.84 (21.3)<br>1.09 (27.69)|—<br>—|**313C909H17**<br>**313C909H18**|—<br>—|3.66 (93.0)<br>—|0.75–16 (19.1–406.4)<br>—|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|0.25–0.5 (6.35–12.7)|1.03 (26.16)|—|**313C909H19**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.78 (96.0)|**313C909H20**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|—|4.03 (102.4)|**313C909H21**|6.58 (167.1)|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|0.25 –0.5 (6.35–12.7)|—|4.28 (108.7)|**313C909H22**|—|—|—|
**==> picture [254 x 127] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>0.06 A C<br>(1.5)<br>1.67<br>D<br>(42.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Note**_
> 1 Not UL listed.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-331**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.3
Series C
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **L-Frame**
|**L-Frame**||
|---|---|
||**Stud Catalog**|
|**Stud Length (A)**<br>5.47 (138.9)|**Number**<br>**314C960G07**|
|7.97 (202.4)|**314C960G08**|
|10.47 (265.9)|**314C960G09**|
.44 (11.2) ~~A~~ Insulators Washer SV Nut ce Circuit Breaker lfie Rear ra! Connecting Stud Insulating Panel
## **M-Frame**
|**Stud**|**Diameter**|**Extension**|**Stud**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**and**<br>**Thread**|**Back of**<br>**Breaker**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225<br>400|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>0.75 (19.1)–16|3.66 (93.0)<br>5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G01**<br>**314C960G04**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G05**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G06**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G07**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G08**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G09**|
|800<br>800|1.13 (28.7)–12<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|5.91 (150.1)<br>8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G10**<br>**314C960G11**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G12**|
## **N-Frame**
|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Diameter**<br>**and**|**Extension**<br>**Back of**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>800|**Thread**<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|**Breaker**<br>5.5 (139.7)|**Number**<br>**623B222G01**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|8.0 (203.2)|**623B222G02**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**623B222G03**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|5.5 (139.7)|**373B375G04**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**373B375G03**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-332**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.4
Definite Purpose
**==> picture [83 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-334**|**2**|
|Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-334**||
|Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-336**|**2**|
|Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Line and Load Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-336**<br>**V4-T2-336**|**2**|
|Optional Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-336**<br>**V4-T2-337**|**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-338**<br>**V4-T2-336**|**2**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-339**|**2**|
|Learn<br>Drawings<br>y|||
|Online<br>Online||**2**|
**==> picture [153 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breaker Family<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers**
_Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications._
## **Product Overview**
## _**GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames 15–800 Amperes NEMA 480 Vac**_
Eaton’s Definite Purpose molded case circuit breakers are available in three-pole configurations, and are designed to meet the specific requirements of HVAC/R and pumping applications.
As with other members of Eaton’s family of molded case circuit breakers, Definite Purpose breakers provide high quality, reliability, unmatched performance and outstanding value.
Eaton’s Definite Purpose breakers are rated from 15– 800 A and are available in five frame sizes. Each frame size has the same compact outside dimensions as Series C breakers.
Additionally, Definite Purpose breakers have been rigorously tested to the UL 489 standard. They are assembled in an ISO certified facility.
## _**Trip Units and Terminals**_
Definite Purpose breakers contain factory-sealed thermal-magnetic trip units.
The GP-Frame breaker (15–100 A) includes line and load terminals and breaker mounting hardware.
FP (15–225A), KP (200– 400 A), LP (450–600 A) and MP (700–800 A) Frames ship standard without mounting hardware. For line and load terminals, add “L” to the end of the catalog number or “W” for no terminals.
## _**External Accessories**_
Definite Purpose breakers use the same external accessories as Series C breakers: handle mechanisms, motor operators, lock-off devices, busbar extensions and multiple terminal arrangements.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-333**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.4
Definite Purpose
## **Product Selection Guide**
**2**
## **Electrical Characteristics**
|**Breaker Type**||**GPS**|**FPS**|**FPH**|**KPS**|**KPH**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Amperage range||15–100 A|15–225A|15–225A|200–400 A|200–400 A|
|Performance level||**S**|**S**|**H**|**S**|**H**|
|Breaker capacity (kA rms)<br>NEMA, UL, CSA|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|65<br>22|65<br>35|100<br>65|65<br>35|100<br>65|
||600 Vac|—|18|25|25|35|
|Number of poles||3|3|3|3|3|
|Maximum voltage (Vac)||480|600|600|600|600|
|Thermal-magnetic||■|■|■|■|■|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-334**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.4
Definite Purpose
**2**
## **Electrical Characteristics, continued**
|**Breaker Type**||**LPS**|**LPH**|**MPS**|**MPH**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Amperage range||450–600 A|450–600 A|700–800 A|700–800 A|
|Performance level||**S**|**H**|**S**|**H**|
|Breaker capacity (kA rms)<br>NEMA, UL, CSA|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|65<br>35|100<br>65|65<br>50|100<br>65|
|Number of poles|600 Vac|25<br>3|35<br>3|25<br>3|35<br>3|
|Maximum voltage (Vac)||600|600|600|600|
|Thermal-magnetic||■|■|■|■|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-335**
## 2.4
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Definite Purpose
## **Features**
## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_
**2** English base mounting hardware is included with **2** GP frame only. For all other frames, order base mounting **2** hardware separately as per the table to the right.
## **Base Mounting Hardware**
||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**English**|**Metric**|
|GP|Included|**—**|
|FP|**BMH1**|**BMH1M**|
|KP|**BMH3**|**BMH3M**|
|LP|**BMH4**|**BMH4M**|
|MP|**BMH5**|**BMH5M**|
**Note:** Base mounting hardware, is included with GP-Frame breakers. A separate catalog number is not required.
## _**Line and Load Terminals**_
Both line and load terminals are included with GP-Frame Definite Purpose breakers. For all other frames, add “L” for line and load terminals to be included or “W” for no terminals.
## **Line and Load Termination**
||**Termination**|**Awg Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Wire**|**Bolt Size**|**Bolt Size**|**Torque**|**Torque**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Type**|**Range**|**Range (mm)**|**Type**|**English**|**Metric**|**Lb–In**|**Nm**|**Number**|
|GP|Wire|#14–1/0|2.5–50|Cu only|—|—|45|5.1|**Included**|
## **Optional Line and Load Terminals**
|**Optional Line and Load Terminals**|**Optional Line and Load Terminals**|**Optional Line and Load Terminals**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**Catalog Number**|
||**Maximum**|**Awg Wire**|**Wire**|**Catalog**|**with Control Wire**|
|**Breaker**|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Type**|**Number**|**Termination**|
|FP|100|#14–#10|Cu/Al|**3T100FB**1|**—**|
||100|#8|Cu/Al|**3T100FB**1|**—**|
||100|#6–#4|Cu/Al|**3T100FB**1|**—**|
||100|#3–4/0|Cu/Al|**3T100FB**1|**—**|
||200|#3–4/0|Cu only|**3T150FB**1|**—**|
||225|#4–4/0|Cu/Al|**3TA225FB**1|**—**|
||225|#6–300|Cu/Al|**3TA225FDK3**1|**—**|
||225|#6–300|Cu/Al|**3TA225FDK**12|**—**|
|KP|400|250–500 (1)|Cu/Al|**TA350K**|**—**|
||400|3/0–250 (2)|Cu/Al|**3TA400K**1|**3TA400KCW**|
|LP|500|250–350 (2)|Cu/Al|**TA602LD**|**TA602LDCW**|
||600|400–500 (2)|Cu/Al|**3TA603LDK**1|**3TA603LDKCW**|
|MP|800|3/0–400 (3)|Cu/Al|**TA800MA2**|**TA800MA2CWT**|
||800|500–750 (2)|Cu/Al|**TA801MA**|**TA801MACWT**|
## **Accessories**
## _**End Cap Accessory Kit**_
End caps for line and load conductor termination are optional with each breaker. End caps secure the conductor with a ring-type connector. The kit includes one end cap, three cap screws, three nuts and three lock washers.
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Package of three terminals.
> 2 Replacement use only.
## **End Cap Accessory Kit**
## _**Series C Accessories**_
For internal accessories, see **Page V4-T2-273** . For external accessories, see **Page V4-T2-306** .
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-336**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.4
Definite Purpose
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
**2**
|||||||||||**FP**<br>**S**<br>**3**<br>**150**<br>**L**|**FP**<br>**S**<br>**3**<br>**150**<br>**L**|**FP**<br>**S**<br>**3**<br>**150**<br>**L**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||
|||**Frame Size**||||||||||**Options**|
|||**GP** = GP_-_Frame<br>**FP** = FP_-_Frame<br>**KP** = KP_-_Frame<br>**LP** = LP_-_Frame<br>**MP**= LP_-_Frame|||**Interrupting Rating**|||||||**K**= Molded case switch2<br>**L**= Line and load terminals<br>**W**= Without terminals or<br>mounting hardware1|
||||||**S**= Standard<br>**H**= High1|||||**Number of Poles**|||
|||||||||||**3**= Three-pole|||
||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||
||||||**Ampere Rating**||||||||
|**GP-Frame**|||**FP-Frame**|||**KP-Frame**|**LP-Frame**||||**MP-Frame**||
|**015** = 15A<br>**020** = 20 A<br>**025** = 25 A<br>**030** = 30 A<br>**035** = 35A<br>**040** = 40 A<br>**045** = 45A<br>**050** = 50 A<br>**060** = 60 A<br>**070** = 70 A<br>**080** = 80 A<br>**090** = 80 A<br>**100** = 100 A|||**015** = 15A<br>**020** = 20 A<br>**025** = 25 A<br>**030** = 30 A<br>**035** = 35A<br>**040** = 40 A<br>**045** = 45A<br>**050** = 50 A<br>**060** = 60 A<br>**070** = 70 A<br>**080** = 80 A<br>**100** = 100 A<br>**110** = 110 A<br>**125** = 125A<br>**150** = 150 A<br>**175** = 175A<br>**200** = 200 A<br>**225** = 225A|||**175** = 175A<br>**200** = 200 A<br>**250** = 250 A<br>**300** = 300 A<br>**400** = 400 A|**450** = 450 A<br>**500** = 500 A<br>**600** = 600 A||||**700** = 700 A<br>**800** = 800 A||
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Not available on GP-Frame.
- 2 When choosing a molded case switch, select the highest amperage rating for the frame and the standard interrupting rating.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-337**
2.4
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Definite Purpose
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## _**Catalog Numbers**_
When ordering Definite Purpose breakers, use the appropriate catalog numbers given below.
## **GP-Frame/15–100 A**
**GP 100**
**FP 225**
## **FP-Frame/15–225 A**
**==> picture [433 x 514] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Frame/|Three-PoleCatalog|iW93058:4|Frame/|Three-PoleCatalog|
|Ampere Rating|Number|or)|=|Ampere Rating|Number|
|GP/15–100 A circuit breakers|GPS3015|FP/15–225A circuit breakers|FPS3015|
|GPS3020|=|—|FPS3020|
|GPS3025|ee|retest|FPS3025|ee|
|GPS3030|FPS3030|
|GPS3035|FPS3035|
|GPS3040|FPS3040|
|GPS3045|FPS3045|
|GPS3050|FPS3050|
|GPS3060|FPS3060|
|GPS3070|FPS3070|
|GPS3080|FPS3080|
|GPS3090|FPS3090|
|GPS3100|FPS3100|
|GP/100 A molded case switch|GPS3100K|FPS3110|
|Note:|All GP frames come standard with line and load terminals|FPS3125|
|and base mounting hardware. Not available without terminals.|FPS3150|
|FPS3175|
|FPS3200|
|FPS3225|
|FPH3015|
|FPH3020|
|FPH3025|
|FPH3030|
|FPH3035|
|FPH3040|
|FPH3045|
|FPH3050|
|FPH3060|
|FPH3070|
|FPH3080|
|FPH3090|
|FPH3100|
|FPH3110|
|FPH3125|
|FPH3150|
|FPH3175|
|FPH3200|
|FPH3225|
|FP/225A molded case switch|FPS3225K|
**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Note:** At the end of catalog number, add “L” for terminals or “W” for no terminals.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-338**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.4
Definite Purpose
## **KP 250**
## **LP 400**
## **KP-Frame/200–400 A**
|**KP-Frame/200–400 A**||
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**|
|**Frame/**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>KP/175–400 A circuit breakers|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**KPS3175**<br>**KPS3200**<br>**KPS3250**<br>~~a~~|
||**KPS3300**<br>**KPS3400**<br>**KPH3175**<br>**KPH3200**<br>~~OO~~|
||**KPH3250**<br>**KPH3300**<br>**KPH3400**|
|KP/400 A molded case switch|**KPS3400K**|
## **LP-Frame/450–600 A**
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
All dimensions are provided for guidance and should not be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Contact Eaton for detailed outline drawings.
## **GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Definite Purpose Frames**
||**Breaker Type**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**GP**|**FP**|**KP**|**LP**|**MP**|
|Width|3.00 (76.2)|4.13 (104.9)|5.49 (139.4)|8.25 (209.6)|8.25 (209.6)|
|Height|4.88 (124.0)|6.00 (152.4)|10.12 (257.0)|10.75 (273.1)|16.00 (406.4)|
|Depth|2.63 (66.7)|3.38 (85.9)|4.31 (109.6)|3.81 (96.8)|4.06 (103.1)|
**2**
|**Frame/**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Number**|
|LP/450–600 A circuit breakers|**LPS3450**|
||**LPS3500**<br>**LPS3600**<br>~~——____.~~|
||**LPH3450**|
||**LPH3500**|
||**LPH3600**|
|LP/600 A molded case switch|**LPS3600K**|
## **MP 800**
## **MP-Frame/700–800 A**
|**MP-Frame/700–800 A**||
|---|---|
|**Frame/**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>MP/700–800 A circuit breakers<br>"c<br>~~*~~|**Number**<br>**MPS3700**|
||**MPS3800**<br>**MPH3700**|
||**MPH3800**|
|MP/800 A molded case switch|**MPS3800K**|
**Note:** For KP, LP, MP frames above, add “L” for terminals or W” for no terminals to end of catalog number.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-339**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.5
Metering and Communications
**2**
## **PM3 Modules**
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-342** Learn Drawings Online Online
_**Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU**_
## **PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module**
## **Product Description**
## **Application Description**
- Communications via
The PM3 is the perfect Communications via solution for main, branch Modbus[®] and Eaton’s circuit and standalone INCOM™ protocol; monitoring/metering compatible with Eaton’s applications. With information PXG for Web page and at your fingertips, you can Ethernet capabilities meter, monitor and ● Works in 240 Vac PM3, communicate phase current 480 Vac and 600 Vac and voltage with calculated applications power and energy.
> ● 480 Vac PM3 has The PM3 is versatile, as it internal power supply connects to the load side of to power electronics a molded-case circuit breaker ● 600 Vac PM3 requires (MCCB) and communicates 24 Vdc auxiliary power easily to a local network or ● Seamlessly integrates with the Internet through Eaton thermal-magnetic or Power Xpert[®] Gateways electronic trip units (PXGs). Cost of ownership is reduced through ease of installation. The PM3 is your ideal MCCB metering solution.
## **Standards and Certifications**
## **Features and Benefits**
- Communicates electrical ● Meets ANSI C12.1 system data and circuit revenue grade standard breaker status with a current and
- ● Calculates power and voltage accuracy of 0.5% of reading
- Calculates power and energy to an accuracy of 0.5% of reading 1.0% of reading ● UL 489, Annex J
- Configurable with thermalmagnetic or electronic trip units
- IEC 61000-4-2—ESD
- IEC 61000-4-4—EFT
- IEC 61000-4-5—SURGE
- Suitable for reverse-feed applications
- IEC 61000-4-6—EMC
- ANSI C12.1 (1% accuracy)
- Easy to install
- UL/cUL/CE
_**PM3 Benefits When Combined with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit**_
- Alarming: high load and ground fault
- Zone selective interlocking
- Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
- Cause-of-trip localized information through Digiview and TRIP-LED
- Modbus/INCOM communications
- HMI connectivity through PXG
- Current and voltage metering to 0.5% of reading
- Power and energy monitoring to 1.0% of reading
- Reduces cost of ownership
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-340**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.5
Metering and Communications
## **Product Selection**
## **PM3 Modules**
||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**480 V**|**600 V**|
|**Modbus**|||
|FD|**—**|**PM3FM**|
|JG|**—**|**PM3JM**|
|KD and LG|**—**|**PM3LM**|
|**INCOM**|||
|FD|**PM3FI480**|**PM3FI600**|
|JG|**PM3JI480**|**PM3JI600**|
|KD and LG|**PM3LI480**|**PM3LI600**|
## **End Cap Kits (Sold Separately)**
|**Frame**|**Description**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FD|Metric end cap kit<br>for F-Frame<br>**KPEKM1**|
||English end cap kit<br>for F-Frame<br>**KPEK1**|
|JG|Metric end cap kit<br>for JG-Frame<br>**FJ3RTWK**|
||English end cap kit<br>for JG-Frame<br>**FJ3RTDK**|
|KD|Metric end cap kit<br>for K-Frame<br>**KPEKM3**|
||English end cap kit<br>for K-Frame<br>**KPEK3**|
|LG|Metric end cap kit<br>for LG-Frame<br>**L3RTWK**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## _**Metered parameters**_
- IA, IB, IC
- VAB, VBC, VCA, Van, Vbn, Vcn
- Apparent Energy, Forward Real Energy, Reverse Real Energy, Net Real Energy, Lagging Reactive Energy, Leading Reactive Energy, Net Reactive Energy
- Apparent Power A, B, C; Apparent Power Total; Reactive Power A, B, C; Reactive Power Total; Real Power A, B, C; Real Power Total
- Frequency, Apparent Power Factor, Apparent PFA, Apparent PFB, Apparent PFC
## **PM3 Power Monitoring and Communications Module Technical Specifications for Modbus RTU**
|**Modbus RTU**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|**Current Inputs**||
|Pickup current|0.3A rms|
|Maximum reported current|FD/JG 250 A rms|
||KD/LD 630 A rms|
|Accuracy|0.5% of reading|
|**Voltage Inputs**||
|Range|Line-to-neutral 30–366 Vac|
||Line-to-line 52–635 Vac|
|Supported systems|Three-element wye, three-element wye + neutral|
||Two-element delta, four-wire delta systems|
|Input impedance|996 kiloohm/phase|
|Burden per phase|0.36 VA/phase max. at 600 V;<br>0.014 VA at 120V|
|Phase voltage connections|Internal via screw terminal to busbar<br>For wye system, a neutral is required to be connected to the PM3 on the<br>right Phoenix connector.|
|Neutral connection|If neutral is not available, the meter will calculate a virtual neutral<br>based on the phase-to-phase rms voltage.<br>The system voltage must be balanced for this to be accurate.|
|**Frequency**||
|Frequency|50/60 Hz|
|Accuracy|± 0.1 Hz|
|Resolution|0.1 Hz|
|**Power and Energy**||
|Accuracy|1% of reading (ANSI C12.1)|
|**Isolation**||
|All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 V.||
|**Environmental Ratings**||
|Operating temperature<br>–20 °C to +50 °C||
|Storage temperature<br>–20 °C to +50 °C||
|Operating humidity<br>5 to 95% RH noncondensing||
|**Sensing Method**||
|Voltage, current<br>True rms||
|Sampling rate<br>13.02K samples per second||
|**Update Rate**||
|Watts, VAR and VA<br>1.03 sec at 60 Hz||
|All other parameters<br>1.07 sec at 60 Hz||
|**Power Supply (External)**||
|DC voltage<br>18–30 Vdc||
|Maximum current<br>30.0 mA at 24 Vdc||
|Burden<br>0.72W||
|**Standard Communication Format**||
|Connection type<br>Three-wire RS-485 (A, B, Common)||
|Com port baud rate<br>9600 or 19,200 bauds<br>Default: 19,200 bauds||
|Modbus address range<br>01–247||
|Data format<br>Selectable (8, N, 1 | 8, N, 2 | 8, Even, 1 | 8, Odd, 1)<br>Default: 8, N, 2||
|Protocols<br>Modbus RTU||
|Internal termination resistor<br>selectable ON or OFF<br>Via DIP switch<br>Default: Enabled||
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-341**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.5
Metering and Communications
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **FD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus**
**==> picture [225 x 210] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.50 (88.9)<br>1.38 3.39<br>(35.1) 0.69 (86.1)3.19<br>(17.5) Line End (81.0)<br>3.63 3.63<br>(73.2)2.88 OnOff (92.2) 6.00 (92.2)<br>(114.3)4.50 C L Handle(152.4) C L Handle<br>ON [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]<br>9.53 11.00<br>(242.1) (279.4)<br>123456789101112131415<br>2.06 3.34<br>(52.3) Load End (84.8)<br>4.13 (104.9) 3.42<br>(86.9)<br>3.94 (100.1)<br>SYERAOLTECDAF<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **KD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus**
**==> picture [233 x 217] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.31 (109.5)<br>4.06<br>1.72<br>(103.1)<br>(43.7) 0.86 3.81<br>(21.8) Line End (96.8)<br>(125.0)4.92 (146.6)5.77 (146.6)5.77<br>On/I<br>8.44 Off/O CL Handle C L Handle<br>(214.4) 10.13<br>(257.3)<br>(308.4)12.14 Power Monitoring/Metering Module EARTH24 Vdc (+)24 Vdc (–)ABCOM MODBUSPower ON ON 11 Settings22Tx33See breaker for terminal information.See instruction sheet for high voltage tests.For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-FrameCircuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector.44 55 66Rx STATUSNetwork Address Aux. AlarmBell AlarmV NeutralCOMCOM (351.3)13.83<br>2.74 Load End 3.98<br>(69.6) (101.1)<br>5.48 (139.2) 4.06<br>(103.1)<br>4.88 (124.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **JG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus**
**==> picture [231 x 222] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.57 (90.7)<br>3.44<br>1.38 (87.4)<br>(35.1) 0.69 3.34<br>(17.5) Line End (84.8)<br>3.95 3.95<br>3.17 (100.3) (100.3)<br>(80.5) ON (177.8)7.00<br>5.50 PUSH TOTRIP OFF C L Handle C L Handle<br>(139.7)<br>(266.7)10.50 ON [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] (304.8)12.00<br>123456789101112131415<br>2.06 3.34<br>(52.3) Load End (84.8)<br>4.13 (104.9) 3.42<br>(86.9)<br>4.41 (112.0)<br>SYERAOLTECDAF<br>123456789101112131415<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **LG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus**
**==> picture [229 x 220] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.31 (109.5)<br>4.06<br>1.72 (103.1)<br>(43.7) 0.86 3.98<br>(21.8) Line End (101.1)<br>(120.1)4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7)5.58<br>C L C L<br>8.44 Handle Handle<br>(214.4) 10.13<br>(257.3)<br>12.14 Power Monitoring/Metering Module Tx Rx STATUS<br>(308.4) EARTH24 Vdc (+)24 Vdc (–)ABCOM MODBUSPower ON ON 11 Settings22 33 44See breaker for terminal information.See instruction sheet for high voltage tests.For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-FrameCircuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector.55 66 Network Address Aux. AlarmBell AlarmV NeutralCOMCOM (351.0)13.82<br>2.74 Load End 3.98<br>(69.6) (101.1)<br>5.48 (139.2) 4.06<br>(103.1)<br>5.43 (137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **PM3 Dimensions and Shipping Weights**
|**PM3 Dimensions and Shipping Weights**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Frame**<br>**Dimensions and Weights**|
|Weight in lbs (kg)|FD<br>1.26 (0.57)<br>JG<br>1.60 (0.73)<br>KD/LG<br>2.25 (1.02)|
|Basic unit in inches (mm)|FD<br>4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1)<br>JG<br>4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1)<br>KD/LG<br>5.48 W x 3.70 L x 4.06 H (139.2 x 94.0 x 103.2)|
|Shipping container dimensions in inches (mm)|FD/JG<br>8.00 x 5.13 x 5.50 (203.2 x 130.3 x 139.7)<br>KD/LG<br>6.25 x 8.25 x 7.00 (158.7 x 209.5 x 177.8)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-342**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**==> picture [98 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
e" _**Description**_
|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Engine Generator Circuit Breakers<br>Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>e"<br>"||**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-344**<br>**V4-T2-345**|
|Accessories Selection Guide and<br>Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-347**<br>**V4-T2-347**<br>**V4-T2-348**<br>**V4-T2-348**<br>**V4-T2-349**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-363**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-376**<br>**V4-T2-402**|
|Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . .||**V4-T2-416**|
|Learn|Drawings||
|Online|Online||
**2**
## **Engine Generator Circuit Breakers**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed specifically for application on diesel engine powered standby generators where high interrupting circuit breakers are not required. The JG through NG breakers are equipped with a special trip unit, that includes standard thermal (overload) protection and special low magnetic pickup range (FG includes a fixed thermalmagnetic pickup). The standard thermal trip unit provides overload protection for conductors per the National Electrical Code[®] . The low magnetic pickup range is approximately two to five times the continuous rating and provides closer low-level short-circuit protection when applied on generators that have very low short-circuit capacity. This combination allows the user to customize the breaker to the generator output.
## **Application Description**
Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:
- Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819
- Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers
- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-343**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to **2** understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used **2** to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers.
- FG breakers include both line and load side terminals
- JG, KG, LG and NG ● Contact Eaton for breakers with **W** catalog additional ratings and number suffix do not internal/external accessories include any terminals ● Reverse feed
- JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without **W** catalog number suffix include both line and load terminals
## **Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG**
|**nd NG**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**FG**<br>|||**3**<br> **100**<br> **W**||||||
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||
|**Frame**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**FG**<br>**JG**<br>**KG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||**W**= Without terminals|
||||**3**= Three-pole|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**125**<br>**150**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**250**<br>**300**<br>**350**<br>**400**<br>**450**<br>**500**<br>**600**<br>**700**<br>**800**<br>**900**<br>**1000**<br>**1200**||||||
|||||||||||||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-344**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the
generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor.
**2**
## **Thermal-Magnetic**
||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**||||||**Breaker**3|
|**Magnetic**|**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**Number**|
|Fixed|5|4|11|9|14|11|**FG3015**4|
|Fixed|7|6|14|12|18|14|**FG3020**4|
|Fixed|9|7|18|14|23|18|**FG3025**4|
|Fixed|11|9|22|17|27|22|**FG3030**4|
|Fixed|13|10|25|20|32|25|**FG3035**4|
|Fixed|14|12|29|23|36|29|**FG3040**4|
|Fixed|16|13|32|26|41|32|**FG3045**4|
|Fixed|18|14|36|29|45|36|**FG3050**4|
|Fixed|22|17|43|35|54|43|**FG3060**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|25<br>29|20<br>23|51<br>58|40<br>46|63<br>72|51<br>58|**FG3070**4<br>**FG3080**4|
|Fixed|32|26|65|52|81|65|**FG3090**4|
|Fixed|36|29|72|58|90|72|**FG3100**4|
|Fixed|40|32|79|64|99|79|**FG3110**4|
|Fixed|45|36|90|72|113|90|**FG3125**4|
|Fixed|54|43|108|87|135|108|**FG3150**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|63<br>72|51<br>58|126<br>144|101<br>116|158<br>181|126<br>144|**FG3175**4<br>**FG3200**4|
|Fixed|81|65|162|130|203|162|**FG3225**4|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175W**5|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175**4|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200W**5|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200**4|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225W**5|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225**4|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250W**5|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250**4|
|500–1000|108|87|217|173|271|217|**KG3300W**5|
|500–1000<br>500–1000|108<br>126|87<br>101|217<br>253|173<br>202|271<br>316|217<br>253|**KG3300**4<br>**KG3350W**5|
|500–1000|126|101|253|202|316|253|**KG3350**4|
|1000–2000|144|116|289|231|361|289|**KG3400**4|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating.
- 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor.
- 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units.
- 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals.
> 5 Without terminals.
The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-345**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Electronic**
**2**
|**Electronic**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|**Magnetic**|**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**<br>**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Breaker**3<br>**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**<br>500–2500|**kVA**1<br>162|**kW**2<br>130|**kVA**1<br>325|**kW**2<br>260|**kVA**1<br>406|**kW**2<br>325|**Number**<br>**LG3450**4|
|500–2500|181|144|361|289|451|361|**LG3500**4|
|500–2500|217|173|433|347|542|433|**LG3600**4|
|500–2500|253|202|505|404|632|505|**NG3700**4|
|500–2500|289|231|578|462|722|578|**NG3800**4|
|1250–5000|325|260|650|520|812|650|**NG3900**4|
|1250–5000<br>1250–5000|361<br>433|289<br>347|722<br>867|578<br>693|903<br>1083|722<br>867|**NG31000**4<br>**NG31200**4|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating.
> 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor.
> 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units.
> 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals.
The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-346**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information**
## **Options and Accessories**
## _**Enclosures**_
## **Standard Terminals**
## **Type 1 General Purpose**
as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application.
|**Breaker**|**Max. Amp**|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>FG|**Rating**<br>100|**Range**<br>14–1/0|**Range mm2**<br>2.5–50|**Number**<br>**3T100FB**1|
|FG|150|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**1|
|JG|250|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|KG|350|250–500 kcmil|120–240|**TA350K**|
|KG<br>LG|400<br>600|3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>250–500 kcmil (2)|95–120<br>120–240|**3TA400K**1<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|NG|700|1–500 kcmil (2)|50–300|**TA700NB1**|
|NG|1000|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|95–185|**TA1000NB1**|
|NG|1200|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–300|**TA1200NB1**|
- Surface or flush mounting
- 15–1200 ampere range
- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
Type 1 enclosed breakers are designed for use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as approved for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available.
## **Type 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting**
- No knockouts or other openings
- 15–1200 ampere range
- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
|The Type 12 enclosure is<br>designed in line with<br>specifications for special<br>industry applications where<br>unusually severe conditions<br>involving oil, coolant, dust and<br>other foreign materials exist<br>in the operating atmosphere.<br>The handle padlocks in the<br>OFF position and the cover is<br>interlocked with the handle<br>mechanism to prevent<br>opening the cover with the<br>circuit breaker in the ON<br>position. Ratings through<br>1200 amperes are listed by<br>Underwriters Laboratories as<br>suitable for service entrance<br>application.|**Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable**<br>**Max. Enclosure**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**<br>**Main Lug Number**<br>**Size Cu/Al**<br>**Ground Lug**<br>**Size Cu/Al**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||100<br>(1) 14–1/0<br>(1) 14–1/0<br>**INK100**|
||250<br>(1) 6–350 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK250**|
||400<br>(1) 4–750 kcmil or<br>(2) 1/0–250 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK400**|
||600<br>(2) 250–500 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK600**|
||1200<br>(3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or<br>(4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil<br>(1) 6–250 kcmil<br>**INK1200**|
||**_Internal Accessories_**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**2|
||**1A-1B**<br><br>**2A-2B**<br> <br>|
||**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Factory**<br>**Mounted**<br>**Factory**<br>**Mounted**<br>**Field Kit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Field Kit**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||FG3<br>A06<br>**A1X1PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X1RPK**|
||JG<br>A06<br>**A1X2PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X2PK**|
||KG<br>A06<br>**A1X3PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X3PK**|
||LG<br>A06<br>**A1X4PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X4PK**|
||NG<br>A06<br>**A1X5PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X5PK**|
## **Type 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting**
- Interchangeable hubs (through 400 amperes)
- 15–1200 ampere range
- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve
|**Breaker**|**Factory**|**1A-1B**<br>**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**2A-2B**<br>**Field Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|
|FG3|A06|**A1X1PK**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|
|JG<br>KG|A06<br>A06|**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X3PK**|A13<br>A13|**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X3PK**|
|LG|A06|**A1X4PK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|NG|A06|**A1X5PK**|A13|**A2X5PK**|
## **Enclosure Selection Data**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>**JNDN1200**|
## **Shunt Trip**[2]
|**Shunt Trip**|2|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
|**Frame**<br>FG3|**Rating**<br>12–24 Vdc|**Mounted**<br>S02|**Catalog Number**<br>**SNT1LP03K**|
|JG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT2P04K**|
|KG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT3P04K**|
|LG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|NG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT5LP03K**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Package of three terminals.
- 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers.
- 3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed.
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-347**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
**2 UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|240|18,000|
|480|14,000|
|600|10,000|
## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**<br>220, 240|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>18,000/9,000|
|380, 415|14,000/7,000|
|660, 690|18,000/9,000|
||14,000/7,000<br>10,000/5,000|
## **Dimensions and Weights**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Enclosure Selection Data**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**Approx. Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Conduit Sizes,**<br>**Inches**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>23.25 (590.6)<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>6.28 (159.5)<br>18.75 (476.3)<br>1.20 (30.5)<br>15 (7)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>19 (9)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>18 (8)<br>—<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>34.70 (881.4)<br>10.92 (277.4)<br>7.20 (182.9)<br>30.00 (762.0)<br>1.88 (47.8)<br>31 (14)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>37.50 (952.5)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>40 (18)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>37.53 (953.3)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>37 (17)<br>—<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>38.81 (985.8)<br>11.06 (280.9)<br>10.94 (277.9)<br>34.00 (863.6)<br>2.28 (57.9)<br>53 (24)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>60 (27)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>53 (24)<br>—<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>45.88 (1165.4)<br>14.31 (363.5)<br>12.38 (314.5)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.91 (48.5)<br>81 (37)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>84 (38)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>81 (37)<br>—<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>61.22 (1555.0)<br>21.44 (544.6)<br>15.41 (391.4)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>178 (81)<br>—<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>175 (79)<br>—<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>170 (77)<br>—<br>**JNDN1200**|
**Type 1 Surface Mounted**
## **Type 3R Rainproof**
## **Type 12, 12K Dustproof**
**==> picture [372 x 135] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E E C E C<br>B C<br>ON<br>D A D ON<br>A OFF OFF<br>D A<br>B<br>B<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-348**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Direct Current Circuit Breakers**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**|**2**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers|||
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-351**|**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**<br>**V4-T2-359**|**2**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-361**<br>**V4-T2-362**|**2**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**|**2**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**<br>**V4-T2-402**|**2**|
|Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . .|**V4-T2-416**|**2**|
## **Direct Current Circuit Breakers**
## **Product Description**
DC (direct current) systems and applications are becoming commonplace as alternative energy sources have expanded and the number of DC devices and data centers using DC power has swelled.
Eaton offers molded case circuit breakers and switches to meet circuit protection and switching requirements for a host of different DC end user requirements. Applications include UPS battery supply circuits, solar systems and electric vehicle charging, as well as commercial and industrial distribution.
Current ratings are available from 15 to 3000 A, with a full scale of voltage and interrupting ratings to address needs ranging from standard to the highest performance. Optional internal accessories provide remote tripping and indication of breaker status.
The DC breaker family is UL 489 listed and exceeds the requirements in UL 489 Supplement SC for UPS applications. Eaton breakers may be applied in both ungrounded and select grounded applications, with poles connected in series to operate at the maximum voltages shown on **Page V4-T2-350** . To use DC circuit breakers on 600 V grounded systems, three poles in series must be connected on the ungrounded leg.
All DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC frame equivalents, except for the NBDC breaker, which uses the same internal and external accessories as the standard NB frame.
The HFDDC through HMDLDC and EG to RG DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC Frame equivalents. NBDC uses the same internal and external accessories as standard NB breakers.
Many of the Eaton AC molded case circuit breakers carry 250 Vdc ratings for ungrounded systems. Refer to **Pages V4-T2-9** and **V4-T2-118** for these interrupting tables.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-349**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## _**Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers**_
**2**
## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|||**Interrupting**|**Capacity (kA)**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Volts DC**1|**Poles in**||**Poles in**|||**Poles in**||**Poles in**|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**125**|**Series**|**250**2|**Series**|**500**|**600**|**Series**|**750**2|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|1|35|2|35|—|3|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|1<br>1|42<br>50|2<br>2|50<br>65|—<br>—|3<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HFDDC|225|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|42|4|
|JGEDC|250|35|1|35|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|42|1|42|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|HKDDC|400|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|LGEDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|LGSDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|LGHDC|600|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HLDDC|600|42|1|50|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|HLDDC3<br>HMDLDC|1200<br>800|42<br>42|1<br>1|50<br>50|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>35|—<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|NBDC|1200|42|1|50|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|RGHDC|3000|42|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
## **IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**125 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**250 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**600 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|10|1|10|10|2|—|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|35<br>42|1<br>1|35<br>42|35<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|JGEDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|42|42|1|42|42|2|—|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|LGEDC|600|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|LGSDC<br>LGHDC|600<br>600|22<br>42|22<br>42|1<br>1|22<br>42|22<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HLDDC|600|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|HMDLDC|800|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489.
> 2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150 A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings.
> 3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel.
See **Page V4-T2-361** for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-350**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Catalog Number Selection**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
**2**
## **DC Circuit Breaker**
## **HFDDC 3 150 W**
||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||||
||**Frame**||||||||||||||
|**EGEDC**|= Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip**|**Unit Ampere Rating**||||||**S**|
|**EGSDC**|= Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**1**= Single-pole|||**015**|= 15 A||||||**K**|
|**EGHDC**|= Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**2**= Two-pole|||**020**|= 20 A||||||**L**|
|**HFDDC**|= Series C—F (225 A max.)|||**3**= Three-pole|||**025**|= 25 A|||||||
|**JGEDC**|= Series G—J (250 A max.)|||**4**= Four-pole|||**030**|= 30 A|||||||
|**JGSDC**|= Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**035**|= 35 A||||||**S**|
|**JGHDC**|= Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**040**|= 40 A||||||**F**|
|**HJDDC**|= Series C—J (250 A max.)||||||**045**|= 45 A||||||**F**|
|**HKDDC**|= Series C—K (400 A max.)||||||**050**|= 50 A||||||**F**|
|**LGEDC**|= Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**060**|= 60 A||||||**F**|
|**LGSDC**|= Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**070**|= 70 A||||||**K**|
|**LGHDC**|= Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**080**|= 80 A||||||**K**|
|**HLDDC**|= Series C—L (1200 A max.)||||||**090**|= 90 A|||||||
|**HMDLDC**|= Series C—M (800 A max.)||||||**100**|= 100 A|||||||
|**NBDC**|= NB (1200 A max.)||||||**110**|= 110 A|||||||
|**RGHDC**|= Series G—R (3000 A max.)||||||**125**|= 125 A|||||||
||||||||**150**|= 150 A|||||||
||||||||**175**|= 175 A|||||||
||||||||**200**|= 200 A|||||||
||||||||**225**|= 225 A|||||||
||||||||**250**|= 250 A|||||||
||||||||**300**|= 300 A|||||||
||||||||**350**|= 350 A|||||||
||||||||**400**|= 400 A|||||||
||||||||**450**|= 450 A|||||||
||||||||**500**|= 500 A|||||||
||||||||**600**|= 600 A|||||||
||||||||**700**|= 700 A|||||||
||||||||**800**|= 800 A|||||||
||||||||**900**|= 900 A|||||||
||||||||**1000**|= 1000 A|||||||
||||||||**1200**|= 1200 A|||||||
||||||||**1600**|= 1600 A|||||||
||||||||**2000**|= 2000 A|||||||
||||||||**2500**|= 2500 A|||||||
||||||||**3000**|= 3000 A|||||||
## **Suffix**
## **Series C, NB Frames**
- **K** = Molded case switch
- **L** = Line and load terminals, F-Frame
**MW** = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals
- **W** = Without terminals
## **Series G Frames**
**FFG** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FFW** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals **FAG** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FAW** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals **KSG** = Molded case switch, with terminals **KSW** = Molded case switch, without terminals
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-351**
2.6
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
## **Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
**2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc**
**Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>25<br>**EGEDC3025FFG**<br>**EGEDC3025FFW**<br>30<br>**EGEDC3030FFG**<br>**EGEDC3030FFW**<br>35<br>**EGEDC3035FFG**<br>**EGEDC3035FFW**<br>40<br>**EGEDC3040FFG**<br>**EGEDC3040FFW**<br>45<br>**EGEDC3045FFG**<br>**EGEDC3045FFW**<br>50<br>**EGEDC3050FFG**<br>**EGEDC3050FFW**<br>60<br>**EGEDC3060FFG**<br>**EGEDC3060FFW**<br>70<br>**EGEDC3070FFG**<br>**EGEDC3070FFW**<br>80<br>**EGEDC3080FFG**<br>**EGEDC3080FFW**<br>90<br>**EGEDC3090FFG**<br>**EGEDC3090FFW**<br>100<br>**EGEDC3100FFG**<br>**EGEDC3100FFW**|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||25<br>**EGHDC3025FFG**<br>**EGHDC3025FFW**|
||30<br>**EGHDC3030FFG**<br>**EGHDC3030FFW**|
||35<br>**EGHDC3035FFG**<br>**EGHDC3035FFW**|
||40<br>**EGHDC3040FFG**<br>**EGHDC3040FFW**|
||45<br>**EGHDC3045FFG**<br>**EGHDC3045FFW**|
||50<br>**EGHDC3050FFG**<br>**EGHDC3050FFW**|
||60<br>**EGHDC3060FFG**<br>**EGHDC3060FFW**|
||70<br>**EGHDC3070FFG**<br>**EGHDC3070FFW**|
||80<br>**EGHDC3080FFG**<br>**EGHDC3080FFW**|
||90<br>**EGHDC3090FFG**<br>**EGHDC3090FFW**|
||100<br>**EGHDC3100FFG**<br>**EGHDC3100FFW**|
## **Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc**
|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**with Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|25|**EGSDC3025FFG**|**EGSDC3025FFW**|
|30<br>35|**EGSDC3030FFG**<br>**EGSDC3035FFG**|**EGSDC3030FFW**<br>**EGSDC3035FFW**|
|40|**EGSDC3040FFG**|**EGSDC3040FFW**|
|45|**EGSDC3045FFG**|**EGSDC3045FFW**|
|50|**EGSDC3050FFG**|**EGSDC3050FFW**|
|60|**EGSDC3060FFG**|**EGSDC3060FFW**|
|70|**EGSDC3070FFG**|**EGSDC3070FFW**|
|80<br>90|**EGSDC3080FFG**<br>**EGSDC3090FFG**|**EGSDC3080FFW**<br>**EGSDC3090FFW**|
|100|**EGSDC3100FFG**|**EGSDC3100FFW**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-352**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **HFDDC**
## **Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15<br>20|**HFDDC1015L**<br>**HFDDC1020L**|**HFDDC2015L**<br>**HFDDC2020L**|**HFDDC3015L**<br>**HFDDC3020L**|**HFDDC4015L**<br>**HFDDC4020L**|
|25|**HFDDC1025L**|**HFDDC2025L**|**HFDDC3025L**|**HFDDC4025L**|
|30|**HFDDC1030L**|**HFDDC2030L**|**HFDDC3030L**|**HFDDC4030L**|
|35|**HFDDC1035L**|**HFDDC2035L**|**HFDDC3035L**|**HFDDC4035L**|
|40|**HFDDC1040L**|**HFDDC2040L**|**HFDDC3040L**|**HFDDC4040L**|
|45|**HFDDC1045L**|**HFDDC2045L**|**HFDDC3045L**|**HFDDC4045L**|
|50<br>60|**HFDDC1050L**<br>**HFDDC1060L**|**HFDDC2050L**<br>**HFDDC2060L**|**HFDDC3050L**<br>**HFDDC3060L**|**HFDDC4050L**<br>**HFDDC4060L**|
|70|**HFDDC1070L**|**HFDDC2070L**|**HFDDC3070L**|**HFDDC4070L**|
|80|**HFDDC1080L**|**HFDDC2080L**|**HFDDC3080L**|**HFDDC4080L**|
|90|**HFDDC1090L**|**HFDDC2090L**|**HFDDC3090L**|**HFDDC4090L**|
|100|**HFDDC1100L**|**HFDDC2100L**|**HFDDC3100L**|**HFDDC4100L**|
|110|**HFDDC1110L**|**HFDDC2110L**|**HFDDC3110L**|**HFDDC4110L**|
|125|**HFDDC1125L**|**HFDDC2125L**|**HFDDC3125L**|**HFDDC4125L**|
|150|**HFDDC1150L**|**HFDDC2150L**|**HFDDC3150L**|**HFDDC4150L**|
|175|**—**|**HFDDC2175L**|**HFDDC3175L**|**—**|
|200|**—**|**HFDDC2200L**|**HFDDC3200L**|**—**|
|225|**—**|**HFDDC2225L**|**HFDDC3225L**|**—**|
**2**
## **Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**2|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|70|**JGEDC3070FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
|90|**JGEDC3090FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100|**JGEDC3100FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**|**T250FJ**|
|125|**JGEDC3125FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGEDC3150FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGEDC3175FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGEDC3200FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGEDC3225FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGEDC3250FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|
## _**Notes**_
1 For breaker without terminals, replace “L” with “W” at end of catalog number.
- 2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-353**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
**2**
## **JGHDC3250NN**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>70<br>~~CO~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGSDC3070FAG**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGSDC3250NN**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JT3070FA**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**T250FJ**<br>~~ee~~||
|90|**JGSDC3090FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**||**T250FJ**|
|100<br>125|**JGSDC3100FAG**<br>**JGSDC3125FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**<br>**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**<br>**JT3125FA**||**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGSDC3150FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**||**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGSDC3175FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**||**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGSDC3200FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**||**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGSDC3225FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**||**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGSDC3250FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**||**T250FJ**|
## **Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>70<br>~~———~~<br>~~SSS~~||**Number**<br>**JGHDC3070FAG**<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**<br>**JT3070FA**<br>~~SSS~~|**Number**<br>**T250FJ**<br>~~SSS~~|
||90|**JGHDC3090FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100<br>125<br>~~TT~~||**JGHDC3100FAG**<br>**JGHDC3125FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**<br>**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**|
||150|**JGHDC3150FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
||175|**JGHDC3175FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
||200|**JGHDC3200FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
||225|**JGHDC3225FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
||250|**JGHDC3250FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|
## **HJDDC3250**
## **Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>~~ee]~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee]~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee]~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee]~~|
|70|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3070T**|**TA250KB**|
|90|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3090T**|**TA250KB**|
|100<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3100T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>125<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3125T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>~~SRR~~||||
|150|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3150T**|**TA250KB**|
|175|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3175T**|**TA250KB**|
|200|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3200T**|**TA250KB**|
|225|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3225T**|**TA250KB**|
|250|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3250T**|**TA250KB**|
## _**Note**_
1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-354**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **HKDDC3400**
## **LGEDC3630NN**
## **Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>100<br>~~i~~|**Number**<br>**HKDDC3400F**|**Number**<br>**KT3100T**|**Number**<br>**TA300K**|
|125|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**|
|150<br>175|**HKDDC3400F**<br>**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3150T**<br>**KT3175T**|**TA300K**<br>**TA300K**|
|200|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**|
|225|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**|
|250|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**|
|300|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**|
|350|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**|
|400|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**2|
## **Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
**2**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1<br>**Catalog**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250<br>**LGEDC3250FAG**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**<br>**LT3250FA**<br>**TA350LK**<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|||||
|300<br>**LGEDC3300FAG**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**<br>**LT3300FA**<br>**TA350LK**<br>350<br>**LGEDC3350FAG**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**<br>**LT3350FA**<br>**TA350LK**<br> ~~ee~~|||||
|400|**LGEDC3400FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
|500|**LGEDC3500FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
|600|**LGEDC3600FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
## **Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|
|250|**LGSDC3250FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGSDC3300FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350|**LGSDC3350FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**|**TA350LK**|
|400|**LGSDC3400FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
|500<br>600|**LGSDC3500FAG**<br>**LGSDC3600FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**<br>**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**<br>**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2<br>**3TA632LK**2|
## _**Notes**_
1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
2 Three-pole kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-355**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
**2**
## **HLDDC**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGHDC3250FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGHDC3300FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350<br>400|**LGHDC3350FAG**<br>**LGHDC3400FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**<br>**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**<br>**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**<br>**TA350LK**|
|500|**LGHDC3500FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
|600|**LGHDC3600FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3300T**|**TA602LD**|
|350|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**|
|400|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**|
|450|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3450T**|**TA602LD**|
|500|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**|
|600|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**2|
## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
**Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc**[34]
|**Maximum**|**Complete**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|600|**HLDDC20600**|
|700<br>800|**HLDDC20700**<br>**HLDDC20800**|
|900|**HLDDC20900**|
|1000|**HLDDC21000**|
|1200|**HLDDC21200**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
- 2 Three-pole kit.
- 3 Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals.
- 4 Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parallel.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-356**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **HMDLDC3800F**
## **Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|**2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~EE~~||||**2**|
|300|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**||
|350|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3350T**|**TA700MA1**|**2**|
|400<br>450|**HMDLDC3800F**<br>**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3400T**<br>**MT3450T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|**2**|
|500|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|**2**|
|600|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**||
|700|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|**2**|
|800|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**||
## **Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**<br>**Assembled without Terminals**2|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Includes Magnetic**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%**|**Number**|
|700<br>~~EE~~|**NBDC3700MW**<br>~~EE~~|Included<br>~~EE~~|**TA1000NB1**<br>~~EE~~|
|800|**NBDC3800MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|900|**NBDC3900MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|1000<br>1200|**NBDC31000MW**<br>**NBDC31200MW**|Included<br>Included|**TA1000NB1**<br>**TA1200NB1**|
## **RGHDC3300FFWM**
## **Type RGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—**
## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc**
|**Maximum**<br>E<br>.<br>.<br>7|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled**<br>**Imperial Mounting**|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled**2<br>**Metric Mounting**||**Standard Rear**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Hardware**<br>**Catalog**|**Hardware**<br>**Catalog**|**Includes Magnetic**|**Connectors**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%**|**Number**|
|1600|**RGHDC3160FFWE**|**RGHDC3160FFWM**|Included|**B2016RDM**|
|2000<br>**RGHDC3200FFWE**<br>**RGHDC3200FFWM**<br>Included<br>**B2016RDM**<br>2500<br>**RGHDC3250FFWE**<br>**RGHDC3250FFWM**<br>Included<br>**B2500RDM**<br>7<br>°<br>.<br>, ~~a~~|||||
|3000|**RGHDC3300FFWE**|**RGHDC3300FFWM**|Included|**B3000RDM**|
## _**Notes**_
1 Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately.
- 2 Six rear connectors included as standard complete circuit breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-357**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals Included**<br>**Standard Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|100<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0<br>2.5–50<br>3<br>**3TA125EF**|
|HFDDC|20<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–10 (1)<br>2.5–4 (1)<br>3<br>**3T20FB**|
||100<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0 (1)<br>2.5–50 (1)<br>3<br>**3T100FB**|
||225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FD**|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|250<br>Stainless steel<br>Cu<br>4–350 (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T250FJ**|
|HJDDC|250<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–350 kcmil (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA250KB**|
|HKDDC|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||350<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA400K**|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350LK**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>1<br>**TA632L**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA632LK**|
|HLDDC|500<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–350 kcmil (2)<br>95–150 (2)<br>1<br>**TA602LD**|
||600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>400–500 kcmil (2)<br>185–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|HMDLDC|600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|NBDC|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||900<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1000<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4/0–500 kcmil (4)<br>120–240 (4)<br>1<br>**TA1200NB1**|
**Note:** RGHDC breakers include six rear connectors as standard.
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
Eaton’s DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection.
## **Molded Case Switches**
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**(Volts DC)**<br>**Poles in**<br>**Series**<br>**With Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Without Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**600 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3100KL**<br>**HFDDC3100KW**|
|150|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3150KL**<br>**HFDDC3150KW**|
|225|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3225KL**<br>**HFDDC3225KW**|
|250|65<br>3<br>**JGKDC3250KSG**<br>**JGKDC3250KSW**|
|250|42<br>3<br>**HJDDC3250K**<br>**HJDDC3250KW**|
|400|35<br>3<br>**HKDDC3400K**<br>**HKDDC3400KW**|
||65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3400KSG**<br>**LGKDC3400KSW**|
|600|65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3630KSG**<br>**LGKDC3630KSW**|
||35<br>3<br>**HLDDC3600K**<br>**HLDDC3600WK**|
|800|35<br>3<br>**HMDLDC3800K**<br>**HMDLDC3800WK**|
|**500 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|65<br>3<br>**EGK3100KSG**<br>**EGK3100KSW**|
|**250 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2100KL**<br>**HFDDC2100KW**|
|150|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2150KL**<br>**HFDDC2150KW**|
|225|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2225KL**<br>**HFDDC2225KW**|
|1200|50<br>1<br>**HLDDC21200K**1<br>**HLDDC21200WK**1|
|**_Note_**<br>1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel.||
**V4-T2-358 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Accessories**
## **Internal Accessories**
**2**
## **Field Installation Kits**
|||||**JGEDC,**<br>**JGSDC,**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**JGHDC**|||||||
||**Factory**||**EGEDC,**|**LGEDC,**|||||||
|**Description**|**Installation**<br>**(HFDDC)**|**HFDDC**1|**EGSDC,**<br>**EGHDC**|**LGSDC,**<br>**LGHDC**|**HJDDC**|**HKDDC**|**HLDDC**|**HMDLDC**|**NBDC**|**RGHDC**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting**<br>Auxiliary switch|||||||||||
|1A-1B<br>2A-2B|A06<br>A13|A1X1PK<br>A2X1RPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|A1X2PK<br>A2X2PK|A1X3PK<br>A2X3PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|4980D16G05<br>4980D16G06|—<br>A2X6RPK|
|Alarm switch<br>1 make/1 break|B06|A1L1RPK|ALM1M1BEPK|ALM1M1BJPK|A1L2RPK|A1L3RPK|A1L4RPK|A1L4RPK|—|A1L6RPK|
|Auxiliary and alarm combo<br>1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05||AAL1RPK|AUXALRMEPK|AUXALRMJPK|AAL2RPK|AAL3RPK|AA114RPK|AA114RPK|—|—|
|**Left-Pole Mounting**|||||||||||
|Shunt trip|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT012CPK|SNT012CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G14|—|
|24 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT024CPK|SNT024CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G13|SNT6P03K2|
|48 Vdc|S06|SNT1LP08K|SNT4860CPK|SNT4860CPK|SNT2P06K|SNT3P06K|SNT4LP23K|SNT4LP23K|2606D58G12|SNT6P23K2|
|60 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|S06<br>S10|SNT1LP08K<br>SNT1LP12K|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT2P06K<br>SNT2P11K|SNT3P06K<br>SNT3P11K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|2606D58G11<br>2606D58G10|SNT6P23K2<br>SNT6P23K2|
|250 Vdc|S14|SNT1LP18K|—|—|SNT2P14K|SNT3P14K|SNT4LP14K|SNT4LP14K|2606D58G09|SNT6P14K|
|120 Vac|S06|SNT1LP12K|SNT120CPK|SNT120CPK|SNT2P11K|SNT3P11K|SNT4LP11K|SNT4LP11K|2060D58G05|SNT6P11K2|
|Undervoltage release|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|UVH1LP20K|UVR012DPK|UVR012DPK|UVH2LP20K|UVH3LP20K|UVH4LP20K|UVH4LP20K|372D032G06|UVH6RP20K2|
|24 Vdc|U34|UVH1LP21K|UVR024DPK|UVR024DPK|UVH2LP21K|UVH3LP21K|UVH4LP21K|UVH4LP21K|372D032G07|UVH6RP21K2|
|48 Vdc|U38|UVH1LP22K|UVR048DPK|UVR048DPK|UVH2LP22K|UVH3LP22K|UVH4LP22K|UVH4LP22K|372D032G08|UVH6RP23K2|
|125 Vdc|U42|UVH1LP26K|UVR125DPK|UVR125DPK|UVH2LP26K|UVH3LP26K|UVH4LP26K|UVH4LP26K|372D032G09|UVH6RP26K2|
|250 Vdc<br>120 Vac|U46<br>U14|UVH1LP28K<br>UVH1LP08K|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVH2LP28K<br>UVH2LP08K|UVH3LP28K<br>UVH3LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|372D032G10<br>373D632G05|UVH6RP28K2<br>UVH6RP08K2|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
> 2 Right-pole mounted.
One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-359**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
**2**
## Specialty Breakers
## _**Jumpers**_
Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
## **HFDDC Frame**
|**HFDDC Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|
## **JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames**
|**JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
## **HKDDC Frame**
|**HKDDC Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|
## **LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames**
|**LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|
## _**Note**_
1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-360**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Wiring Diagrams**
## _**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12]
**2**
## **250 Vdc Maximum—Two Poles in Series**
**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [22 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [33 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
## **500 Vdc or 600 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series**
**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [38 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
**==> picture [155 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **750 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles in Series**
**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [34 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
**==> picture [21 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [156 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
> 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-361**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **DC Breaker Dimensions**
|**Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Width**<br>**Height**<br>**Depth**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|3<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|HFDDC|1<br>1.38 (35.1)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||2<br>2.75 (70.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||4<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|3<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>3.57 (90.7)|
|HJDDC|2, 3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HKDDC|2, 3<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|3<br>5.48 (139.2)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.09 (103.9)|
|600 A Max. HLDDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|1200 A Max. HLDDC|4<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HMDLDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|NBDC|3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)|
|RGHDC|3<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>9.75 (247.7)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-362**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers**
**==> picture [189 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
600 Vdc Per-Pole 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
_**Description Page**_ Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-343** Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-349** PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-364** Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-364** Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-364** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-365** Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-375** E[2] Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-376** Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-402** Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . . **V4-T2-416**
**2**
## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series**
## **Product Overview**
- Two PVGard lineups
- 600 Vdc per-pole breaker and switch. Each pole rated 600 Vdc
- 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breaker and switch. Requires poles in series connection
- Both options UL 489B listed for solar photovoltaic circuit protection
- 50 °C calibration
- Offers both 100% and 80% rated breakers
- Handle bi-directional current flow
## **Product Description**
Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric grid. Within the balance of system (BOS), direct current (DC) circuit breakers protect the wiring connected from the PV modules to the combiner or the inverter, while also behaving as a disconnect.
Eaton is a global leader in circuit protection and brings this expertise to bear in the photovoltaic market. PVGard solar circuit breakers are part of a product family that combines a disconnect with circuit protection in a single, compact, resettable device to protect and isolate DC circuits as needed in photovoltaic systems. PVGard breakers can replace fuses, fuse holders and disconnects in combiner box and inverter applications— saving space, streamlining design, purchasing and receiving, and reducing spare parts requirements.
There are two PVGard lineups to choose from: the industryexclusive, 600 Vdc per-pole breakers and switches designed for residential and light commercial applications and 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches for commercial and utility scale applications.
## _**PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Lineup**_
Only Eaton can offer this breakthrough breaker that will save significant space, time and cost. As a single-circuitper-pole device, it allows space savings of up to 66% when compared to traditional poles-in-series disconnects, switches and breakers. In addition, it eliminates the need for jumpers for poles-inseries connection—saving on installation time, labor and even inventory.
## _**PVGard 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Lineup**_
This 1000 Vdc poles-in-series lineup provides reliable and safe disconnect means and overcurrent protection in a single, compact device for commercial and utility scale PV systems. This solution does not require jumpers with the breaker/switch to be a UL 489B listed device, providing reliability and flexibility in design without limitation on implementation of the breaker/switch. If needed, cost-effective Eaton jumpers can be included.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-363**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Application Description**
Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun **2** into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric **2** grid. PVGard circuit breakers are used to protect the wiring **2** from the modules to the combiner box or inverter from **2** overcurrents, and to provide an isolation mechanism.
Eaton offers a complete line of UL 489 Listed multi-purpose 600 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches, as well as protection for the AC side of the inverter. Refer to **Page V4-T2-349** for 600 Vdc breakers and **Page V4-T2-6** for AC breaker selection.
## **Features**
PVGard breakers are uniquely designed with these features:
- Meets the higher voltage and lower fault current levels of solar systems
- Tested to extreme ambient conditions from –40ºC to +90ºC
- Full complement of accessories for status, signalling, and on/off operation remotely
- Can handle bi-directional flow of current
- Can be applied in grounded, ungrounded or bi-polar systems
- Meets and exceeds the standards of UL 489B for photovoltaic molded case circuit breakers and molded case switches
- Available both standard (80%-rated) and 100%rated breakers
- 50ºC calibration
- Ability to open on signal from DC arc or ground fault detector
- Wide range of current ratings increases options for matching incoming strings
Designed specifically for high- and low-temperature demands of PV installations, PVGard circuit breakers undergo extreme ambient cycling tests, and carry a robust operating temperature range. Trip units calibrate at 100% and 80% of nameplate current in a 50ºC ambient, ensuring continuous operation in higher temperature environments typical to solar.
Rigorous third-party testing includes limited and standard fault current tests, electrical and mechanical endurance, di-electric voltage withstand and temperature tests. Eaton’s PVGard products are stand-alone devices without requiring jumpers to be UL 489B listed devices.
PVGard breakers are available with a full complement of accessories to provide string status, enable remote trip, on/off operation, and can be customized to site requirements.
## **Standards and Certifications**
- Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection
- UL File E350638, Category Control Number DIUR
- Eliminates fuse stocking costs and matching issues
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-364**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-369** . For complete internal and external accessories, see accessory section of each frame.
**JG PVS Frame, 250 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA**[1]
## **JG PVS Frame**
**2**
|**Current Rating Amperes**|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**|**Trip Unit**|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|90<br>100|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3090W**<br>**JGPVS3100W**|**CJGPVS3090W**<br>**CJGPVS3100W**|
|125<br>150|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3125W**<br>**JGPVS3150W**|**CJGPVS3125W**<br>**CJGPVS3150W**|
|175|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3175W**|**CJGPVS3175W**|
|200|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3200W**|**CJGPVS3200W**|
|225|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3225W**|**CJGPVS3225W**|
|250|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3250W**|**CJGPVS3250W**|
## **KD PVS Frame**
**KD PVS Frame, 400 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 3 kA**[1]
||**Current Rating Amperes**<br>100|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**<br>3|**Trip Unit**<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**KDPVS3100W**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**CKDPVS3100W**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||125|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3125W**|**CKDPVS3125W**|
||150|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3150W**|**CKDPVS3150W**|
||175|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3175W**|**CKDPVS3175W**|
||200<br>225<br>250<br>300|3<br>3<br>3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3200W**<br>**KDPVS3225W**<br>**KDPVS3250W**<br>**KDPVS3300W**|**CKDPVS3200W**<br>**CKDPVS3225W**<br>**CKDPVS3250W**<br>**CKDPVS3300W**|
|350<br>400||3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3350W**<br>**KDPVS3400W**|**CKDPVS3350W**<br>**CKDPVS3400W**|
## _**Note**_
1 Terminals not included with frames.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-365**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
**2**
## Specialty Breakers
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-369** .
## **FD PV Frame**
**FD PV Frame, 100 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA**[1]
||**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br> ~~De~~|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br> ~~De~~|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br> ~~De~~|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br> ~~De~~|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br> ~~De~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||30<br>40<br> ~~a~~|4<br>4<br>~~a~~|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>~~a~~|**FDPV4030W**<br>**FDPV4040W**<br>~~a~~|**CFDPV4030W**<br>**CFDPV4040W**<br>~~a~~|
||~~—~~|50<br>60<br>~~—~~|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4050W**<br>**FDPV4060W**|**CFDPV4050W**<br>**CFDPV4060W**|
||70|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4070W**|**CFDPV4070W**|
||80<br>90|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4080W**<br>**FDPV4090W**|**CFDPV4080W**<br>**CFDPV4090W**|
||100|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4100W**|**CFDPV4100W**|
## **KD PV Frame**
**KD PV Frame, 350 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1]
|**Current Rating Amperes**|**Poles in Series**|**Trip Unit**|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|125<br>~~Se]~~|4<br>~~Se]~~|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>~~Se]~~|**KDPV4125W**<br>~~Se]~~|**CKDPV4125W**<br>~~Se]~~|
|150<br>175|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4150W**<br>**KDPV4175W**|**CKDPV4150W**<br>**CKDPV4175W**|
|200|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4200W**|**CKDPV4200W**|
|225|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4225W**|**CKDPV4225W**|
|250|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4250W**|**CKDPV4250W**|
|300<br>350|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4300W**<br>**KDPV4350W**|**CKDPV4300W**<br>**CKDPV4350W**|
## **LG PV Frame**
## **LG PV Frame, 400 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1]
||||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br> ~~a,~~|**Poles in Series**<br>~~a,~~|**Trip Unit**<br>~~a,~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~a,~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~a,~~|
|250|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4250W**|**CLGPV4250W**|
|300|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4300W**|**CLGPV4300W**|
|350<br>400|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4350W**<br>**LGPV4400W**|**CLGPV4350W**<br>**CLGPV4400W**|
## **MDL PV Frame**
**MDL PV Frame, 600 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA**[1]
|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**|
|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>300<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3300W**<br>**CMDLPV3300W**<br>350<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3350W**<br>**CMDLPV3350W**<br>400<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3400W**<br>**CMDLPV3400W**<br>450<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3450W**<br>**CMDLPV3450W**<br>~~oo~~<br>~~ee—_—~~<br>~~——_—_—-——~~<br>~~\ewwmocc—q_4q1u_aese—ee—~~<br>~~SSSSET~~|
|500<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3500W**<br>**CMDLPV3500W**|
|600<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3600W**<br>**CMDLPV3600W**|
## _**Note**_
1 Terminals not included with frames.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-366**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Accessories**
## _**Available Accessories**_
- Auxiliary switch
- Shunt trip
- Electrical operator
- Alarm lockout
- Undervoltage release
- Terminals
- Lock-off devices
- End cap kits
- Rotary handle mechanisms
- Flexible shaft handle mechanisms
_**Optional modifications**_
- Freeze testing
**Factory Modifications—Freeze Testing to –40ºC**[4]
|**Factory Modifications**|**—Freeze Testing to –40ºC**4|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Modification Code**|
|FD PV|F01|
|JG PVS|F01|
|KD PV and KD PVS|F01|
|LG PV|F01|
|MDL PV|F01|
|Special calibration—contact Eaton for availability||
## _**Molded Case Switches**_
For complete internal and external accessories, see the accessory section of each frame.
## **External Accessories**
|**External Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Frame**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Imperial Base Mounting Hardware**||
|0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|FD PV<br>**BMH1**|
|0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3**|
|—|JG PVS<br>N/A|
|—|LG PV<br>N/A|
|0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and<br>lockwashers and flat washers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5**|
|**Metric Base Mounting Hardware**||
|M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers<br>|FD PV<br>**BMH1M**<br> <br>|
|M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3M**|
|—|JG PVS<br>Included1|
|—|LG PV<br>Included1|
|M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5M**|
|**Interphase Barriers**||
||FD PV<br>**IPB1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**IPB3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJIPBK** 2|
||LG PV<br>**IPB3**|
||MDL PV<br>**IPB4**|
|**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**||
||FD PV<br>**LKD1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**LKD3**|
||JG PVS<br>N/A|
||LG PV<br>N/A|
||MDL PV<br>**LKD4**|
|**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp **3||
||FD PV<br>**PLK1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**PLK3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJPHL**|
||LG PV<br>**LPHL**|
||MDL PV<br>**HLK4**|
Eaton’s DC molded case switches (MCS) are used in applications requiring a compact, high capacity disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc
MCS are UL 489B listed and have automatic instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection.
## **Molded Case Switches**
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Interrupting**|**Poles in**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 50 °C**|**Capacity Vdc**|**Series**|**Number**|
|**1000 Vdc Maximum**||||
|100|3000|4|**FDPV4100KW**|
|200|5000|4|**KDPV4200KW**|
|250|5000|4|**KDPV4250KW**|
|350|5000|4|**KDPV4350KW**|
|400|5000|4|**LGPV4400KSW**|
|600|7500|3|**MDLPV3600KSW**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or a molded case switch (included with breaker). If required separately, order 66A2546G02.
- 2 Individually priced.
- 3 Locks in ON and OFF position.
- 4 Add 20% to list price.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-367**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **Internal Accessories—Right Pole Mounting**
**2**
||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**JG PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**KD PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**LG PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**MDL PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|
||**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|
|**Auxiliary Switch**|||||||||||
|1A-1B|A06|**A1X1PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X3PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X4PK**|
|2A-2B<br>**Alarm Switch**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X3PK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|1 make/1 break|B06|**A1L1RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPKL**|B06|**A1L3RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPK**|B06|**A1L4RPK**|
|**Auxiliary and Alarm Combo**|||||||||||
|1A-1B, 1 make/1 break|C05|**AAL1RPK**|B2w|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AAL3RPK**|B2|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AA114RPK**|
## **Internal Accessories—Left Pole Mounting**
||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1||**JG PVS**||**KD PVS**||**LG PV**||**MDL PV**||
||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Shunt Trip**|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|24 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|48 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|60 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc|S10<br>S14|**SNT1LP12K**<br>**SNT1LP18K**|S5<br>—|**SNT125DPK**<br>**—**|S10<br>S14|**SNT3P11K**<br>**SNT3P14K**|S2<br>**—**|**SNT120CPK**<br>**—**|S42<br>S14|**SNT4LP26K**<br>**SNT4LP14K**|
|120 Vac|S10|**SNT1LP12K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT3P11K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT4LP11K**|
|**Undervoltage**|**Release**||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|**UVH1LP20K**|—|—|T02|**UVH3LP20K**|U1|**UVR012DPK**|T02|**UVH4LP20K**|
|24 Vdc|U34|**UVH1LP21K**|U2|**UVR024CPK**|T02|**UVH3LP21K**|U2|**UVR024DPK**|T06|**UVH4LP21K**|
|48 Vdc|U38|**UVH1LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH3LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH4LP22K**|
|60 Vdc|—|—|U4|**UVR048DPK**|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|125 Vdc|U42|**UVH1LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH3LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH4LP26K**|
|250 Vdc|U46|**UVH1LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH3LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH4LP28K**|
|120 Vac|U14|**UVH1LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH3LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH4LP08K**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the FD PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-368**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|
|---|---|---|
|FD PV|50|Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4 (1)<br>2.5–25 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA50FB**|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK3** Includes 3P terminal cover|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK**<br>Includes 3P terminal cover<br>Replacement use only|
||100|Copper<br>Cu<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3T225FD**|
|JG PVS|250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>#8–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**TA250FJ**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>1<br>**3TA251FJK1**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>2<br>**3TA251FJK2**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>#4–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**T250FJ**|
|KD PV<br>KD PVS|225|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4TA400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2/0–250 kcmil (2) or 2/0–500 kcmil (1)<br>70–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**|
||300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||225|Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T300K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4T400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||300|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
|LG PV|400|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350LK**|
||400|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4T632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
|MDL PV|300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||600|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|**Endcap Kits**<br>**Breaker Frame**||**Number of Poles**<br>**Thread Type**<br>**Thread Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>10–32<br>**KPEK14**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–5<br>**KPEKM14**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**FJ3RTDK**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**FJ3RTWK**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>0.312–18<br>**KPEK34**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–8<br>**KPEKM34**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**KPEK3**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**KPEKM3**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**N/A**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M-10<br>**L4RTWK**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>—<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>—|
|FD PV|||
|JG PVS|||
|KD PV|||
|KD PVS|||
|LG PV|||
|MDL PV|||
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-369**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
**2**
## Specialty Breakers
## _**Jumpers**_
Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
## **FD PV Frame**
|**FD PV Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|
## **JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames**
|**JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
## **KD PV, KD PVM, KD PVMD Frames**
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|
## **LG PV Frame**
|**LG PV Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|
## _**Note**_
1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-370**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
- Two PVGard lineups
- Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
- UL File EE350638,
- ● Designed to meet UL 489B Category Control for solar photovoltaic circuit Number DIUR protection ●
- 600 Vdc per-pole breaker
- ● 100% rated of the and switch continuous current rating –
- Each pole rated
- ● 50 °C calibrated 600 Vdc
- Can be applied in ● 1000 Vdc poles-in-series grounded, ungrounded or breaker and switch bi-polar systems – Requires poles in
- bi-polar systems – Requires poles in
- ● Ability to open on signal series connection from DC arc or ground fault detector
**2**
## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc Per-Pole**_
**PVGard 600 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 600 Vdc Per-Pole**
|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|
|JG PVS|90|250|1.2|
|KD PVS|100|400|3|
## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series**_
## **PVGard 1000 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc**
|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|**Series**|
|FD PV|30|100|3|4|
|KD PV|125|350|5|4|
|LG PV|250|400|5|4|
|MDL PV|300|600|7.5|3|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-371**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**
**2**
||**JG PVS**|**JG PVS**|**JG PVS**||**KD PVS**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Number of 600 Vdc circuits|3||||3|
|Maximum voltage rating|600 Vdc||||600 Vdc|
|Ampere range|90–250 A||||100–400 A|
|Interrupting capacity at 600 Vdc|1.2 kA||||3 kA|
|Time constant|1 ms||||1 ms|
|Trip unit type|Thermal-magnetic||||Thermal-magnetic|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|8 kV<br>4 kV||||8 kV<br>4 kV|
|Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency|10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||6000<br>400<br>240 per hour|
|Third-party certification|UL 489B||||UL 489B|
|Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current|50 °C<br>93%<br>85%||||50 °C<br>93%<br>85%|
|Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity|–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing|
|Suitable for reverse-feed applications|Yes||||Yes|
|Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º||
|||90º||90º||
|||||||
|||||||
|||||||
|Connection diagrams||||||
|Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire|TA250FJ: (1) #8–350 kcmil||||TA300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
||3TA251FJK1: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/02||||TA350K: (1) 250–500 kcmil|
||3TA251FJK2: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/03||||TA403K: (2) 1/0–400 kcmil|
||||||3TA402K: (1) 500–-750 kcmil4|
|Cu wire|T250FJ: (1) #4–350 kcmil||||T300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
|Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth|7.00 (177.8)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>3.57 (90.7)||||10.13 (257.3)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
|Weight in lbs|6.6||||11.42|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
> 3 Not UL 489B recognized size for maximum of 400 A breaker.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-372**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**
|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FD PV**<br>**KD PV**<br>**LG PV**<br>**MDL PV**||||||||
|Number of poles<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>3||||||||
|Maximum voltage rating<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc||||||||
|Maximum current rating<br>100 A<br>350 A<br>400 A<br>600 A||||||||
|Interrupting capacity at 1000 Vdc<br>3 kA<br>5 kA<br>5 kA<br>7.5 kA||||||||
|Time constant<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms||||||||
|Ampere range<br>15–100 A<br>125–350 A<br>250–400 A<br>300–600 A||||||||
|Trip unit type<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic||||||||
|Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV||||||||
|Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency<br>10,000<br>1000<br>300 per hour<br>10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||||||
|Third-party certification<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B||||||||
|Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%||||||||
|Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||||||
|Suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes|Yes|||Yes|Yes|||
|Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º|||90º|
||90º|||90º|90º||90º|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|||||||||
|Connection diagrams|Load (A)|||1|2<br>Load|||
|Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire<br>#6–300 kcmil<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil||||||||
|Cu wire<br>#4–4/0<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil||||||||
|Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>8.25 (209.5)<br>4.06 (103.1)||||||||
|Weight in lbs<br>6<br>20<br>20<br>29||||||||
**2**
_**Notes**_
> 1 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
> 2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-373**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
**2**
## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole**
||**Number of**<br>**Circuits in**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>JG PVS|**a Frame**<br>3|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Height**<br>7.00 (177.8)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|
|KD PVS|3|5.49 (139.4)|10.13 (257.2)|4.31 (109.6)|
## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series**
||**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|FD PV|4|5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|KD PV|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|LG PV<br>MDL PV|4<br>3|7.22 (183.4)<br>8.25 (209.6)|10.13 (257.3)<br>16.00 (406.4)|4.09 (103.9)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-374**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Wiring Diagrams**
_**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12]
## **JF PVS, KD PVS—600 Vdc Per-Pole**
**==> picture [34 x 43] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [43 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems. Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits.
## **FD PV, KD PV, LG PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles-in-Series**
**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**
**==> picture [34 x 16] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
**==> picture [21 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**==> picture [156 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **MDL PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series**
Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
- 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-375**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **E[2] Mining Service Breakers**
## **Contents**
## _**Description**_
|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-349**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole||
|and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**|
|E2Mining Service Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-378**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-382**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-393**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-396**|
|Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-402**|
|Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . .|**V4-T2-416**|
## **E[2] Mining Service Breakers**
## **Product Overview**
State-of-the-art E[2] mining service breakers incorporate the rigid specifications and testing procedures developed by a focus group led by engineers from several large coal companies and Eaton design engineers. Additionally, the performance of these breakers was proven and verified during hundreds of hours of field testing in harsh mine environments.
E[2] mining breakers are available in 600 Vac, l000Y/ 577 Vac and 1200 Vac. Interchangeable trip units can be used on either 600 or 1000 Vac frames.
The E[2] mining breaker family is designed especially for trailing cable application per MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field interchangeable electronic rms sensing trip units are available from 150 to 2000 amperes with instantaneous pickup settings conforming to the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges.
E[2] electronic trip units are the first to provide the mining industry with true rms sensing, made possible by the custom ASIC microprocessor in each electronic trip unit.
E[2] breakers are designed to be physically and electrically interchangeable with Classic Mining Service Breakers and supersede Series C[®] Mining Service Breakers. The table to the right outlines direct replacements.
|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Replacement Chart**|||**Replacement Chart**|||
|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2**|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2M**|
|FBM|FDBM|E2F|HFM|—|E2FM|
|HFBM|FDM|E2F|—|JDCM|E2JM|
||HFDM (mag. only)|E2F|HKAM|KDCM|E2KM|
|—|JDM|E2J|HLAM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAM|KDM|E2K|HLCM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAMH|KDM|E2K|HMAM|—|E2MM|
|LAM|LDM|E2L|HMCM|—|E2MM|
|LAMH|LDM|E2L|HNBM|—|E2NM|
|LCM|LDM|E2L|HNBMH|—|E2NM|
|LCMH|LDM|E2L|HNCM|—|E2NM|
|MAM|—|E2M|HLCLM|—|E2NM|
|MAMH|—|E2M|HPBM|—|E2RM 1|
|MCM|—|E2M||||
|MCMH|—|E2M||||
|NBM|—|E2N||||
|NBMH|—|E2N||||
|NCM|—|E2N||||
|NCMH|—|E2N||||
## **Additional Information on Mining Breakers**
|**Source**|**Description**|
|---|---|
|TD01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data|
|BR01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure|
|TC01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves|
|www.eaton.com/mining|Mining and Metals|
## _**Note**_
> 1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-376**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
E[2] 225/400 A K frame and 400/600 A L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges.
Eaton’s mining service circuit breakers provide short-circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2.
## **Interrupting Capacity Rating**
||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|||||**Vdc**1|
|**Breaker Type**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**1000Y/577**|**1200**|**250**|
|E2F|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2J|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2K|65|35|25|—|—|10|
|E2LME|100|65|35|—|—|42|
|E2L|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2M|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2N|65|50|25|—|—|—|
|E2R|125|65|50|—|—|—|
|E2FM|65|25|18|10|—|10|
|E2JM|65|35|18|10|—|22|
|E2KM|65|35|25|14|—|10|
|E2LMZ|100|65|35|10|—|42|
|E2LM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2MM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2NM2|—|50|25|25|—|—|
|E2RM|—|65|50|25|—|—|
|E2KW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2LW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2MW|—|—|—|12|12|—|
The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E[2] breaker that meets that setting.
## **Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75**
||**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**E2/E2M/E2W**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Conductor**<br>**Size**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Setting**|**75 °C Insulated**<br>**Conductor**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Only**|**Setting**|
|14<br>12|50<br>75|15<br>20|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 150 A|A<br>B|
|10<br>8|150<br>200|30<br>50|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 225 A|C<br>A|
|6|300|65|E2K 225 A|B|
|4|500|85|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|C/A|
|3|600|100|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|D/B|
|2|800|115|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|E/C|
|1|1000|130|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|F/D|
|1/0<br>2/0|1250<br>1500|150<br>175|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A<br>E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|G/E<br>H/F|
|3/0<br>4/0|2000<br>2500|200<br>230|E2L 400 A<br>E2L 400 A|G<br>H|
|250|2500|255|E2L 400 A|H|
|300|2500|285|E2L 400 A|H|
|350|2500|310|E2L 400 A|H|
|400|2500|335|E2L 400 A|H|
|500|2500|380|E2L 400 A|H|
**2**
## **Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data**
|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|
## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data**
|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated.
- 2 Series rated for application with Eaton’s E2KM and E2LM breakers.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-377**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Catalog Number Selection**
**2**
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
## **E[2] Mining Service Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**
**==> picture [499 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K E M 3 400 38 2 B20 W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2K Electronic Trip Optional Features W = No terminals<br>E2L E [1 ] = Electronic trip Magnetic Rating B20 [2] = High load alarm Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2M (If Applicable)<br>E2NE2R Blank = 600 Vac max. Voltage Current Ampere Rating 2Blank = Standard mag.= High mag.<br>M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. 100–2000<br>Trip Unit Function<br>M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>Number (magnetic only)<br>of Poles<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>3 = Three-pole 38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>maintenance mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **E[2] Mining Service 310+ Electronic Trip Unit**
**==> picture [500 x 138] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
K E M 3 400 38 T 2 B20<br>Frame Size Optional Features<br>K Electronic Trip Magnetic Rating B20 [1] = High load alarm<br>L E = Electronic trip Trip Unit (If Applicable)<br>M T Blank = Standard mag.<br>Voltage Current Ampere 2 = High mag.<br>M = 600 V and 1000 V Rating Trip Unit Function<br>interchangeable 100–2000 M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>(magnetic only)<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>Number<br>38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>of Poles<br>maintenance mode<br>3 = Three-pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
> 1 All N- and R-Frame breakers equipped with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit. No “E” suffix required.
> 2 Not available with instantaneous only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-378**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**E[2] Mining Service Breaker Frame Only**[1]
**==> picture [326 x 77] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K M 3 400 F<br>Frame Size Frame<br>E2J Voltage Current Ampere Designation<br>E2K Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Rating F<br>E2L M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles 70–800<br>E2M 3 = Three-pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**2**
## **E[2] Mining Service Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**
1
**==> picture [470 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K M 3 400 M K W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2F Voltage Magnetic Trip Range W = No terminals<br>E2J Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Trip Unit Function Suffix Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2K M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L W [2] = 1200 Vac max. 3 = Three-pole Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M<br>Current Ampere<br>Rating<br>3–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
**E[2] Mining Service Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1]
**==> picture [382 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K 3 400 T M A<br>Frame Size Magnetic Trip Range<br>E2J Number Trip Unit Function Suffix<br>E2K of Poles Current Ampere Trip Unit M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L 3 = Three-pole Rating T Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M 70–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Does not apply to E2LME/LMZ.
- 2 Only available in K-, L- and M-Frames.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-379**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data**
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|
||E2F/E2FM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.3|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.9|
||E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|0.96|
||||1.13|
||||1.25|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|0.94|
||||1.12|
||||1.21|
||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-380**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**
|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**<br>92<br>140<br>480<br>570<br>640<br>180<br>200<br>240<br>100<br>160<br>55<br>66<br>71<br>66<br>84<br>102<br>112<br>138<br>150<br>100<br>120<br>140<br>110<br>130<br>140<br>41<br>139<br>210<br>83<br>92<br>117<br>120<br>475<br>720<br>99<br>120<br>121|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|48 Vac<br>33.6<br>60 Vac<br>110 Vac<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|48 Vac<br>34<br>60 Vac|830|
||||||1280|
|||||110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
||208 Vac<br>146<br>220 Vac<br>230 Vac|||48 Vdc<br>34<br>60 Vdc|710|
||||||1105|
|||||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||48 Vdc<br>33.6<br>60 Vdc||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
|E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|330|
||||||390|
||||||430|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|370|
||||||440|
||||||480|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc<br>24 Vac|||||
||48 Vac<br>18<br>60 Vac|||||
|E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>24 Vdc|||||
||48 Vdc<br>18<br>60 Vdc|||||
||110 Vdc<br>82<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|||||
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-381**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
## **3 A–150 A**
**2**
_**E[2] F/E[2] FM**_
## **E[2] F/E[2] FM**
**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit—Include Line/Load Terminals, Non-Electronic Trip Units**[1]
||||**600 Vac Maximum**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**|**250 Vdc**<br>**10 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Complete Breaker**|**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**|||||
|15|—|—|**E2F3015**|**—**|
|20|—|—|**E2F3020**|**E2FM3020**|
|25<br>30|—<br>—|—<br>—|**E2F3025**<br>**E2F3030**|**E2FM3025**<br>**—**|
|35|—|—|**E2F3035**|**—**|
|40|—|—|**E2F3040**|**E2FM3040**|
|45|—|—|**E2F3045**|**—**|
|50|—|—|**E2F3050**|**E2FM3050**|
|60|—|—|**E2F3060**|**E2FM3060**|
|70|—|—|**E2F3070**|**E2FM3070**|
|80|—|—|**E2F3080**|**E2FM3080**|
|90|—|—|**E2F3090**|**E2FM3090**|
|100|—|—|**E2F3100**|**E2FM3100**|
|125|—|—|**E2F3125**|**E2FM3125**|
|150<br>**Magnetic Only**|—|—|**E2F3150**|**E2FM3150**|
|3|9–30|—|**E2F003AM**|**—**|
|7|21–70|—|**E2F007CM**|**—**|
|15|45–150|—|**E2F015EM**|**—**|
|30|90–300|—|**E2F030HM**|**—**|
||50–150|—|**E2F030EM**|**—**|
|50|150–500<br>66–190|—<br>—|**E2F050KM**<br>**E2F050YM**|**E2FM050KM**<br>**E2FM050YM**|
|70|210–700|—|**E2F070MM**|**E2FM070MM**|
|100|150–500|—|**E2F100KM**|**E2FM100KM**|
||300–1000|—|**E2F100RM**|**E2FM100RM**|
|150|450–1500|—|**E2F150TM**|**E2FM150TM**|
||750–2500|—|**E2F150UM**|**E2FM150UM**|
## _**Note**_
1 For two-pole application, use outer poles.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-382**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **70 A–250 A**
## _**E[2] J/E[2] JM**_
## **E[2] J/E[2] JM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
**2**
|**JM**||**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
||||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**10 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|||**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|0||**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>70|**Trip Range**<br>300–650|**Catalog Number**<br>**E2J3070T**|**Catalog Number**<br>**E2J3070W**|**Catalog Number**<br>**E2JM3070W**|
|0|||||||
|||90|450–900|**E2J3090T**|**E2J3090W**|**E2JM3090W**|
|[fe|#=8)~~TT~~|100<br>500–1000<br>**E2J3100T**<br>**E2J3100W**<br>**E2JM3100W**<br>~~TT~~|||||
|||125|625–1250|**E2J3125T**|**E2J3125W**|**E2JM3125W**|
|||150|750–1500|**E2J3150T**|**E2J3150W**|**E2JM3150W**|
|||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**E2J3175T**<br>**E2J3200T**|**E2J3175W**<br>**E2J3200W**|**E2JM3175W**<br>**E2JM3200W**|
|||225|300–650|**E2J3225TA**|**E2J3225AW**|**E2JM3225AW**|
||||500–1000|**E2J3225TD**|**E2J3225DW**|**E2JM3225DW**|
||||1125–2250|**E2J3225T**|**E2J3225W**|**E2JM3225W**|
|||250|1250–2500|**E2J3250T**|**E2J3250W**|**E2JM3250W**|
|||**Magnetic Only**|||||
|||250|300–650<br>450–900|**E2J3250TMA**<br>**E2J3250TMC**|**E2J3250MAW**<br>**E2J3250MCW**|**E2JM3250MAW**<br>**E2JM250MCW**|
||||500–1000|**E2J3250TMD**|**E2J3250MDW**|**E2JM3250MDW**|
||||625–1250|**E2J3250TMF**|**E2J3250MFW**|**E2JM3250MFW**|
||||750–1500|**E2J3250TMG**|**E2J3250MGW**|**E2JM3250MGW**|
||||875–1750|**E2J3250TMJ**|**E2J3250MJW**|**E2JM3250MJW**|
||||1000–2000|**E2J3250TMK**|**E2J3250MKW**|**E2JM3250MKW**|
||||1125–2250|**E2J3250TML**|**E2J3250MLW**|**E2JM3250MLW**|
||||1250–2500|**E2J3250TM**|**E2J3250MW**|**E2JM3250MW**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2J3250F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2JM3250F** .
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-383**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **100 A–400 A**
_**E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW**_
|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~=~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|ec|100|500–1000|**E2K3100T**|**E2K3100W**|**E2KM3100W**|**E2KW3100W**|
||125|625–1250|**E2K3125T**|**E2K3125W**|**E2KM3125W**|**E2KW3125W**|
||150|750–1500|**E2K3150T**|**E2K3150W**|**E2KM3150W**|**E2KW3150W**|
||175|875–1750|**E2K3175T**|**E2K3175W**|**E2KM3175W**|**E2KW3175W**|
||200|1000–2000|**E2K3200T**|**E2K3200W**|**E2KM3200W**|**E2KW3200W**|
||225|300–650<br>500–1000|**E2K3225TA**<br>**E2K3225TD**|**E2K3225AW**<br>**E2K3225DW**|**E2KM3225AW**<br>**E2KM3225DW**|**E2KW3225AW**<br>**E2KW3225DW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2K3225T**|**E2K3225W**|**E2KM3225W**|**E2KW3225W**|
||250|1250–2500|**E2K3250T**|**E2K3250W**|**E2KM3250W**|**E2KW3250W**|
||300|1500–3000|**E2K3300T**|**E2K3300W**|**E2KM3300W**|**E2KW3300W**|
||320|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3320W**|
||350|1750–3500|**E2K3350T**|**E2K3350W**|**E2KM3350W**|**E2KW3350W**|
||400<br>**Magnetic Only**|2000–4000|**E2K3400T**|**E2K3400W**|**E2KM3400W**|**—**|
||400|300–650|**E2K3400TMA**|**E2K3400MAW**|**E2KM3250MAW**|**E2KW3250MAW**|
|||500–1000|**E2K3400TMD**|**E2K3400MDW**|**E2KM3400MDW**|**E2KW3350MDW**|
|||625–1250|**E2K3400TMF**|**E2K3400MFW**|**E2KM3400MFW**|**E2KW3350MFW**|
|||750–1500|**E2K3400TMG**|**E2K3400MGW**|**E2KM3400MGW**|**E2KW3350MGW**|
|||875–1750|**E2K3400TMJ**|**E2K3400MJW**|**E2KM3400MJW**|**E2KW3350MJW**|
|||1000–2000|**E2K3400TMK**|**E2K3400MKW**|**E2KM3400MKW**|**E2KW3350MKW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2K3400TML**|**E2K3400MLW**|**E2KM3400MLW**|**E2KW3350MLW**|
|||1250–2500|**E2K3400TMW**|**E2K3400MWW**|**E2KM3400MWW**|**E2KW3350MWW**|
|||1500–3000|**E2K3400TMN**|**E2K3400MNW**|**E2KM3400MNW**|**E2KW3350MNW**|
|||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3350MVW**|
|||1750–3500<br>2000–4000|**E2K3400TMR**<br>**E2K3400TM**|**E2K3400MRW**<br>**E2K3400MW**|**E2KM3400MRW**<br>**E2KM3400MW**|**E2KW3350MRW**<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2K3400F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2KM3400F** .
- 3 1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only.
- 4 Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C.
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-384**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **100 A–400 A**
## _**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM**_
## **E[2] KM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
**2**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|150|50–800|**KEM3150TM**|**E2KE3150MW**|**E2KEM3150MW**|
|225|200–1500|**KEM3225TM**|**E2KE3225MW**|**E2KEM3225MW**|
||500–2500|**KEM3225TM2**|**E2KE3225M2W**|**E2KEM3225M2W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400TM**|**E2KE3400MW**|**E2KEM3400MW**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400TM2**|**E2KE3400M2W**|**E2KEM3400M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|100|50–800|**KEM3100T**|**E2KE3100W**|**E2KEM3100W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM3125T**<br>**KEM3150T**|**E2KE3125W**<br>**E2KE3150W**|**E2KEM3125W**<br>**E2KEM3150W**|
|200|200–1500|**KEM3200T**|**E2KE3200W**|**E2KEM3200W**|
|225|200–1500|**KEM3225T**|**E2KE3225W**|**E2KEM3225**|
||500–2500|**KEM3225T2**|**E2KE32252W**|**E2KEM32252W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400T**|**E2KE3400W**|**E2KEM3400W**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400T2**|**E2KE34002W**|**E2KEM34002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3|||||
|100|50–800|**KEM310038T**|**E2KE310038W**|**E2KEM310038W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM312538T**<br>**KEM315038T**|**E2KE312538W**<br>**E2KE315038W**|**E2KEM312538W**<br>**E2KEM315038W**|
|200<br>225|200–1500<br>200–1500|**KEM320038T**<br>**KEM322538T**|**E2KE320038W**<br>**E2KE322538W**|**E2KEM320038W**<br>**E2KEM322538**|
||500–2500|**KEM322538T2**|**E2KE3225238W**|**E2KEM3225238W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM340038T**|**E2KE340038W**|**E2KEM340038W**|
||500–2500|**KEM340038T2**|**E2KE3400238W**|**E2KEM3400238W**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2K3400F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2KM3400F** .
- 3 For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2KE340038B20W, KEM3400TB20** .
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-385**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **160 A–400 A**
## _**E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ (Series G)**_
## **Circuit Breakers**
|**Circuit Breakers**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic Only**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|3600–4400|**LT3400KM**|**E2LME3400KMW**|**E2LMZ3400KMW**|
|**Interchangeable Electronic**|**Trip Unit**||||
|160|320–1920|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|200|400–2400|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|225|450–2700|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|250<br>300|500–3000<br>600–3600|**LT340031M**<br>**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**<br>**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**<br>**E2LMZ340031W**|
|315|630–3780|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|350|700–4200|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|400|800–4800|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Frame only: **E2LME3400NN** .
> 2 Frame only: **E2LMZ3400NN** .
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-386**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **300 A–600 A**
## _**E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW**_
**2**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**3<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|300|1500–3000<br>**E2L3300T**<br>**E2L3300W**<br>**E2LM3300W**<br>**E2LW3300W**|
|320|2250–4500<br>**E2L3450T**<br>**E2L3450W**<br>**E2LM3450W**<br>**E2LW3320W**|
|350|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3350W**|
|400|1750–3500<br>**E2L3350T**<br>**E2L3350W**<br>**E2LM3350W**<br>**E2LW3400W**|
|450|2000–4000<br>**E2L3400T**<br>**E2L3400W**<br>**E2LM3400W**<br>**E2LW3450W**|
|500|2500–5000<br>**E2L3500T**<br>**E2L3500W**<br>**E2LM3500W**<br>**—**|
|600|3000–6000<br>**E2L3600T**<br>**E2L3600W**<br>**E2LM3600W**<br>**—**|
||1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TL**4<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|**Magnetic Only**||
|450|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MVW**|
||1125–2250<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MLW**|
||1500–3000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MNW**|
||1750–3500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MRW**|
||2000–4000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MXW**|
||2250–4500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MYW**|
|600|1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TML**<br>**E2L3600MLW**<br>**E2LM3600MLW**<br>**—**|
||1500–3000<br>**E2L3600TMN**<br>**E2L3600MNW**<br>**E2LM3600MNW**<br>**—**|
||1750–3500<br>**E2L3600TMR**<br>**E2L3600MRW**<br>**E2LM3600MRW**<br>**—**|
||2000–4000<br>**E2L3600TMX**<br>**E2L3600MXW**<br>**E2LM3600MXW**<br>**—**|
||2250–4500<br>**E2L3600TMY**<br>**E2L3600MYW**<br>**E2LM3600MYW**<br>**—**|
||2500–5000<br>**E2L3600TMP**<br>**E2L3600MPW**<br>**E2LM3600MPW**<br>**—**|
||3000–6000<br>**E2L3600TM**<br>**E2L3600MW**<br>**E2LM3600MW**<br>**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2L3600F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2LM3600F** .
- 3 Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C.
- 4 600 A thermal 1125–2250 T.A.
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-387**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **300 A–600 A**
**==> picture [10 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**E[2] LE/E[2] LEM**_
## **E[2] LM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400TM**|**E2LE3400MW**|**E2LEM3400MW**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400TM2**|**E2LE3400M2W**|**E2LEM3400M2W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600TM**|**E2LE3600MW**|**E2LEM3600MW**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600TM2**|**E2LE3600M2W**|**E2LEM3600M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM3300T**<br>**LEM3350T**|**E2LE3300W**<br>**E2LE3350W**|**E2LEM3300W**<br>**E2LEM3350W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400T**|**E2LE3400W**|**E2LEM3400W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400T2**|**E2LE34002W**|**E2LEM34002W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600T**|**E2LE3600W**|**E2LEM3600W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600T2**|**E2LE36002W**|**E2LEM36002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3|||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM330038T**<br>**LEM335038T**|**E2LE330038W**<br>**E2LE335038W**|**E2LEM330038W**<br>**E2LEM335038W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM340038T**|**E2LE340038W**|**E2LEM340038W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM340038T2**|**E2LE3400238W**|**E2LEM3400238W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM360038T**|**E2LE360038W**|**E2LEM360038W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM360038T2**|**E2LE3600238W**|**E2LEM3600238W**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Frame only: **E2L3600F** .
> 2 Frame only: **E2LM3600F** .
> 3 For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2LE360038B20W, LEM3600TB20** .
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-388**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **300 A— 800 A**
## _**E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW**_
**2**
## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1200 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|**12 kA at 1200 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**34<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|1000–2000|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3400W**|
|500|1250–2500|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3500W**|
|600|1500–3000|**E2M3600TN**|**E2M3600W**|**E2MM3600W**|**E2MW3600W**|
|630|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3630W**|
|800|2000–4000|**E2M3800TX**|**E2M3800W**|**E2MM3800W**|**E2MW3800W**|
|**Magnetic Only**<br>800|1500–3000|**E2M3800TMN**|**E2M3800MNW**|**E2MM3800MNW**|**E2MW3800MNW**|
||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3800MVW**|
||2000–4000|**E2M3800TMX**|**E2M3800MXW**|**E2MM3800MXW**|**E2MW3800MXW**|
||2500–5000|**E2M3800TMP**|**E2M3800MPW**|**E2MM3800MPW**|**—**|
||3000–6000|**E2M3800TMW**|**E2M3800MWW**|**E2MM3800MWW**|**—**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2M3800F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2MM3800F** .
- 3 1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only.
- 4 Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C.
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-389**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **800 A**
**2**
## _**E[2] ME/E[2] MEM**_
## **E[2] MN**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800TM**|**E2ME3800MW**|**E2MEM3800MW**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800TM2**|**E2ME3800M2W**|**E2MEM3800M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800T**|**E2ME3800W**|**E2MEM3800W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800T2**|**E2ME38002W**|**E2MEM38002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3<br>800<br>500–2500||**MEM380038T**|**E2ME380038W**|**E2MEM380038W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM380038T2**|**E2ME3800382W**|**E2MEM3800382W**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame only: **E2M3800F** .
- 2 Frame only: **E2MM3800F** .
- 3 For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2ME380038B20W, MEM3800TB20** .
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-390**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **400 A–1200 A**
## _**E[2] N/E[2] NM**_
## **E[2] NM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3800MW**|**E2NM3800MW**|
|1200|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N312MW**|**E2NM312MW**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**1|||||
|400|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3400W**|**E2NM3400W**|
|500|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3500W**|**E2N3M500W**|
|600<br>700|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**|**E2N3600W**<br>**E2N3700W**|**E2NM3600W**<br>**E2NM3700W**|
|800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3800W**|**E2NM3800W**|
|900|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N3900W**|**E2NM3900W**|
|1000|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N310W**|**E2NM310W**|
|1200|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N312W**|**E2NM312W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1|||||
|400<br>500|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**|**E2N340038W**<br>**E2N350038W**|**E2NM340038W**<br>**E2NM350038W**|
|600|500–2500|**—**|**E2N360038W**|**E2NM360038W**|
|700|500–2500|**—**|**E2N370038W**|**E2NM370038W**|
|800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N380038W**|**E2NM380038W**|
|900|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N390038W**|**E2NM390038W**|
|1000|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N31038W**|**E2NM31038W**|
|1200|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N31238W**|**E2NM31238W**|
**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum 250 Vdc 18 kA at 1000 Vac Three-Pole Complete Breaker Catalog Number**
**2**
## _**Notes**_
> 1 For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2N380038B20W** . Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-391**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **1600 A–2000 A**
**2**
## _**E[2] R/E[2] RM**_
**==> picture [16 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E [2] RM<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units**
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**310+ Electronic LSI**1<br>~~SSS~~|**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>~~SSS~~|**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~SSS~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~SSS~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~SSS~~|
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R316W**|**E2RM316W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R320W**|**E2RM320W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1|||||
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R31638W**|**E2RM31638W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R32038W**|**E2RM32038W**|
## _**Notes**_
**==> picture [136 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1 For High Load Alarm option (B20): E2R1638B20W .<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-392**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Accessories**
## **Line and Load Terminals**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range**<br>**(No. Conductors)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|100<br>Cu/AI<br>#14–1/0 (1)<br>**3T100FB**(package of three)|
||150<br>Cu<br>#4–4/0 (1)<br>**3T150FB**(package of three)|
|E2J/E2JM|250<br>Cu<br>#4–350 (1)<br>**T250KB**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|225<br>Cu<br>#3–350 (1)<br>**T300K**|
||350<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)<br>**T350K**|
||400<br>Cu<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>**3T400K**(three-pole kit)|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)<br>**3TA631LK**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|400<br>Cu/AI<br>4/0–600 (1)<br>**3TA401LDK**(three-pole kit)|
||600<br>Cu<br>250–350 (2)<br>**T602LD**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|600<br>Cu<br>(2) 2/0–500 kcmil<br>**T600MA1**|
||600<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 1–500 kcmil<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800 std.<br>Cu/AI<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil<br>**TA800MA2**|
||800<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 500–750 kcmil<br>**TA801MA**|
||800<br>Cu<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil<br>**T800MA1**|
|E2N/E2NM|700<br>Cu<br>2/0–500 (2)<br>**T700NB1**|
||1000<br>Cu<br>3/0–500 (3)<br>**T1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Cu<br>3/0–400 (4)<br>**T1200NB3**|
||1600<br>Cu/AI<br>500–1000 (4)<br>**TA1600RD**|
||2000<br>Cu/AI<br>2–600 (6)<br>**TA2000RD**|
**2**
## **End Cap Terminals—For Use with Ring Type Terminals**
||||**Metric**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||
|**Type**|**Breaker Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Imperial**|
|E2F/E2FM|150|**KPEK1**|**KPEMK1**|**—**|
|E2J/E2JM|250|**KPEK2**|**KPEMK2**|**—**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|400|**KPEK3**|**KPEMK3**|**—**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400|**—**|**L3RTWK**|**—**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|600|**KPEK4**|**KPEMK4**|**—**|
## _**External Accessories**_
## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**
|**Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number**|
|E2F/E2FM|**PLK1**|
|E2J/E2JM|**PLK3**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|**PLK3**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|**LPHL**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|**HLK4**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|**HLK4**|
|E2N/E2NM|**PLK5**|
|E2R/E2RM|**HLK6**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-393**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## _**Internal Accessories**_
**2**
**Undervoltage Release**[1]
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**UVR**<br>**Type**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP11K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP26K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U42|
|E2J/E2JM|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08KT**24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVR120APK**<br>U5|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>U6|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/E2MM/<br>E2MW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08KT** 24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2N/E2NM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LP08K**3<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LT08K**4<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2R/E2RM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVM6RP08K**35<br>U58|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP08K**5<br>U49|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP11K**5<br>U53|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP26K**5<br>T33|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed.
> 2 LH (RH also available).
> 3 Pigtail leads.
> 4 Terminal blocks.
> 5 RH only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-394**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Shunt Trip**[1]
## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**<br>48–127 Vac or<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP08K**2<br>S06<br>208–230 Vac or<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP12K**2<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT2P11K**3<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT3P11K**3<br>S10<br>24 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>S6<br>48–60 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>S7<br>110–240 Vac/Vdc Left pole<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>S2<br>48–60 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP05K**2<br>S06<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP23K**2<br>S86<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P11K**4<br>S29<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P26K**4<br>S45|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM||||
|||E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK**<br>B06|
|E2J/E2JM||||
|||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK**<br>B13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW||||
|||E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**<br>B1|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|||2<br>Right<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**<br>B3|
|||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK**<br>B13|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW||E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2R/E2RM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L6RPK**<br>B05|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L6RPK**<br>B12|
|E2N/E2NM||**_Notes_**<br>1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed.<br>2 LH (RH also available).<br>3 LH or RH.<br>4 RH only||
|E2R/E2RM||||
> 4 RH only.
## **Auxiliary Switch**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X1PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>A13|
|E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X2PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X2PK**<br>A13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X3PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X3PK**<br>A13|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>A1|
||2<br>Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>A2|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X4PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X4PK**<br>A13|
|E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X5PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X5PK**<br>A13|
|E2R/E2RM|2<br>Right<br>**A2X6RPK**<br>A12|
||4<br>Right<br>**A4X6RPK**<br>A19|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-395**
**2**
## 2.6
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Specialty Breakers
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
## **3 A–150 A**
## **E[2] F/E[2] FM**
**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit— Include Line/Load Terminals Non-Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [199 x 165] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On<br>Off<br>B<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|4.13 (104.9)|
|B|6.00 (152.4)|
|C|3.38 (85.9)|
|D|3.50 (88.9)|
## **70 A–250 A**
## **E[2] J/E[2] JM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [209 x 241] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON/<br>OFF/<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|4.13 (104.9)|
|B|10.00 (254.0)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-396**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
## **100 A–400 A**
## **E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [230 x 244] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|
## **100 A–400 A**
**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [230 x 244] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B<br>C|10.13 (257.3)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-397**
2.6
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Specialty Breakers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**2**
## **160 A–400 A**
## **E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ**
## **Circuit Breakers**
**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.48 (139.2)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.00 (101.6)|
|D|4.22 (107.1)|
## **300 A–600 A**
## **E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-398**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**2**
## **300 A–600 A**
## **E[2] LE/E[2] LEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|
## **300 A–800 A**
## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [236 x 294] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A<br>B|8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-399**
2.6
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Specialty Breakers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
## **800 A**
## **E[2] ME/E[2] MEM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
## **400 A–1200 A**
## **E[2] N/E[2] NM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [499 x 293] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C A C<br>B<br>On/I On/I ON/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>OFF/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**<br>A|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**<br>8.25 (209.6)|
|---|---|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|5.50 (139.7)|
|D|6.00 (152.4)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-400**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions.
**2**
## **1600 A–2000 A**
## **E[2] R/ E[2] RM**
## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units**
**==> picture [287 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|15.50 (393.7)|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|9.00 (228.6)|
|D|10.00 (254.0)|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-401**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Contents**
**2**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-349**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole||
|and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**|
|E2Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**|
|Classic Mining Breakers<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-404**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-409**<br>**V4-T2-411**|
|Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . .|**V4-T2-416**|
## **Classic Mining Breakers**
## **Product Overview**
Classic mining service circuit breakers continue to be manufactured and are primarily applied to achieve an exact physical and electronic replacement of previously Cutler-Hammer
installed Westinghouse equipment. To upgrade to the current offering of E[2] mining circuit breakers, consult the cross reference information on **Page V4-T2-411.**
## **AC Interrupting Capacity, Symmetrical Amperes**
||**Breaker Type**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**60 Hz**<br>**AC Volts**|**KAM**|**LAM, MAM, NBM**|**HKAM**|**HLAM**2|**All Other 1000 Volt**<br>**Breakers**2|
|240<br>480|25,000<br>22,000|42,000<br>30,000|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|600|22,000|22,000|—|—|—|
|1000 1|—|—|10,000|12,000|14,000|
## **Special DC Interrupting Capacity**
|||**Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) at 300–330 Vdc**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) at 300–330 Vdc**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two Poles in Series**4||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**0.0–0.15 mH Inductance**3|**0.15–0.5 mH Inductance**|**0.5–0.9 mH Inductance**|**2.4 mH Inductance**|
|KAM<br>LAM|225<br>400/600|15,000<br>15,000|10,000<br>10,000|15,000<br>15,000|5000<br>5000|
|MAM|800|15,000|10,000|15,000|5000|
|NBM|1200|15,000|10,000|15,000|5000|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Based on circuit power factor of 50% or greater.
> 2 HLAM must be rear stud connected. If front connected, interrupting capacity rating is 10,000 amperes.
> 3 Resistive circuit.
> 4 Two poles in electrical series in ungrounded leg of circuit.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-402**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## _**Classic Circuit Breakers For Mining Service**_
## **Undervoltage Release Data**
Undervoltage releases are calibrated to pick up at 72 to 85% of rated voltage dropout between 35 to 70% of rated voltage.
**2**
|35 to 70% of rated voltage.||
|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Volts**<br>**Line**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Series**<br>**Resistors**1<br>**Total**<br>**VA**|
|KAM, HKAM1|480/60<br>0.021<br>10,000<br>10.1|
||240/60<br>0.019<br>—<br>4.6|
||120/60<br>0.021<br>—<br>2.5|
||120/60 2<br>0.13<br>—<br>15.6|
|LAM, HLAM, MAM,<br>HMAM, NBM, HNBM1|480/60<br>0.033<br>12,000 3<br>15.9|
||240/60<br>0.028<br>6,000<br>6.7|
||120/60<br>0.029<br>—<br>3.5|
||120/60 2<br>0.13<br>—<br>15.6|
## **Shunt Trip Coil Data**
|**Shunt Trip Coil Data**||
|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Volts**<br>**Amperes**<br>**VA**|
|KAM, HKAM, LAM, HLAM, MAM,<br>HMAM, NBM, HNBM|480/60<br>0.085<br>40.8|
||240/60<br>1.7<br>408|
||120/60<br>0.88<br>105.6|
||48 DC<br>8.0<br>384|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Supplied for external customer mounting.
- 2 New design electrical reset UVR.
- 3 16,000 for Type MAM and HMAM.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-403**
2.6
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on **Page V4-T2-411** .
**2**
## **Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame**<br>**Style Numbers**12<br>**Poles**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Trip**<br>**Type**<br>**Accessories**<br>**(Included in Frame)**<br>**Magnetic Trip Range,**<br>**Amperes**3|
|---|---|
|KAM|**2609D60G64**<br>2<br>180<br>M<br>None<br>200–400|
||**1291C26G07**<br>2<br>180<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>200–400|
||**2609D60G66**<br>2<br>180<br>M<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>200–400|
||**1291C26G01**<br>2<br>225<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>300–700|
||**1291C26G02**<br>2<br>225<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>500–1000|
||**2609D60G67**<br>3<br>180<br>M<br>None<br>200–400|
||**1291C26G08**<br>3<br>180<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>200–400|
||**2609D60G69**<br>3<br>180<br>M<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>200–400|
||**5685D48G75**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>None<br>300–700|
||**5685D48G74**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>None<br>500–1000|
||**1291C26G03**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>300–700|
||**1291C26G04**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>500–1000|
||**2609D60G01**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>300–700|
||**2609D60G02**<br>3<br>225<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>500–1000|
||**2609D60G40**<br>3<br>225<br>M<br>None<br>300–700|
||**2609D60G41**<br>3<br>225<br>M<br>None<br>500–700|
||**1291C26G05**<br>3<br>225<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>300–700|
||**1291C26G06**<br>3<br>225<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>500–1000|
|LAM|**1291C32G01**<br>2<br>400<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>500–1000|
||**2609D60G61**<br>2<br>400<br>M<br>Shunt trip (48 Vdc)<br>750–1500|
||**1291C32G03**<br>3<br>400<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>500–1000|
||**5685D48G73**<br>3<br>400<br>TM<br>None<br>800–1600|
||**1291C32G02**<br>3<br>400<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>800–1600|
||**2609D60G03**<br>3<br>400<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>800–1600|
||**2609D60G44**<br>3<br>400<br>M<br>None<br>800–1600|
||**1291C32G04**<br>3<br>400<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>800–1600|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Terminals not included in style number.
- 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated.
- 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type.
- 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac.
M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-404**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on **Page V4-T2-411** .
## **Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers, continued**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame**<br>**Style Numbers**12<br>**Poles**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Trip**<br>**Type**<br>**Accessories**<br>**(Included in Frame)**<br>**Magnetic Trip Range,**<br>**Amperes**3|
|---|---|
|MAM|**2609D60G17**<br>2<br>600<br>TM<br>UVR 3<br>750–1500|
||**2609D60G18**<br>2<br>800<br>TM<br>UVR 3<br>1000–2000|
||**2609D60G63**<br>3<br>400<br>TM<br>UVR 3<br>2000–4000|
||**5685D48G72**<br>3<br>600<br>TM<br>None<br>1500–3000|
||**2609D60G19**<br>3<br>600<br>TM<br>UVR 3<br>1500–3000|
||**2609D60G04**<br>3<br>600<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>1500–3000|
||**2609D60G05**<br>3<br>800<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>2000–4000|
||**5685D48G71**<br>3<br>800<br>TM<br>None<br>2000–4000|
||**2609D60G20**<br>3<br>800<br>TM<br>UVR 3<br>2000–4000|
||**2609D60G46**<br>3<br>800<br>M<br>None<br>1500–3000|
||**2609D60G47**<br>3<br>800<br>M<br>UVR 3<br>1500–3000|
||**2609D60G48**<br>3<br>800<br>M<br>None<br>2000–4000|
||**2609D60G49**<br>3<br>800<br>M<br>UVR 3<br>2000–4000|
|NBM|**1229C37G13**<br>2<br>1000<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>1500–3000|
||**1229C37G14**<br>2<br>1200<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>2000–4000|
||**1227C36G10**<br>3<br>1000<br>TM<br>None<br>2500–5000|
||**1229C37G15**<br>3<br>1000<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>2500–5000|
||**1227C36G13**<br>3<br>1000<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>2500–5000|
||**1227C36G14**<br>3<br>1200<br>TM<br>Standard shunt trip 3<br>2500–5000|
||**1227C36G09**<br>3<br>1200<br>TM<br>None<br>2500–5000|
||**1229C37G16**<br>3<br>1200<br>TM<br>UVR 4<br>2500–5000|
||**1227C36G19**<br>3<br>1200<br>M<br>None<br>2500–5000|
||**1229C37G17**<br>3<br>1200<br>M<br>UVR 4<br>2500–5000|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Terminals not included in style number.
- 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated.
- 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type.
- 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac.
- M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-405**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**
|**2**||||**1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**|**1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**|**1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**|**1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||||**Breaker**|**Frame**|||**Trip**|**Accessories**|**Magnetic Trip Range,**|
|**2**|**HKAM**|||**Type**<br>HKAM|**Style Numbers**<br>**2609D60G70**|**Poles**<br>3|**Amperes**<br>180|**Type**<br>M|**(Included in Frame)**<br>None|**Amperes**1<br>200–400|
|**2**|||||**1291C26G16**|3|180|M|UVR 2|200–400|
||||||**5685D48G87**|3|225|TM|None|300–700|
|**2**|||||**1291C26G12**|3|225|TM|UVR 2|300–700|
||||||**5685D48G86**|3|225|TM|None|500–1000|
|**2**|||||**1291C26G13**|3|225|TM|UVR 2|500–1000|
|**2**|||||**1291C26G14**<br>**1291C26G15**|3<br>3|225<br>225|M<br>M|UVR 2<br>UVR 2|300–700<br>500–1000|
|**2**|||||||||||
|**2**|**HLAM**|||HLAM|**5685D48G85**<br>**1291C32G07**|3<br>3|400<br>400|TM<br>TM|None<br>UVR 2|800–1600<br>800–1600|
|**2**|||||**1291C32G09**|3|400|M|UVR 2|800–1600|
|**2**||ee|||||||||
|**2**|||||||||||
|**2**|**HMAM**|||HMAM|**5685D48G84**|3|600|TM|None|1500–3000|
|**2**|||||**2609D60G28**|3|600|TM|UVR 3|1500–3000|
||||||**5685D48G83**|3|800|TM|None|2000–4000|
|**2**||a.|||**2609D60G29**<br>**2609D60G57**|3<br>3|800<br>800|TM<br>M|UVR 3<br>UVR 3|2000–4000<br>1500–3000|
|**2**||=|||**2609D60G58**<br>3<br>800<br>M<br>UVR 3<br>2000–4000<br>~~a~~||||||
|||=|'!||||||||
|**2**|||||||||||
|**2**|||||||||||
|**2**|**HNAM**|||HNBM|**1227C36G12**|3|1000|TM|None|2500–5000|
||||||**1229C37G19**|3|1000|TM|UVR 2|2500–5000|
|**2**|||||**1227C36G11**|3|1200|TM|None|2500–5000|
|**2**||Bt]<br>=|||**1229C37G20**<br>3<br>1200<br>TM<br>UVR 2<br>2500–5000<br>**1229C37G18**<br>3<br>1200<br>M<br>UVR 2<br>2500–5000<br>~~ON~~||||||
## _**Notes**_
1 The magnetic trip range does not change when rating plug is changed.
- 2 120 volt, 60 Hz electrical reset type.
3 Rated 120 volts, 60 Hz; undervoltage release is handle reset type.
M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-406**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Classic Mining Service Breaker Frames Only**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame Size,**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**<br>225<br>2<br>**2602D86G11**<br>225<br>3<br>**2602D86G12**<br>225<br>2<br>**2602D86G13**<br>225<br>3<br>**2602D86G14**<br>225<br>3<br>**1264C99G05**<br>400<br>2<br>**2602D99G05**<br>400<br>3<br>**2602D99G06**<br>400<br>2<br>**2602D99G07**<br>400<br>3<br>**2602D99G08**<br>400<br>3<br>**1264C99G02**<br>600<br>3<br>**2603D48G07**<br>600<br>3<br>**2603D48G08**<br>600<br>3<br>**2603D48G09**|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame Size,**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|
|---|---|---|---|
|KAM1||MAM2|800<br>2<br>**2600D43G11**|
||||800<br>3<br>**2600D43G12**|
|KAMH1||MAMH2|800<br>2<br>**2600D43G13**|
||||800<br>3<br>**2600D43G14**|
|HKAM1||HMAM2|800<br>3<br>**1264C99G03**|
|LAM2||NBM2|1200<br>2<br>**2610D64G07**|
||||1200<br>3<br>**2610D64G08**|
|LAMH2||NBMH2|1200<br>2<br>**2610D64G09**|
||||1200<br>3<br>**2610D64G10**|
|HLAM2||HNBM2|1200<br>3<br>**2610D64G13**|
|LAM3600F||||
|LAMH3600F||||
|HLAM3600F||||
## **Trip Units for Classic Mining Circuit Breakers**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Magnetic Only**<br>**Conductor**<br>**Size**<br>**Magnetic Trip Range,**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Three-Pole**3<br>**Style Numbers**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Style Numbers**|
|---|---|
|HKAM|#6<br>150–400<br>180<br>**—**<br>**2609D99G22**|
||#4–#3<br>300–700<br>225<br>**5685D48G40**<br>**2611D75G01**|
||#4–#1<br>500–1000<br>225<br>**5685D48G34**<br>**2611D75G02**|
|HLAM|#4–#1<br>750–1500<br>400<br>**5685D48G97**<br>**2609D99G21**|
||#2–#2/0<br>800–1600<br>400<br>**5685D48G28**<br>**2611D75G03**|
|HLAM600|#2–2/0<br>750–1500<br>600<br>**2609D99G20**<br>**—**|
||2/0–500 kcmil<br>1500–3000<br>600<br>**2609D99G19**<br>**—**|
|HMAM|#2–#2/0<br>750–1500<br>600<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||2/0–500 kcmil<br>1500–3000<br>600<br>**5685D48G22**<br>**2611D75G04**4|
||#1–3/0<br>1000–2000<br>800<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3/0–500 kcmil<br>2000–4000<br>800<br>**5685D48G16**<br>**2611D75G05**|
|HNBM|2/0–500 kcmil<br>1500–3000<br>1000<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/0–500 kcmil<br>2500–5000<br>1000<br>**5685D48G10**<br>**—**|
||3/0–500 kcmil<br>2000–4000<br>1200<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/0–500 kcmil<br>2500–5000<br>1200<br>**5685D48G04**<br>**2611D75G07**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Frame modified for left-hand mounting of UVR attachment.
- 2 Frame modified for right-hand mounting of UVR attachment.
- 3 Three-pole trip units only are suitable for replacement in 1000 volt mining service circuit breakers.
- 4 800 amperes.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-407**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Terminals For Classic Mining Service Breakers**
Terminals are UL listed for wire type and range listed below. When used with aluminum conductors, use joint compound.
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Terminal**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Package of 3 Line Terminals**<br>**Style Number**<br>**Wire Range,**<br>**Type**|
|---|---|---|
|FBM, HFBM|Style pressure type terminals|100<br>**624B100G02**<br>#14–1/0 Al/Cu|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|50<br>**624B100G10**<br>#14–#4 Al/Cu|
|||100<br>**624B100G17**<br># 4–4/0 Al/Cu|
## **Terminals For Mining Service Breakers**
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Terminal**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Wire Range, Type**<br>**Number of Cables**|
|---|---|---|
|KAM, HKAM|Standard pressure terminals (copper only)|225<br>**T225LA**<br>(1) #6–350 kcmil|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|225<br>**TA225LA1**<br>(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al|
|LAM|Standard copper pressure terminals|225<br>**T225LA**<br>(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu|
|||400<br>**T401LA**<br>(1) #4–250 kcmil Cu plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Cu|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|225<br>**TA225LA1**<br>(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al|
|||400<br>**TA400LA1**<br>(1) #4–250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Al/Cu|
|||400<br>**TA401LA**<br>(1) 600–750 kcmil Al|
|LAM-600, LAMH-600, HLAM-600|Standard copper pressure terminals|600<br>**T600LA**<br>(2) 250–500 kcmil Cu|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|600<br>**TA600LA**<br>(2) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu|
|MAM, HMAM, MAMH|Standard copper pressure terminals|350<br>**T350MA**<br>(1) #1–600 kcmil Cu|
|||600<br>**T600MA1**<br>(2) 2/0–500 kcmil Cu|
|||800<br>**T800MA1**<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil Cu|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|600<br>**TA700MA1**<br>(2) #1–500 kcmil Al/Cu|
|||800<br>**TA800MA2**<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu|
|||800<br>**TA801MA**<br>(2) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu|
|NBM, HNBM, NBMH|Standard copper pressure terminals|1000<br>**T1000NB1**<br>(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Cu|
|||1200<br>**T1200NB1**<br>(4) 3/0–400 kcmil Cu|
||Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals|1000<br>**TA1000NB1**<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu|
|||1200<br>**TA1200NB1**<br>(4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu|
|||1200<br>**TA1201NB1**<br>(3) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-408**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Accessories**
## _**Classic Mining Circuit Breakers**_
## **Rear Connected Studs**[1]
For complete stud assembly, order a stud and tube based on thickness of customer’s mounting panel. A short stud must be assembled adjacent to a long stud to maintain
clearances required by Underwriters Laboratories.[2] Two studs required per pole. For List Prices, see Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest.
|**Mounting Panel**<br>**Thickness In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Stud**<br>**Tube**<br>**Length**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**<br>**Length In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|**Mounting Panel**<br>**Thickness In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Stud**<br>**Tube**<br>**Length**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**<br>**Length In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|
|---|---|
|**KAM, HKAM Breakers**||
|0.75 (19.1)–1.00 (25.4)|Short<br>**656D565G01**<br>0.84 (21.3)<br>**456D983H05**|
||Long<br>**656D565G02**<br>3.78 (96.0)<br>**456D983H08**|
|0.50 (12.7)–0.75 (19.1)|Short<br>**656D565G01**<br>1.09 (27.7)<br>**456D983H06**|
||Long<br>**656D565G02**<br>4.03 (102.4)<br>**456D983H09**|
|0.25 (6.4)–0.50 (12.7)|Short<br>**656D565G01**<br>1.34 (34.0)<br>**456D983H07**|
||Long<br>**656D565G02**<br>4.28 (108.7)<br>**456D983H10**|
## **Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole**
|**Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole**|**Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole**|
|---|---|
|**Stud**<br>**Ampere Number**<br>**Diameter, In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**and Thread**<br>**Extension Back**<br>**of Breaker In**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Stud**<br>**Style Numbers**||
|**LAM, HLAM Breakers**||
|2253|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>3.22 (81.8)<br>**1241 345**|
||0.50 (12.7)–13<br>6.28 (159.5)<br>**1241 346**|
|22534|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>4.97 (126.2)<br>**1241 392**|
|4003|0.75 (19.1)–16<br>5.47 (138.9)<br>**05B7383G22**|
||0.75 (19.1)–16<br>7.97 (202.4)<br>**05B7383G23**|
||0.75 (19.1)–16<br>10.47 (265.9)<br>**05B7383G24**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12<br>5.91 (150.1)<br>**314C960G16**|
||1.00 (25.4)–12<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>**314C960G17**|
||1.00 (25.4)–12<br>10.91 (277.1)<br>**314C960G18**|
|**MAM, HMAM, MAMH Breakers**||
|225|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>3.66 (93.0)<br>**314C960G01**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16<br>5.91 (150.1)<br>**314C960G04**|
||0.75 (19.1)–16<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>**314C960G05**|
||0.75 (19.1)–16<br>10.91 (277.1)<br>**314C960G06**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12<br>5.91 (150.1)<br>**314C960G07**|
||1.00 (25.4)–12<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>**314C960G08**|
||1.00 (25.4)–12<br>10.91 (277.1)<br>**314C960G09**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12<br>4.91 (124.7)<br>**314C960G10**|
||1.13 (28.7)–12<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>**314C960G11**|
||1.13 (28.7)–12<br>10.91 (277.1)<br>**314C960G12**|
|**NBM, HNBM, NBMH Breakers**||
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>**623B222G01**|
||1.13 (28.7)–12<br>8.00 (203.2)<br>**623B222G02**|
||1.13 (28.7)–12<br>10.50 (266.7)<br>**623B222G03**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>**373B375G04**|
||1.25 (31.8)–12<br>10.50 (266.7)<br>**373B375G03**|
## **Line and Load Terminal Shields**[5]
|**Line and Load**|**Terminal Shields**5|
|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Description**<br>**Style Numbers**|
|KAM|Line terminals<br>**1261C93G01**|
||Load terminals<br>**1262C46G01**|
|LAM-400|Line terminals<br>**1261C95G01**|
||Load terminals<br>**1262C48G01**|
|MAM|Line terminals<br>**1261C97G01**|
||Load terminals<br>**1261C97G02**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Not UL Iisted.
- 2 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have sufficient clearance; however, customer connections may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent to a long stud.
- 3 150, 300 and 400 ampere frames only.
- 4 This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be used.
- 5 For breakers used with terminals and cable connections. Sold in packages of 10.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-409**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **Standard Handle Reset Undervoltage Release**
For Classic breakers field mountable on special frames **2** listed on **Page V4-T2-411** , or replacement on breakers **2** originally equipped with this type UVR.
when voltage drops below 35 to 70% of coil rating. Picks up and seals in at 72 to 85% of coil rating. For line voltages up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. Externally mounted resistors are supplied for certain ratings. Standard leads extend 18.00 inches (457.2 mm) outside of breaker. Longer leads may be specified.
For undervoltage protection. A solenoid device mounts within breaker case. Coil must be energized before closing breaker. Trips breaker
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Volts**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Volts**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|
|---|---|
|**Right-Hand Mounting**||
|LAM, HLAM|120 Vac<br>**4995D12G11**|
||120 Vac1<br>**1228C76G03**|
||240 Vac<br>**4995D12G13**|
||480 Vac<br>**4995D12G14**|
||125 Vdc<br>**4995D12G09**|
|MAM, HMAM,<br>MAMH|120 Vac<br>**5672D69G11**|
||120 Vac1<br>**—**|
||240 Vac<br>**5672D69G13**|
||480 Vac<br>**5672D69G14**|
|NBM, HNBM,<br>NBMH|120 Vac<br>**4995D11G11**|
||120 Vac1<br>**1229C35G03**|
||240 Vac<br>**4995D11G13**|
||480 Vac<br>**4995D11G14**|
|**Left-Hand Mounting**||
|KAM, HKAM|120 Vac<br>**4995D10G01**|
||120 Vac1<br>**1228C76G03**|
||240 Vac<br>**4995D10G03**|
||480 Vac<br>**4995D10G04**|
## **Shunt Trips**
For tripping breaker from a remote point. A solenoid device mounts within breaker case. Breaker trips when coil is energized. A cutoff switch breaks the circuit to the momentary rated coil when breaker opens. Available for
control voltages up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Standard leads extend 18.00 inches (457.2 mm) outside of breaker. Longer leads may be specified.
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Volts**<br>**(50–60 Hz)**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Volts**<br>**(50–60 Hz)**<br>**Style**<br>**Numbers**|
|---|---|
|**Right-Hand Mounting**||
|KAM, HKAM|480 Vac<br>**2605D15G16**|
||240 Vac<br>**2605D15G17**|
||120 Vac<br>**2605D15G19**|
|LAM, HLAM|480 Vac<br>**2606D56G16**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D56G17**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D56G19**|
||48 Vdc<br>**2606D56G07**|
|MAM, HMAM,<br>MAMH|480 Vac<br>**2606D57G16**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D57G17**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D57G19**|
|NBM, HNBM,<br>NBMH|480 Vac<br>**2606D58G16**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D58G17**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D58G19**|
|**Left-Hand Mounting**||
|KAM, HKAM|480 Vac<br>**2605D15G02**|
||240 Vac<br>**2605D15G03**|
||120 Vac<br>**2605D15G05**|
|LAM, HLAM|480 Vac<br>**2606D56G02**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D56G03**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D56G05**|
|MAM, HMAM,<br>MAMH|480 Vac<br>**2606D57G02**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D57G03**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D57G05**|
|NBM, HNBM,<br>NBMH|480 Vac<br>**2606D58G02**|
||240 Vac<br>**2606D58G03**|
||120 Vac<br>**2606D58G05**|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Electrical reset UVR.
> 2 Auto reset type.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-410**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **Reference Information**
## **E[2] Cross-Reference**
|**E2 Cross-Reference**||
|---|---|
|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**<br>1491D72G31<br>E2J3070T<br>1491D72G32<br>E2J3090T<br>1491D72G33<br>E2J3100T<br>1491D72G37<br>E2J3200T<br>6622C87G27<br>E2K3225AWU66<br>6622C87G28<br>E2K3225DWU66<br>6622C87G32<br>E2K3400GWU66<br>E2KM3100<br>E2KEM3100W<br>E2KM3100U66<br>E2KEM3100WU66<br>E2KM3125<br>E2KEM3125W<br>E2KM3125U66<br>E2KEM3125WU66<br>E2KM3150<br>E2KEM3150W<br>E2KM3150MU66<br>E2KEM3150WU66<br>E2KM3150TM<br>E2KEM3150MW<br>E2KM3150U66<br>E2KEM3150MWU66<br>E2KM3200<br>E2KEM3200W<br>E2KM3200U66<br>E2KEM3200WU66<br>E2KM3225<br>E2KEM3225W<br>E2KM3225F<br>E2KM3400F<br>E2KM3225FUV<br>E2KM3400F<br>E2KM3225MU66<br>E2KEM3225MWU66<br>E2KM3225TM<br>E2KEM3225TM<br>E2KM3225U66<br>E2KEM3225WU66<br>E2LM3300U66<br>E2LEM3300WU66<br>E2LM3350U66<br>E2LEM3350WU66<br>E2LM34002U66<br>E2LEM34002WU66<br>E2LM3400F<br>E2LM3600F<br>E2LM3400FUV<br>E2LM3600F<br>E2LM3400M2U66<br>E2LEM3400M2WU66<br>E2LM3400MU66<br>E2LEM3400MWU66<br>E2LM3400U66<br>E2LEM3400WU66<br>FDBM3015<br>E2F3015<br>FDBM3015WU62<br>E2F3015WU62<br>FDBM3020<br>E2F3020<br>FDBM3025<br>E2F3025<br>FDBM3025U62<br>E2F3025U62<br>FDBM3030<br>E2F3030<br>FDBM3030U62<br>E2F3030WU62<br>FDBM3030WU62<br>E2F3030WU62<br>FDBM3035<br>E2F3035|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**|
||FDBM3040<br>E2F3040|
||FDBM3045<br>E2F3045|
||FDBM3050<br>E2F3050|
||FDBM3050U62<br>E2F3050U62|
||FDBM3050WU62<br>E2F3050WU62|
||FDBM3060<br>E2F3060|
||FDBM3070<br>E2F3070|
||FDBM3070WU62<br>E2F3070WU62|
||FDBM3080<br>E2F3080|
||FDBM3090<br>E2F3090|
||FDBM3100<br>E2F3100|
||FDBM3100LM04U62<br>E2F3100M04U62|
||FDBM3125<br>E2F3125|
||FDBM3150<br>E2F3150|
||FDBM3150L<br>E2F3150L|
||FDM3015<br>E2F3015|
||FDM3015L<br>E2F3015L|
||FDM3015LU62<br>E2F3015LU62|
||FDM3020<br>E2F3020|
||FDM3020LU62<br>E2F3020LU62|
||FDM3025<br>E2F3025|
||FDM3025L<br>E2F3025L|
||FDM3025LS22<br>E2F3025LS22|
||FDM3025LU62<br>E2F3025LU62|
||FDM3030<br>E2F3030|
||FDM3030LS22<br>E2F3030LS22|
||FDM3040<br>E2F3040|
||FDM3040L<br>E2F3040L|
||FDM3040LU62<br>E2F3040LU62|
||FDM3050<br>E2F3050|
||FDM3050LU62<br>E2F3050LU62|
||FDM3050U62<br>E2F3050U62|
||FDM3060<br>E2F3060|
||FDM3060LU62<br>E2F3060LU62|
||FDM3070<br>E2F3070|
||FDM3070A02U62<br>E2F3070A02U62|
||FDM3080<br>E2F3080|
||FDM3090<br>E2F3090|
||FDM3100<br>E2F3100|
||FDM3100LS22<br>E2F3100LS22|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-411**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **E[2] Cross-Reference, continued**
**2**
|**E2 Cross-Reference, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**<br>FDM3100LU62<br>E2FLU62<br>FDM3125<br>E2F3125<br>FDM3125LU62<br>E2F3125LU62<br>FDM3150<br>E2F3150<br>HFDM003AM<br>E2F003AM<br>HFDM003AMLU62<br>E2F003AMLU62<br>HFDM007CM<br>E2F007CM<br>HFDM007CMU62<br>E2F007CMU62<br>HFDM015EM<br>E2F015EM<br>HFDM015EMA02<br>E2F015EMA02<br>HFDM015EMLU62<br>E2F015EMLU62<br>HFDM015EMU62<br>E2F015EMU62<br>HFDM030HM<br>E2F030HM<br>HFDM030HMLU62<br>E2F030HMLU62<br>HFDM030HMU62<br>E2F030HMU62<br>HFDM050KM<br>E2F050KM<br>HFDM050KML<br>E2F050KML<br>HFDM050KMLU62<br>E2F050KMLU62<br>HFDM050KMU62<br>E2F050KMU62<br>HFDM070MM<br>E2F070MM<br>HFDM070MMU62<br>E2F070MMU62<br>HFDM1001M<br>E2F1001M<br>HFDM1001MS22<br>E2F1001MS22<br>HFDM100LM<br>E2F100LM<br>HFDM100LMA02<br>E2F100LMA02<br>HFDM100LMU62<br>E2F100LMU62<br>HFDM 100RM<br>E2F100RM<br>HFDM100RML<br>E2F100RML<br>HFDM100RMS22<br>E2F100RMS22<br>HFDM100RMU62<br>E2F100RMU62<br>HFDM150TM<br>E2F150TM<br>HFDM150TML<br>E2F150TML<br>HFDM150TMU62<br>E2F150TMU62<br>HFDM150UM<br>E2F150UM<br>JCDA2D1S30<br>E2JM250MDA2D1S30<br>JCMA2D1S30<br>E2JM250MFA2D1S30<br>JDCM3070W<br>E2JM3070W<br>JDCM3090W<br>E2JM3090W<br>JDCM3100W<br>E2JM3100W<br>JDCM3125W<br>E2JM3125W|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**|
||JDCM3150W<br>E2JM3150W|
||JDCM3175W<br>E2JM3175W|
||JDCM3200W<br>E2JM3200W|
||JDCM3225A5W<br>E2JM3225AW|
||JDCM3225D5W<br>E2JM3225DW|
||JDCM3225W<br>E2JM3225W|
||JDCM3250A5MW<br>E2JM3250MAW|
||JDCM3250A5MWU18<br>E2JM3250MAWU18|
||JDCM3250A5W<br>E2JM3250AW|
||JDCM3250C5MW<br>E2JM3250MCW|
||JDCM3250D5MW<br>E2JM3250MDW|
||JDCM3250D5MWA06<br>E2JM3250MDWA06|
||JDCM3250D5W<br>E2JM3250DW|
||JDCM3250D5WS10<br>E2JM3250DWS10|
||JDCM3250F<br>E2JM3250F|
||JDCM3250F5MD01<br>E2JM3250MFD01|
||JDCM3250F5MW<br>E2JM3250MFW|
||JDCM3250G5MW<br>E2JM3250MGW|
||JDCM3250G5WA02D01<br>E2JM3250MGA02D01|
||JDCM3250J5MW<br>E2JM3250MJW|
||JDCM3250J5MWA02<br>E2JM3250MJA02|
||JDCM3250J5WA02D01<br>E2JM3250MJA02D01|
||JDCM3250J5WD01<br>E2JM3250MJD01|
||JDCM3250K5MW<br>E2JM3250MKW|
||JDCM3250L5MW<br>E2JM3250MLW|
||JDCM3250MW<br>E2JM3250MW|
||JDCM3250W<br>E2JM3250W|
||JDCMAA2D1<br>E2JM3250MM02D01|
||JDCMDD1S30<br>E2JM3250MDS30D01|
||JDCMFD01<br>E2JM3250MFD01|
||JDCMGA02D1<br>E2JM3250MGA02D01|
||JDCMJA2D1<br>E2JM3250MJA02D01|
||JDCMJD01<br>E2JM3250MJD01|
||JDM2250F<br>E2JM3250F|
||JDM3070W<br>E2J3070W|
||JDM3090W<br>E2J3090W|
||JDM3100W<br>E2J3100W|
||JDM3125W<br>E2J3125W|
||JDM3150W<br>E2J3150W|
||JDM3150WU18<br>E2J3150WU18|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-412**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
|**E2 Cross-Reference, continued**<br>**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**<br>JDM3175W<br>E2J3175W<br>JDM3200W<br>E2J3200W<br>JDM3200WA06<br>E2J3200WA06<br>JDM3225A5W<br>E2J3225AW<br>JDM3225D5W<br>E2J3225DW<br>JDM3225W<br>E2J3225W<br>JDM3250A5MW<br>E2J3250MAW<br>JDM3250A5W<br>E2J3250AW<br>JDM3250C5MW<br>E2J3250CW<br>JDM3250D5MW<br>E2J3250MDW<br>JDM3250D5W<br>E2J3250DW<br>JDM3250F<br>E2J3250F<br>JDM3250F5MW<br>E2J3250MFW<br>JDM3250G5MW<br>E2J3250MGW<br>JDM3250J5MW<br>E2J3250MJW<br>JDM3250K5MW<br>E2J3250MKW<br>JDM3250L5MW<br>E2J3250MLW<br>JDM3250MW<br>E2J3250MW<br>JDM3250W<br>E2J3250W<br>JDM3250WS10<br>E2J3250WS10<br>JM2225T1125-2250<br>E2J3225T<br>JM3070T<br>E2J3070T<br>JM3090T<br>E2J3090T<br>JM3100T<br>E2J3100T<br>JM3125T<br>E2J3125T<br>JM3150T<br>E2J3150T<br>JM3175T<br>E2J3175T<br>JM3200T<br>E2J3200T<br>JM3225T<br>E2J3225T<br>JM3225TA5<br>E2J3225TA<br>JM3225TD5<br>E2J3225TD<br>JM3250T<br>E2J3250T<br>JM3250TA5<br>E2J3250TA<br>JM3250TA5M_350-700<br>E2J3250TMA<br>JM3250TC5M<br>E2J3250TMC<br>JM3250TD5_500-1000<br>E2J3250TMD<br>JM3250TF5M_625-1250<br>E2J3250TMF<br>JM3250TG5M_750-1500<br>E2J3250TMG<br>JM3250TJ5M_875-1750<br>E2J3250TMJ<br>JM3250TK5M_1000-2000<br>E2J3250TMK|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**|
|---|---|
||JM3250TL5M_1125-2250<br>E2J3250TML|
||JM3250TM<br>E2J3250TM|
||KDCM3100W<br>E2KM3100W|
||KDCM3125W<br>E2KM3125W|
||KDCM3150W<br>E2KM3150W|
||KDCM3175W<br>E2KM3175W|
||KDCM3200W<br>E2KM3200W|
||KDCM3225A5MW<br>E2KM3200MAW|
||KDCM3225D5MW<br>E2KM3200MDW|
||KDCM3225W<br>E2KM3225W|
||KDCM3250W<br>E2KM3250W|
||KDCM3250WU18<br>E2KM3250WU18|
||KDCM3300W<br>E2KM3300W|
||KDCM3350W<br>E2KM3350W|
||KDCM3400D5MA02D09H04<br>E2KM3400MDA02D09H04|
||KDCM3400D5MW<br>E2KM3400MDW|
||KDCM3400D5MWA02D07<br>E2KM3400MDA02D07|
||KDCM3400D5W<br>E2KM3400DW|
||KDCM3400D5WD09<br>E2KM3400DD09|
||KDCM3400F<br>E2KM3400F|
||KDCM3400F5MW<br>E2KM3400MFW|
||KDCM3400FD09G04<br>E2KM3400MFD09G04|
||KDCM3400G5MW<br>E2KM3400MGD09G05|
||KDCM3400G5MWD09H04<br>E2KM3400MGD09H04|
||KDCM3400G5W<br>E2KM3400MGW|
||KDCM3400G5WD07<br>E2KM3400MGD07|
||KDCM3400J5MA02D09<br>E2KM3400MJA02D09|
||KDCM3400J5MA2D9G4S30<br>E2KM3400MJA2D9G4S30|
||KDCM3400J5MD09<br>E2KM3400MJD09|
||KDCM3400J5MD09H04S30<br>E2KM3400MJD09H04S30|
||KDCM3400J5MW<br>E2KM3400MJW|
||KDCM3400J5MWA02D07<br>E2KM3400MJA02D07|
||KDCM3400J5MWA06<br>E2KM3400MJWA06|
||KDCM3400J5MWD07S30<br>E2KM3400MJD07S30|
||KDCM3400J5WD07<br>E2KM3400MJD07|
||KDCM3400K5MW<br>E2KM3400MKW|
||KDCM3400K5MWS10<br>E2KM3400MKWS10|
||KDCM3400K5MWU18<br>E2KM3400MKWU18|
||KDCM3400L5MW<br>E2KM3400MLW|
||KDCM3400L5MWD09H04<br>E2KM3400MLD09H04|
**2**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-413**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **E[2] Cross-Reference, continued**
|**E2 Cross-Reference, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**<br>KDCM3400L5MWS10<br>E2KM3400MLWS10<br>KDCM3400L5WD07<br>E2KM3400MLD07<br>KDCM3400MW<br>E2KM3400MW<br>KDCM3400N5MW<br>E2KM3400MNW<br>KDCM3400N5MWA06<br>E2KM3400MNWA06<br>KDCM3400N5WA02D07<br>E2KM3400MNA02D07<br>KDCM3400R5MW<br>E2KM3400MRW<br>KDCM3400W<br>E2KM3400W<br>KDCM3400W5MW<br>E2KM3400MWW<br>KDCMDMD07<br>E2KM3400MDD07<br>KDCMNA2D7<br>E2KM3400MNA02D07<br>KDM2400F<br>E2K2400F<br>KDM2400G5MS50<br>E2K2400MGWS50<br>KDM2400G5MW<br>E2K2400MGW<br>KDM2400W5MW<br>E2K2400MWW<br>KDM2400W5MWA06D07S10<br>E2K2400MWA06D07S10<br>KDM2400W5MWA06D10S10<br>E2K2400MWA06D10S10<br>KDM2400W5MWD07<br>E2K2400MWD07<br>KDM2400W5MWD07S10<br>E2K2400MWD07S10<br>KDM2400W5MWD10<br>E2K2400MWD10<br>KDM2400W5MWD10S10<br>E2K2400MWD10S10<br>KDM2400W5MWS10<br>E2K2400MWWS10<br>KDM3100W<br>E2K3100W<br>KDM3125W<br>E2K3125W<br>KDM3150W<br>E2K3150W<br>KDM3150WA06<br>E2K3150WA06<br>KDM3175W<br>E2K3175W<br>KDM3200W<br>E2K3200W<br>KDM3225A5W<br>E2K3225AW<br>KDM3225D5A13D09U18<br>E2K3225DA13D09U18<br>KDM3225D5MW<br>E2K3400MDW<br>KDM3225D5W<br>E2K3225DW<br>KDM3225F<br>E2K3400F<br>KDM3225W<br>E2K3225W<br>KDM3225WK37<br>E2KE3225W<br>KDM3225WK37U18<br>E2KE3225WU18<br>KDM3225WK38<br>E2KE3225MW<br>KDM3250W<br>E2K3250W<br>KDM3300W<br>E2K3300W<br>KDM3300WA06U18<br>E2K3300WA06U18|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by E2 Mining**|
||KDM3300WS10<br>E2K3300WS10|
||KDM3350W<br>E2K3350W|
||KDM3400D5MW<br>E2K3400MDW|
||KDM3400D5W<br>E2K3400DW|
||KDM3400D5WU18<br>E2K3400DWU18|
||KDM3400F<br>E2K3400F|
||KDM3400F5MW<br>E2K3400MFW|
||KDM3400FK37A06D09D18<br>E2KE3400A06D09D18|
||KDM3400G5A06D09U18<br>E2K3400GA06D09U18|
||KDM3400G5A13D09U18<br>E2K3400GA13D09U18|
||KDM3400G5MW<br>E2K3400MGW|
||KDM3400G5W<br>E2K3400GW|
||KDM3400G5WA06<br>E2K3400GWS10|
||KDM3400G5WS10<br>E2K3400GWS10|
||KDM3400G5WU18<br>E2K3400GWU18|
||KDM3400J5MW<br>E2K3400MJW|
||KDM3400K5MS54<br>E2K3400MKWS54|
||KDM3400K5MW<br>E2K3400MKW|
||KDM3400L5MW<br>E2K3400MLW|
||KDM3400MW<br>E2K3400MW|
||KDM3400MWA06U18<br>E2K3400MWA06U18|
||KDM3400N5MW<br>E2K3400MNW|
||KDM3400R5MW<br>E2K3400MRW|
||KDM3400W<br>E2K3400W|
||KDM3400W5MW<br>E2K3400MWW|
||KEM3100T<br>KEM3100T|
||KEM3125T<br>KEM3125T|
||KEM3150T<br>KEM3150T|
||KEM3150TM<br>KEM3150TM|
||KEM3200T<br>KEM3200T|
||KEM3225T<br>KEM3225T|
||KEM3225T2<br>KEM3225T2|
||KEM3225TM<br>KEM3225TM|
||KEM3225TM2<br>KEM3225TM2|
||KM2225TA5<br>E2K2225TA|
||KM2225TA5M<br>E2K2400TMA|
||KM2225TD5<br>E2K2225TD|
||KM2225TD5M<br>E2K2400TMD|
||KM2400TD5<br>E2K2400TD|
||KM2400TD5M<br>E2K2400TMD|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-414**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
## **E[2] Cross-Reference, continued**
|**Series C Mining**<br>**Superseded by**<br>**E2 Mining**<br>KM2400TG5M<br>E2K2400TMG<br>KM2400TN5M<br>E2K2400TMN<br>KM2400TW5M<br>E2K2400TMW<br>KM3100T<br>E2K3100T<br>KM3125T<br>E2K3125T<br>KM3150T<br>E2K3150T<br>KM3175T<br>E2K3175T<br>KM3200T<br>E2K3200T<br>KM3225T<br>E2K3225T<br>KM3225TA5<br>E2K3225TA<br>KM3225TA5M<br>E2K3400TMA<br>KM3225TD5<br>E2K3225TD<br>KM3225TD5M<br>E2K3400TMD<br>KM3250T<br>E2K3250T<br>KM3300T<br>E2K3300T<br>KM3350T<br>E2K3350T<br>KM3400T<br>E2K3400T<br>KM3400TD5<br>E2K3400TD<br>KM3400TF5M<br>E2K3400TMF<br>KM3400TG5M<br>E2K3400TMG<br>KM3400TJ5M<br>E2K3400TMJ<br>KM3400TK5M<br>E2K3400TMK<br>KM3400TL5M<br>E2K3400TML<br>KM3400TM<br>E2K3400TM<br>KM3400TN5M<br>E2K3400TMN<br>KM3400TR5M<br>E2K3400TMR<br>KM3400TW5M<br>E2K3400TMW<br>LDCM3600EMA05W<br>E2LEM3600MA05W<br>LDCM3600F<br>E2LM3600F<br>LDM3600F<br>E2L3600F|**Series C**<br>**Mining**<br>**Superseded by**<br>**E2 Mining**|
|---|---|
||LEM3300T<br>LEM3300T|
||LEM3350T<br>LEM3350T|
||LEM3400T<br>LEM3400T|
||LEM3400T2<br>LEM3400T2|
||LEM3400TM<br>LEM3400TM|
||LEM3400TM2<br>LEM3400TM2|
||LEM3600T<br>LEM3600T|
||LEM3600TM<br>LEM3600TM|
||LM3600TL6M<br>E2L3600TML|
||LM3600TN6M<br>E2L3600TMN|
||LM3600TP6M<br>E2L3600TMP|
||LM3600TR6M<br>E2L3600TMR|
||LM3600TS6M<br>E2L3600TM|
||LM3600TX6M<br>E2L3600TMX|
||UVE3LP08K<br>UVE3LP08K|
||UVE4LP08K<br>UVE4LP08K|
||**Additional Information on Mining Breakers**<br>**Source**<br>**Description**|
||TD01217001E<br>E2Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data|
||BR01217001E<br>E2Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure|
||TC01217001E<br>E2Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves|
||www.eaton.com/mining<br>Mining and Metals|
|||
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-415**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
**2**
**==> picture [29 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GFR Relay<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
## _**Description**_
|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-349**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole||
|and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**|
|Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-402**|
|Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-417**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-418**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-418**|
## **Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR**
## **Product Description**
A Type GFR ground fault protection system, when properly installed on a grounded electrical system, will sense phase-to-ground fault currents. When the level of fault current is in excess of the pre-selected current pickup and time delay settings, the GFR relay will initiate a trip action of a disconnect device, which will open the faulted circuit and clear the fault.
The GFR devices are UL Class I devices designed to protect electrical equipment against extensive damage from arcing ground faults.
A basic Type GFR ground fault protection system consists of a ground fault relay, a ground fault current sensor and a disconnect device equipped with a shunt trip device. This disconnect device can be a molded case circuit breaker, a power circuit breaker, a bolted pressure switch or other fusible disconnect device, suitable for application with UL Class I ground fault sensing and relaying equipment.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Eaton’s GFR ground fault relays, current sensors, test panels and accessory devices are UL listed by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with their standard for ground fault sensing and relaying equipment, UL 1053, under File E48381.
**Note:** Relays are also listed with CSA under their file number 43357.
**Note:** Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-416**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.6
Specialty Breakers
## **Product Selection**
- Each installation requires: ● One circuit breaker or disconnect device with
- ● One relay unit (select trip shunt trip, or a shunt trip
- ampere as required) attachment for mounting in
- ● One current sensor (select existing breaker configuration required) ● Test panel (optional)
**2**
|**GFR Relay**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup Amperes**<br>**1–12**<br>**5–60**<br>**100–1200**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>**Types**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control**<br>Electrical reset with zone interlocking<br>**GFR12EI**<br>**GFR60EI**<br>**GFR1200EI**<br>Electrical reset without zone interlocking<br>**GFR12E**<br>**GFR60E**<br>**GFR1200E**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>~~oS|~~|**GFR Relay**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup Amperes**<br>**1–12**<br>**5–60**<br>**100–1200**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>**Types**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control**<br>Electrical reset with zone interlocking<br>**GFR12EI**<br>**GFR60EI**<br>**GFR1200EI**<br>Electrical reset without zone interlocking<br>**GFR12E**<br>**GFR60E**<br>**GFR1200E**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>~~oS|~~|**GFR Relay**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup Amperes**<br>**1–12**<br>**5–60**<br>**100–1200**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>**Types**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control**<br>Electrical reset with zone interlocking<br>**GFR12EI**<br>**GFR60EI**<br>**GFR1200EI**<br>Electrical reset without zone interlocking<br>**GFR12E**<br>**GFR60E**<br>**GFR1200E**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>~~oS|~~|**GFR Relay**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup Amperes**<br>**1–12**<br>**5–60**<br>**100–1200**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>**Types**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control**<br>Electrical reset with zone interlocking<br>**GFR12EI**<br>**GFR60EI**<br>**GFR1200EI**<br>Electrical reset without zone interlocking<br>**GFR12E**<br>**GFR60E**<br>**GFR1200E**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>~~oS|~~|**GFR Relay**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup Amperes**<br>**1–12**<br>**5–60**<br>**100–1200**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>**Types**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control**<br>Electrical reset with zone interlocking<br>**GFR12EI**<br>**GFR60EI**<br>**GFR1200EI**<br>Electrical reset without zone interlocking<br>**GFR12E**<br>**GFR60E**<br>**GFR1200E**<br>**GFR Relay**<br>~~oS|~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||Mechanical reset with zone interlocking|**GFR12MI**|**GFR60MI**|**GFR1200MI**|
||Mechanical reset without zone interlocking|**GFR12M**|**GFR60M**|**GFR1200M**|
||**For 120 Vdc Control**||||
||Electrical reset with zone interlocking|**—**|**—**|**GFR1200EID**|
||Electrical reset without zone interlocking|**—**|**—**|**GFR1200ED**|
||Mechanical reset with zone interlocking|**—**|**—**|**GFR1200MID**|
||Mechanical reset without zone interlocking|**—**|**—**|**GFR1200MD**|
## **Typical Current Sensor**
## **Current Sensor**
|**Window Size**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
|**Used with Relays Rated 1–12 Amperes**||
|5.50 (139.7) I.D.|**1283C45G01**|
|**Used with Relays Rated 5–60 Amperes**||
|2.50 (63.5) I.D.|**179C768G01**|
|5.50 (139.7) I.D.|**1256C13G01**|
|7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect.2|**1257C88G04**|
|3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) Rect.2|**1257C92G03**|
|**Used with Relays Rated 100–1200 Amperes**||
|2.50 (63.5) I.D.|**179C768G02**|
|5.50 (139.7) I.D.|**1256C13G02**|
|8.25 (209.6). I.D.|**179C767G02**|
|7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect.2|**1257C88G03**|
|9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) Rect.2|**1257C90G02**|
|9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) Rect.2|**1257C91G02**|
|15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) Rect.2|**1257C89G02**|
|3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) Rect.2|**1257C92G04**|
|6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) Rect.2|**1255C39G03**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.
- 2 One end removable for installation.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-417**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## 2.6
## Specialty Breakers
## **Accessories**
## _**Test Panel (120 Vac)**_
## _**Options**_
## _**Indicating Ammeter**_
**2** Additional optional equipment can be added to the protection **2** system to meet the requirements of the specifying engineer, including:
Used to test the ground fault system, to give an indication the relay has tripped the breaker, and to reset the relay after tripping. These functions may be separately mounted pilot devices.
The optional indicating ammeter connects to the sensor terminals through a momentary contact pushbutton, and will indicate (in amperes) any ground fault current flowing through the sensor. Kit includes the ammeter and pushbutton.
- Ground fault test panel
- Ground fault warning indicator relay
**Note:** When a mechanically reset relay is used with a test panel, both the relay and test panel must be reset following either a simulated ground fault test or actual ground fault. Not UL listed.
- Ground fault indicating ammeter
**Note:** Not UL listed.
GFR relays are available with zone selective interlocking circuitry to interlock several relays within the same system. This allows the relay which detects a ground fault to instantly clear the fault by tripping the disconnect device. The relay simultaneously sends a signal to relay units “upstream” from the fault to time delay or to block their operation completely. Current sensors in various designs provide a range of “window” sizes to accommodate standard bus and cable arrangements.
## **Ammeter Kit**
|**Ammeter Kit**||
|---|---|
|**GFR System**|**Kit Catalog**|
|**Used with**|**Number**|
|1–12 ampere|**752B820G01**|
|5–60 ampere|**752B820G02**|
|100–1200 ampere|**752B820G03**|
## **Optional Test Panel**
|||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Control**|**Test**|**Number**|
|120 Volt|120 Volt|**GFRTP**|
|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz||
## _**Shunt Trip Attachments**_
## _**Ground Fault Warning Indicator**_
Use 120 Vac shunt trips.
This is an accessory item for use with GFR relays with interlocking circuitry. At approximately 30–50% of the relay pickup setting, the indicator switches separate 120 Vac control power to a lamp or relay, (not included) to give an indication of a ground fault. The indicator is rated 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a maximum indicator load of 0.5 amperes.
## _**Faceplate**_
Recommended when these relays are semi-flush mounted, to close the door cutout opening.
## **Face Plate**
Shunt trip attachments may be ordered for field mounting in Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers, or may be ordered factory installed in the breaker.
|**Face Plate**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Faceplate|**752B410G01**|
## **Technical Data and Specifications**
## **Sensor**
- 600 volt, 50/60 Hz maximum system voltage
## _**Electrical Ratings**_ **GFR Relay**
- Ground fault detection ranges:
- 1 to 12, 5 to 60 or 100 to 1200 amperes
- Output contacts:
- 240 volt, 50/60 Hz: 3.0 amperes
- 120 volt, 50/60 Hz: 6.0 amperes
- 28 Vdc: 3.0 amperes
- 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes
- Control power requirements:
- 120 volt, 50/60 Hz or 125 Vdc (optional)
## **Ground Fault Warning Indicator**
|**Indicator**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Manual reset|**1234C67G01**|
|Self-resetting|**1234C67G02**|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-418**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
|**Handle Mechanisms**<br>oe Ane<br>~>Ee|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series G<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-420**<br>**V4-T2-425**<br>**V4-T2-427**<br>**V4-T2-428**<br>**V4-T2-433**<br>**V4-T2-437**<br>**V4-T2-439**<br>**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-443**<br>**V4-T2-446**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
## **Handle Mechanisms—Series G**
## **Product Overview**
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.
## _**Through-the-Door**_
> ● High-Performance Rotary
- Universal Rotary
## _**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_
- Universal Direct
## _**Flange Mounted**_
- Flex Shaft™
Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-419**
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
**2 2 2** | **2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## _**Description**_
_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-419** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-421** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-424** Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-425** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-427** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-428** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-433** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-437** Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-439** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-441** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-443** Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-446**
## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms**
## **Product Description**
The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments.
In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required.
The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed.
## **Features**
- NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frame sizes, (IP65) ratings reducing the number of
- ● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed
- Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to
- ● Three shaft lengths—6, 12 designate emergency and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match ● All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi-
- ● Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added flexibility
- Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism
- Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions)
- Replacement parts are available separately
- Metallic functional components ensure reliability
**Standards and Certifications**
- The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet one of the key NFPA requirements (NFPA[®] 79) and UL 508A disconnect requirements.
- Metal-on-metal interface between handle and shaft
- UV and chemical agentresistant materials protect the handle
- Shallow profile
- Compatible with both Series C and Series G ● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit ● NEMA 4/4X, IP65
- breakers and molded case switch platforms
- NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-420**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_
**2**
## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—EG-, JG- and LG-Frame**
||||**Rating Type**||**EG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**JG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**LG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|S01 blue handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>1/3R/12<br>54<br>**EGHMVD06B0 / 68C6040G25**<br>**JGHMVD06B0 / 68C6041G13**<br>**—**<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**EGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6040G28**<br>**JGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6041G16**<br>**—**<br>S01 blue handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>1/3R/12<br>54<br>**EGHMVD12B0 / 68C6040G26**<br>**JGHMVD12B0 / 68C6041G14**<br>**—**<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**EGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6040G29**<br>**JGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6041G17**<br>**—**<br>**S01 Blue Handle**<br>~~————~~||||||||
|||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B0 / 68C6040G27**|**JGHMVD24B0 / 68C6041G15**|**—**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6040G30**|**JGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6041G18**|**—**|
|S01 red handle,<br>**S01 Red Handle**|||1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06R0 / 68C6040G31**|**JGHMVD06R0 / 68C6041G19**|**—**|
||>|6-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6040G34**<br>**EGHMVD12R0 / 68C6040G32**<br>**EGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6040G35**|**JGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6041G22**<br>**JGHMVD12R0 / 68C6041G20**<br>**JGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6041G23**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||S01 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1<br>S2 blue handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>S2 blue handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>**S2 Blue Handle**<br>yo||1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65<br>54<br>65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R0 / 68C6040G33**<br>**EGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6040G36**<br>**EGHMVD06B / 68C6040G13**<br>**EGHMVD06BX / 68C6040G16**<br>**EGHMVD12B / 68C6040G14**<br>**EGHMVD12BX / 68C6040G17**|**JGHMVD24R0 / 68C6041G21**<br>**JGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6041G24**<br>**JGHMVD06B / 68C6041G01**<br>**JGHMVD06BX / 68C6041G04**<br>**JGHMVD12B / 68C6041G02**<br>**JGHMVD12BX / 68C6041G05**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**LGHMVD06B / 68C6042G01**<br>**LGHMVD06BX / 68C6042G04**<br>**LGHMVD12B / 68C6042G02**<br>**LGHMVD12BX / 68C6042G05**|
|||S2 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B / 68C6040G15**|**JGHMVD24B / 68C6041G03**|**LGHMVD24B / 68C6042G03**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX / 68C6040G18**|**JGHMVD24BX / 68C6041G06**|**LGHMVD24BX / 68C6042G06**|
||S2 red handle,<br>**S2 Red Handle**||1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06R / 68C6040G19**|**JGHMVD06R / 68C6041G07**|**LGHMVD06R / 68C6042G07**|
||yr|6-inch shaft<br>S2 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06RX / 68C6040G22**<br>**EGHMVD12R / 68C6040G20**<br>**EGHMVD12RX / 68C6040G23**|**JGHMVD06RX / 68C6041G10**<br>**JGHMVD12R / 68C6041G08**<br>**JGHMVD12RX / 68C6041G11**|**LGHMVD06RX / 68C6042G10**<br>**LGHMVD12R / 68C6042G08**<br>**LGHMVD12RX / 68C6042G11**|
|||S2 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1|1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R / 68C6040G21**<br>**EGHMVD24RX / 68C6040G24**|**JGHMVD24R / 68C6041G09**<br>**JGHMVD24RX / 68C6041G12**|**LGHMVD24R / 68C6042G09**<br>**LGHMVD24RX / 68C6042G12**|
## _**Notes**_
1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket.
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-421**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_
**2**
## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—NG- and RG-Frame**
||||**Rating Type**||**NG-Frame**|**RG-Frame**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**S3 Blue Handle**<br>**S3 Red Handle**<br>a||S3 blue handle,<br>10-inch shaft<br>S3 red handle,|1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12|54<br>65<br>54|**NGHMVD08B / 68C6043G01**<br>**NGHMVD08BX / 68C6043G03**<br>**NGHMVD08R / 68C6043G02**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||7|10-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08RX / 68C6043G04**|**—**|
||**S4 Blue Handle**|S4 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08BT / 68C6043G05**|**RGHMVD08B / 68C6044G01**|
|10-inch shaft<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**NGHMVD08BTX / 68C6043G07**<br>**RGHMVD08BX / 68C6044G03**<br>S4 red handle,<br>10-inch shaft<br>1/3R/12<br>54<br>**NGHMVD08RT / 68C6043G06**<br>**RGHMVD08R / 68C6044G02**<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**NGHMVD08RTX / 68C6043G08**<br>**RGHMVD08RX / 68C6044G04**<br>**S4 Red Handle**<br>a~~re~~|||||||
|||**_Note_**|||||
|||Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.|Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.|Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.||Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.|
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-422**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## _**Separate Components for Series G Frames**_
## **Series G Components—Shafts and Mechanisms**
||**Shaft**|**Shaft Length**||||**Mechanism**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Width**|**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**24-Inch**1|**Only**|
|EG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G97**|**1498D66G17**|
|JG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G98**|**69D6025G17**|
|LG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G99**|**69D6051G30**|
|NG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G30**|
|RG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|
**2**
## **Series G Components—Handles Only**
|**Frame**|**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|
|EG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|JG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|LG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|NG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
|RG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
## **Series G Components—Optional Caps**
As an alternative to blue or red, a black, replaceable cap is available.
||||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|S01<br>S2|66A6032H01<br>66A6032H02|Black handle cap<br>Black handle cap|**HPHC0DGX**<br>**HPHC2DGX**|
|S3|66A6032H03|Black handle cap|**HPHC3DGX**|
## **Series G Replacement Hardware**
This kit provides replacement parts for Series G high performance handle only.
||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|High-performance handle|**66A6029G01**|
|replacement parts kit||
## _**Notes**_
> 1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket.
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-423**
2.7
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)
## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms**
**==> picture [374 x 32] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Operation<br>Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling<br>Type S01<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Type S2**
## **Type S3**
## **Type S4**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-424**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-420**||
|Universal Rotary<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-426**|**2**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-427**<br>**V4-T2-428**|**2**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-433**|**2**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**<br>**V4-T2-439**<br>**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-443**<br>**V4-T2-446**|**2**<br>**2**|
## **Universal Rotary**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “lock off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material.
The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or “locked off” to prevent operation with the door open.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983.
## **Features**
## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism**
||**Number**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**Handle**|**Handle Indication:**|**International**<br>**Markings**|**Handle**|**Available**<br>**Handle**|**Handle**|**Shaft**<br>**Lengths**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Lock-Off**2|**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Material**|**Colors**|**Rotation**|**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.”
- 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-425**
2.7
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
**2**
**Universal Rotary**
## **Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**
|**Handle**<br>**Color**<br>**UL**<br>**Rating**<br>**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**EG-Frame**<br>Black<br>1, 12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**EHMVD06B**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**EHMVD12B**<br>~~rr~~|**Handle**<br>**Color**<br>**UL**<br>**Rating**<br>**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**EG-Frame**<br>Black<br>1, 12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**EHMVD06B**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**EHMVD12B**<br>~~rr~~|**Handle**<br>**Color**<br>**UL**<br>**Rating**<br>**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**EG-Frame**<br>Black<br>1, 12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**EHMVD06B**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**EHMVD12B**<br>~~rr~~|**Handle**<br>**Color**<br>**UL**<br>**Rating**<br>**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**EG-Frame**<br>Black<br>1, 12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**EHMVD06B**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**EHMVD12B**<br>~~rr~~|**Handle**<br>**Color**<br>**UL**<br>**Rating**<br>**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1<br>**EG-Frame**<br>Black<br>1, 12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**EHMVD06B**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**EHMVD12B**<br>~~rr~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD24B**|
||Red|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**EHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD12R**<br>**EHMVD24R**|
||**JG-Frame**||||
||Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD06B**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**FJHMVD12B**|
||Red|1, 12|24.00 (609.6)<br>6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD24B**<br>**FJHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**FJHMVD12R**<br>**FJHMVD24R**|
||**LG-Frame**||||
||Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD06B**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12B**|
||Red|1, 12|24.00 (609.6)<br>6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD24B**<br>**KLHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12R**|
||||24.00 (609.6)|**KLHMVD24R**|
||**NG-Frame**||||
||Black|1|6.00 (152.4)|**HMVD5B**|
||**RG-Frame**||||
||Black|1|9.00 (228.6)|**HMVD6B**|
## **Series G Rotary**
## **Series G Rotary Ordering Information**
|**Shaft**<br>**Length**|**Complete**<br>**Catalog**|**Separate Catalog Number**<br>**Standard**|**Separate Catalog Number**<br>**Breaker**||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Inches (mm)**<br>**Number**2<br>**N-Frame (ND and NG)**||**Handle**3|**Mechanism**4|**Shaft**5|**IEC IP65**67|**IEC IP66**67|
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM5R06**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM5R06**|**WHM5R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware.
- 2 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket.
- 3 Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum.
4 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm).
- 5 Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension.
- 6 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware.
- 7 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-426**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
**Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-419**<br>**V4-T2-420**<br>**V4-T2-425**<br>**V4-T2-428**<br>**V4-T2-433**<br>**V4-T2-437**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-439**<br>**V4-T2-441**|**2**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**||
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**|**2**|
## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**
## **Product Description**
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used.
The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12.
The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock.
## **Application Description**
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.
## **Standards and Certifications**
The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant, and meets CSA requirements.
## **Product Selection**
## **Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**
**Universal Direct (EG–LG) Black Handle Color Red Handle Color With Interlock Without Interlock With Interlock Without Interlock Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Frame Number Number Number Number** EG **EHMCCBI EHMCCB EHMCCRI EHMCCR** JG **JHMCCBI JHMCCB JHMCCRI JHMCCR** ~~a~~ LG **LHMCCBI LHMCCB LHMCCRI LHMCCR**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-427**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
**2**
**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-420**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-425**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-427**|
|Flex Shaft||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-429**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-430**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-430**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-433**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-439**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-441**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**|
|Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**|
## **Flex Shaft**
## **Product Description**
## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_
Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures.
The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments.
Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-428**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
**Note:** Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to the complete Catalog Number.
**Note:** When selecting the length **Note:** The standard method of shaft, ensure minimum of shipment includes the bending radius of 4 inches mechanism preset at the factory; (101.6 mm) is maintained to however, minor field adjustments operate properly. may be required.
**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**[12]
## **Flex Shaft**
**2**
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**2 (0.6)**|**3 (0.9)**|**4 (1.2)**|**5 (1.3)**|**6 (1.8)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|EG|**EHMFS02**|**EHMFS03**|**EHMFS04**|**EHMFS05**|**EHMFS06**|
|JG|**N/A**|**JHMFS03**|**JHMFS04**|**JHMFS05**|**JHMFS06**|
|LG|**N/A**|**—**|**LHMFS04**|**—**|**—**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F5S04C**|**F5S05C**|**F5S06C**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F6S04**|**F6S05**|**F6S06**|
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|||||
||**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**||**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**||**Number**|**Number**|
|EG|**EHMFS07**|**EHMFS08**||**EHMFS09**|**EHMFS10**|
|JG|**JHMFS07**|**JHMFS08**||**JHMFS09**|**JHMFS10**|
|LG|**LHMFS07**|**—**||**—**|**LHMFS10**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**F5S10C**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**N/A**|
## **High-Performance Flex Shaft**
**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**[12]
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**2 (0.6)**|**3 (0.9)**|**4 (1.2)**|**5 (1.3)**|**6 (1.8)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|EG|**EGFS02HP**|**EGFS03HP**|**EGFS04HP**|**EGFS05HP**|**EGFS06HP**|
|JG|**N/A**|**JGFS03HP**|**JGFS04HP**|**JGFS05HP**|**JGFS06HP**|
|LG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**LGFS04HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F5S04HP**|**F5S05HP**|**F5S06HP**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F6S04HP**|**F6S05HP**|**F6S06HP**|
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**|**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|EG|**EGFS07HP**|**EGFS08HP**|**EGFS09HP**|**EGFS10HP**|
|JG|**JGFS07HP**|**JGFS08HP**|**JGFS09HP**|**JGFS10HP**|
|LG|**LGFS07HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**LGFS10HP**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F5S10HP**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame.
- 2 EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-429**
2.7
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Accessories**
**2**
**Handle Auxiliary Switch—Early Break Design, 1A–1B Contact for Flex Shaft**
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|EG|**AUX1EBFSEG**|
|JG|**AUX1EBFSJG**|
|LG|**AUX1EBFSLG**|
**Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame)**[1]
**Catalog Number**[2]
**C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR**
Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring.
## **Dimensions**
## **Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft**
**(E- through R-Frame)**[1]
|**(E- thr**|**ough**|**R-Frame)**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog**||**Handle Length**|
|**Number**|2|**in Inches (mm)**|
|**C361KJ4**||4.00 (101.6)|
|**C361KJ6**<br>**C361KR**||6.00 (152.4)<br>Roller latch3|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly.
- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits.
- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-430**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
## _**Description**_
|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-420**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-425**<br>**V4-T2-427**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-428**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-433**<br>**V4-T2-437**<br>**V4-T2-439**<br>**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-443**<br>**V4-T2-446**|
**2**
## **Handle Mechanisms—Series C**
## **Product Overview**
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.
## _**Through-the-Door**_
> ● High-Performance Rotary
- Series C Rotary
- Universal Rotary
## _**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_
- Universal Direct
- Euro IEC
- G Direct
Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.
## _**Flange Mounted**_
- Flex Shaft
- C371
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-431**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Standards and Certifications**
## _**Through-the-Door Handle**_ **2** _**Mechanisms**_
Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths.
Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors.
Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position.
## _**Universal Rotary F-Frame**_
## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.
The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames.
The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP).
An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature.
## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_
Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures.
The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit.
Type C371 is UL Listed under File E62635.
Flex Shaft is UL Listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.
Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL Listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983.
The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 Listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2, and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL Listed and meets CSA requirements.
The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting.
Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker.
## _**Handle Extension**_
Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-432**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
_**Description Page**_ **2** Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-419** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-420 2** Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-425** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . **V4-T2-427** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-428 2** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-433 2** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-434** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436 2** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-437** Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-439 2** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . **V4-T2-441** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-443 2** Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-446**
## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms**
## **Product Description**
The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments.
In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required.
The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed.
## **Features**
- NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frames sizes (IP65) ratings reducing the number of
- ● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed external handle colors ●
- external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to
- ● Three shaft lengths—6, 12 designate emergency and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match ● All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi-
- ● Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added flexibility
- Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism
- Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions)
- Replacement parts are available separately
- Metallic functional components ensure reliability
- **Standards and Certifications**
- components ensure The mechanisms for EG, JG
- reliability and LG breakers have an
- ● Metal-on-metal interface internal handle that can be
- between handle and shaft operated independent of
- ● UV and chemical agentdoor position, and locked-out resistant materials protect to meet one of the key NFPA the handle requirements (NFPA[®] 79)
- ● Shallow profile and UL 508A disconnect ● requirements.
- Compatible with both Series C and Series G ● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit ● NEMA 4/4X, IP65
- breakers and molded case switch platforms
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-433**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_
**2**
## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GC/GD- and GMCP-Frame**
||||**Rating Type**||**GC/GD-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12B / 68C6039G01**|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
|~~QQ~~||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12BX / 68C6039G03**|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**|
|**S01 Red Handle**||S01 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12R / 68C6039G02**|**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**|
||a|12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12RX / 68C6039G04**|**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|
## _**Separate Components for Series C Frames**_
## **Series C Components—Shaft and Mechanism**
|**Frame**|**Shaft**<br>**Width**|**Shaft Length**<br>**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**Mechanism**<br>**Only**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|GC/GD<br>GMCP|6 mm<br>6 mm|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**66A6013H02**<br>**66A6013H02**|**GCHMVD / 2A92095G15**<br>**GMHMVD / 2A92095G16**|
|GD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G90**|
|FD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G91**|
|JD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G92**|
|KD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G93**|
|LD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G94**|
|MDL<br>ND|10 mm<br>12 mm|**66A6012G15**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**66A6013H01**|**66A6012G16**<br>**—**|**1498D34G95**<br>**69D9101G30**|
|RD|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|
## _**Note**_
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-434**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
**2**
## **Series C Components—Handles Only**
|**Frame**|**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|
|GC/GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|GMCP|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|FD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|JD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|KD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|LD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|MDL|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|ND|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
|RD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
## _**Note**_
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-435**
2.7
**2**
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Dimensions**
Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)
## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms**
**==> picture [374 x 32] intentionally omitted <==**
**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Operation<br>Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling<br>Type S01<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>
## **Type S2**
## **Type S3**
## **Type S4**
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-436**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-420**||
|Universal Rotary<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-427**|**2**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-428**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-433**<br>**V4-T2-437**<br>**V4-T2-438**<br>**V4-T2-439**<br>**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-443**<br>**V4-T2-446**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
## **Series C Rotary**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or a cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, a base operating mechanism and a shaft that can be cut to various lengths.
Series C Rotary handle mechanisms are used with molded case circuit breakers (F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors.
These rotary handles are robust and durable, made entirely of metal parts. It also has a lock-out tag-out level at the tip of the handle for padlocking.
NEMA Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. NEMA Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Series C Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements.
## **Features**
## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism**
|||**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|||**International**||**Available**||**Shaft**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Handle**<br>**Lock-Off**2|**Handle Indication:**<br>**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**Markings**<br>**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Handle**<br>**Material**|**Handle**<br>**Colors**|**Handle**<br>**Rotation**|**Lengths**<br>**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.”
- 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-437**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
**2**
## Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
## _**Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**_
## **Series C Rotary**
## **Series C Rotary Ordering Information**
|**Shaft**|**Complete**|**Separate Catalog Number**|**Separate Catalog Number**||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Standard**<br>**Handle**2|**Breaker**<br>**Mechanism**3|**Shaft**4|**IEC IP65**56|**IEC IP66**56|
|**F-Frame**<br>6.00 (152.4)|**HM1R06**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM1R06**|**WHM1R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM1R12**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM1R12**|**WHM1R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM1R16**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM1R16**|**WHM1R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM1R24**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM1R24**|**WHM1R24X**|
|**J-Frame**|||||||
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM2R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM2R06**|**WHM2R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)<br>16.00 (406.4)|**HM2R12**<br>**HM2R16**|**6648C22G01**<br>**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**<br>**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G05**<br>**4217B37G06**|**WHM2R12**<br>**WHM2R16**|**WHM2R12X**<br>**WHM2R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM2R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM2R24**|**WHM2R24X**|
|**K-Frame**|||||||
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM3R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM3R06**|**WHM3R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM3R12**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM3R12**|**WHM3R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM3R16**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM3R16**|**WHM3R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)<br>**L- and MDL-Frame**|**HM3R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM3R24**|**WHM3R24X**|
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM4R06**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM4R06**|**WHM4R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM4R12**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM4R12**|**WHM4R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM4R16**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM4R16**|**WHM4R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)<br>**MD/MDS**|**HM4R24**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM4R24**|**WHM4R24X**|
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM7R06**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G08**|**—**|**—**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM7R12**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G05**|**—**|**—**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM7R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G06**|**—**|**—**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM7R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G07**|**—**|**—**|
|**N-Frame (ND and NG)**|||||||
|6.00 (152.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)|**HM5R06**<br>**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**<br>**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**<br>**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**<br>**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R06**<br>**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R06X**<br>**WHM5R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|
## _**Notes**_
- 1 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket.
- 2 Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum.
- 3 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm).
- 4 Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension.
- 5 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware.
- 6 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-438**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-420**||
|Universal Rotary<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-426**|**2**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-427**<br>**V4-T2-428**|**2**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-433**|**2**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**<br>**V4-T2-439**|**2**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-440**||
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-441**|**2**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**||
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**|**2**|
## **Universal Rotary**
## **Product Description**
Eaton’s Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “lock off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material.
The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or “locked off” to prevent operation with the door open.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983.
## **Features**
## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism**
||**Number**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**Handle**|**Handle Indication:**|**International**<br>**Markings**|**Handle**|**Available**<br>**Handle**|**Handle**|**Shaft**<br>**Lengths**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Lock-Off**2|**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Material**|**Colors**|**Rotation**|**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|
## _**Notes**_
> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.”
- 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-439**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
**2**
## _**Universal Rotary F-Frame**_
**Universal Rotary Series C Universal Rotary**[1] **F-Frame**
|**Series C Universal Rotary**|**Series C Universal Rotary**[1]||
|---|---|---|
|**Handle**<br>**Color**|**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**|**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**G-Frame**|||
|Black|6.00 (152.4)|**GHMVD06B**|
|12.00 (304.8)<br>**GHMVD12B**<br>~~ee~~|||
|Red|6.00 (152.4)|**GHMVD06R**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**GHMVD12R**|
|**F-Frame**|||
|Black|6.00 (152.4)|**FHMVD06B**|
|Red|12.00 (304.8)<br>6.00 (152.4)|**FHMVD12B**<br>**FHMVD06R**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**FHMVD12R**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**FHMVD24R**|
|**J-Frame**|||
|Black|6.00 (152.4)|**JHMVD06B**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**JHMVD12B**|
|Red|6.00 (152.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)|**JHMVD06R**<br>**JHMVD12R**|
|**K-Frame**|||
|Black|6.00 (152.4)|**KHMVD06B**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**KHMVD12B**|
|Red|6.00 (152.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)|**KHMVD06R**<br>**KHMVD12R**|
|**L-Frame**|||
|Black|6.00 (152.4)|**LHMVD06B**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**LHMVD12B**|
|Red|6.00 (152.4)|**LHMVD06R**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**LHMVD12R**|
## _**Note**_
1 Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-440**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
## _**Description**_
_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-419 2** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-420** Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-425 2** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-428 2** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-433** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-437 2** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . **V4-T2-441** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-442 2** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-443** Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-446 2**
## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**
## **Product Description**
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used.
The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12.
The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock.
## **Application Description**
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.
## **Standards and Certifications**
The Universal Direct handle mechanism is IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-441**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
**2**
_**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_
## **Euro IEC Direct**
||**Black Handle**|
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|F|**HMCC1B**|
|J<br>K|**HMCC2B**<br>**HMCC3B**|
|L and M|**HMCC4B**|
|N|**HMVD5B**|
|R|**HMVD6B**|
|**G Direct**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Black Handle**||**Yellow Handle**||
||**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|GD/GHC|**HRGCC1S**|**HRGCC10**|**HRGCC3S**|**HRGCC30**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|
_**Note**_
> 1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-442**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Handle Mechanisms**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-420**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-425**<br>**V4-T2-427**|
|Flex Shaft<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-433**<br>**V4-T2-437**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-443**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-444**|
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**|
**2**
## **Flex Shaft**
## **Product Description**
## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_
Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures.
The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments.
Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit.
## **Standards and Certifications**
Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-443**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
## **Product Selection**
## _**Handle Mechanisms**_
**2**
**Flex Shaft**[12]
|**Flex Shaft**12|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|**Breaker**|**3 (0.9)**<br>**Catalog**|**4 (1.2)**<br>**Catalog**|**5 (1.5)**<br>**Catalog**|**6 (1.8)**<br>**Catalog**|**7 (2.1)**<br>**Catalog**|**8 (2.4)**<br>**Catalog**|**9 (2.7)**<br>**Catalog**|**10 (3.0)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G1|**F0S03C**|**F0S04C**|**F0S05C**|**F0S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|F<br>F (dual)|**F1S03C**<br>**F1S03CD**|**F1S04C**<br>**F1S04CD**|**F1S05C**<br>**F1S05CD**|**F1S06C**<br>**F1S06CD**|**F1S07C**<br>**F1S07CD**|**F1S08C**<br>**F1S08CD**|**F1S09C**<br>**F1S09CD**|**F1S10C**<br>**F1S10CD**|
|J|**F2S03C**|**F2S04C**|**F2S05C**|**F2S06C**|**F2S07C**|**F2S08C**|**F2S09C**|**F2S10C**|
|K|**F3S03C**|**F3S04C**|**F3S05C**|**F3S06C**|**F3S07C**|**F3S08C**|**F3S09C**|**F3S10C**|
|L and MDL|**—**|**F4S04C**|**F4S05C**|**F4S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F4S10C**|
|N|**—**|**F5S04C**|**F5S05C**|**F5S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F5S10C**|
|R|**—**|**F6S04**|**F6S05**|**F6S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|MD, MDS (old)|**—**|**F7S04**|**F7S05**|**F7S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F7S10C**|
**High Performance Flex Shaft**[12]
||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**3 (0.9)**|**4 (1.2)**|**5 (1.3)**|**6 (1.8)**|**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**|**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G|**F0S03HP**|**F0S04HP**|**F0S05HP**|**F0S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
|F|**F1S03HP**|**F1S04HP**|**F1S05HP**|**F1S06HP**|**F1S07HP**|**F1S08HP**|**F1S09HP**|**F1S10HP**|
|F (dual)|**F1S03HPD**|**F1S04HPD**|**F1S05HPD**|**F1S06HPD**|**F1S07HPD**|**F1S08HPD**|**F1S09HPD**|**F1S10HPD**|
|J|**F2S03HP**|**F2S04HP**|**F2S05HP**|**F2S06HP**|**F2S07HP**|**F2S08HP**|**F2S09HP**|**F2S10HP**|
|K<br>L and MDL|**F3S03HP**<br>**N/A**|**F3S04HP**<br>**F4S04HP**|**F3S05HP**<br>**F4S05HP**|**F3S06HP**<br>**F4S06HP**|**F3S07HP**<br>**N/A**|**F3S08HP**<br>**N/A**|**F3S09HP**<br>**N/A**|**F3S10HP**<br>**F4S10HP**|
|N|**N/A**|**F5S04HP**|**F5S05HP**|**F5S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F5S10HP**|
|R|**N/A**|**F6S04HP**|**F6S05HP**|**F6S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_
## **Type C371**
|**Type C371**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Operating**|**Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle**<br>**For NEMA 1–12**<br>**For NEMA 4/4X**||
|**Circuit Breaker or**|**Frame**|**Variable Depth**<br>**Mounting Range**|**Mechanism Only**4<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Motor Circuit Protector**|**Size**|**Min./Max.**23|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|HMCP and Series C—EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED|150|6.50–16 (165.1–406.4)|**C371E**|**C371E1**|**C371E2**|
|HMCP and Series C—HJD, JD, JDB, JDC<br>HMCP and Series C—DK, HKD, KD, KDB|250<br>400|6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)<br>6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)|**C371F**<br>**C371F**|**C371F5**<br>**C371F5**|**C371F6**<br>**C371F6**|
|Series C—HLD, LD, LDC|600|8.50–22 (215.9–558.8)|**C371G**|**C371G5**|**C371G6**|
|Series C MD, MDS—(No MDL)|800|8.75–22 (222.3–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|
|Series C—HND, ND, NDC|1200|9.75–22 (247.7–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|
_**Notes**_
- 1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP.
- 2 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods on **Page V4-T2-445** .
- 3 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface.
- 4 Does not include handle.
Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix **X** to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available. Remove C from catalog number.
When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required.
Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-444**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
## **Handle Only**
**2**
|**Handle Only**||
|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Size**<br>**(Amperes)**|**NEMA**<br>**Enclosure Type**<br>**Operating**<br>**Handle Length**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|150|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H1**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H2**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H3**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H4**|
|250–1200|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H5**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H6**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H7**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H8**|
## **Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied)**
For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure.
|**Amperes**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|600–1200|**C371CS6**|
|**Connecting Rods**1||
|---|---|
|**Application**|**Catalog Number**|
|Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200 A sizes)|**C371CS2**|
## _**Note**_
> 1 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm).
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-445**
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
**2**
## **Handle Extension**
## **Contents**
|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-419**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-420**|
|Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-425**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-427**|
|Flex Shaft||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-433**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-441**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-444**|
|Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**|
## **Handle Extension**
## **Product Description**
- Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame
- Not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers; it must be purchased separately
- Included with R-Frame breakers
## **Product Selection**
|**Handle Extension**|**Handle Extension**12<br>**Style**|**Handle Extension**12<br>**Style**|
|---|---|---|
||**Frame**<br>J, K|**Number**<br>**HEX3**|
||L, M|**HEX4**|
||N|**HEX5**|
||R|**HEX6**|
||**_Notes_**||
- 1 Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately.
- 2 Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers.
**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2017 www.eaton.com
**V4-T2-446**
Updated at June 7, 2026
About Novapart
Novapart is a B2B electronic component broker specialising in stock shortages and cost reduction. We source hard-to-find parts and identify compliant alternatives across a catalogue of 410,000+ components from 500+ manufacturers.
Learn more →Stock Shortage Specialist
When a component is unavailable, discontinued or has an unacceptable lead time, we tap into our network of vetted European and Asian distributors to source what you need — without compromising on quality or traceability.
Request a quote →Compliant Alternatives
We identify pin-to-pin, electrically equivalent substitutes that meet the same certifications (RoHS, AEC-Q100, REACH) as your original specification — validated against datasheets, not just part numbers. Often at a lower cost.
BOM Analysis service →